Extra No. 533
©
The Gujarat Government Gazette EXTRAORDINARY
PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY
Vol. LXVII ] WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 7, 2026 / ASVINA 15, 1948
Separate paging is given to this Part in order that it may be filed as a Separate Compilation.
PART IV-C
Statutory Rules and Orders (Other than those published in Parts I, I-A and I-L)
made by Statutory Authorities other than the Government of Gujarat
including those made by the Government of India, the High Courts, the
Director of Municipalities, the Commissioner of Police, the Director of
Prohibition and Excise, the District Magistrates and the Election
Commission, Election Tribunals, Returning Officers and other
authorities under the Election Commission.
GUJARAT ELECTRICITY REGULATORY COMMISSION
Notification No. 09 of 2026
GERC/2026/09/Tech/2067:- In exercise of the powers conferred under Sections 39, 40, 42, 86(1)(h) and 181 of the Electricity Act, 2003 (Act 36 of 2003) and under Section 42 (b) of the Gujarat Electricity Industry (Reorganizations and Regulation) Act, 2003 (Gujarat Act 24 of 2003), and all powers enabling it in that behalf, the Gujarat Electricity Regulatory Commission hereby notifies this "Gujarat Electricity Grid Code, 2026" hereafter called the Grid Code. This Grid Code is applicable for the Intra-State entities only. For the Inter-State Transmission Network, the Indian Electricity Grid Code notified by the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission, as amended from time to time, shall be applicable.
Short title, extent and commencement
(1) These Regulations shall be called the Gujarat Electricity Regulatory Commission (Gujarat Electricity Grid Code) Regulations, 2026.
(2) These Regulations shall come into force from date of their publication in the Official Gazette.
(3) These Regulations shall supersede the Gujarat Electricity Grid Code, 2013, dated 16th July 2013.
1. Introduction
1.1. Overview
The Gujarat Government, in exercise of powers conferred by Sub-Section (1) of Section (39) of the Electricity Act, 2003 notified the Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation Limited as the State Transmission Utility (STU) with effect from 1st June 2004 as per GoG Notification No. GHU-2004-31-GEB-1104-2946-K dated 29th May 2004. Accordingly, Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation Limited (GETCO) undertakes Transmission activities and business as STU. As per Sub-Section (2) of Section 39 of the Electricity Act, 2003, following are the functions of the State Transmission Utility:
IV-C Ex.-533 533-1
IV-C Ex.-533
533-1533-2 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C (a) To undertake transmission of energy through the Intra-State transmission system.
(b) To discharge all functions of planning and coordination relating to Intra-State transmission system with
(i) Central Transmission Utility
(ii) State Governments
(iii) Generating Companies
(iv) Regional Power Committee
(v) Authority
(vi) Licensees
(vii) Any other person notified by the State Government in this behalf.
(c) To ensure development of an efficient, coordinated and economical system of intra- State transmission lines for smooth flow of electricity from a generating station to load centres.
(d) To provide non-discriminatory open access to its transmission system for use by-
(i) Any licensee or generating company on payment of the transmission charges; or
(ii) Any consumer as and when such open access is provided by the Commission under sub-section (2) of section 42, on payment of the transmission charges and a surcharge thereon, as may be specified by the Commission.
As per Sub-Section (2) of Section 31 of the Electricity Act, 2003, the State Load Despatch Centre (SLDC) shall be operated by a Government Company/ any authority or the State Government may notify corporation established or constituted by or under any State Act. Until the State Government notifies a Government Company or any authority or Corporation, the State Transmission Utility shall operate the State Load Despatch Centre. As per Sub-Section (2) of Section 32 of the Electricity Act, 2003, the following are the functions of State Load Despatch Centre:
(a) Be responsible for optimum scheduling and despatch of electricity within the State, in accordance with the contracts entered into with the licensees or the generating companies operating in the State;
(b) Monitor the grid operations;
(c) Keep accounts of the quantity of electricity transmitted through the State grid;
(d) Exercise supervision and control over the Intra-State transmission system; and
(e) Be responsible for carrying out real time operations for grid control and despatch of electricity within the State through secure and economic operation of the State grid in accordance with the grid standards and the State Grid Code.
As per Sub-Section (2) and (3) of the Section 33 of the Electricity Act, 2003, the SLDC and licensees shall comply and ensure compliance of directions that the Regional Load Despatch Centre may give from time to time in connection with the integrated grid operation of the power system or otherwise in regard to matter which affect the operation of the Inter-State Transmission System.
As per the requirements stipulated under the Clause (h) of Sub-Section (1) of Section 86 of the Electricity Act, 2003 and Clause (m) of Section 17 of Gujarat Act No. 24 of 2003; viz., Gujarat Electricity Industry (Reorganization and Regulation) Act 2003, the Gujarat Electricity Regulatory Commission has formulated the Gujarat Electricity Grid Code, 2026; hereinafter referred to as the Grid Code applicable for the Gujarat Power System.
1.2. Scope and Extent of Application
These Regulations shall apply to all Users of Gujarat Power System including SLDC, State Transmission Utility, Transmission Licensees, Distribution Licensees and Qualified Coordinating Agencies to the extent 1.
applicable.
The Grid Code is designed to facilitate the development, operation and maintenance of an efficient, coordinated and economical power system by specifying to STU / Transmission Licensees and all the Users 2.
connected to that system for their technical and procedural obligations. It seeks to be non-discriminatory and ensure that interfaces are not areas of weakness in the supply chain.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-31.3. Objectives:
The objectives of Grid Code are briefly stated as under:
1. To clearly define the roles, responsibilities and functions of all key entities involved in grid operation and management in Gujarat.
2. To ensure coordinated planning and operation of the Intra-State Transmission system among all stakeholders.
3. To establish a framework for integrated resource planning encompassing demand forecasting, generation adequacy, and transmission planning for facilitating secure grid operations.
4. To ensure safe, reliable and secure operation of the Gujarat Grid through compliance with prescribed technical and design standards for connectivity.
5. To ensure non-discriminatory treatment of all Users seeking connection to the Gujarat Grid.
6. To ensure that new or modified connections neither suffer nor impose unacceptable effects on the grid or any other connected user.
7. To establish a transparent and standardized procedure for connectivity so that prospective users are aware of the requirements in advance.
8. To mandate fulfilment of technical, protection, metering, communication and cyber security requirements prior to energization of any new or modified power system element.
9. To facilitate seamless integration of renewable energy sources including Wind, Solar, Hybrid and Battery Energy Storage Systems into the grid.
10. To define the minimum protection requirements for any equipment connected to the State Transmission System and thereby minimize the disruption due to faults.
11. To ensure safe and reliable integration of new generating stations and transmission elements into the Gujarat Grid prior to declaration of Commercial Operation Date (COD).
12. To lay down uniform procedures for drawal of start-up power and injection of infirm power during the commissioning period, ensuring that grid security is not compromised at any stage.
13. To prescribe standardised trial run requirements for all categories of generating stations, viz., Thermal, Hydro, Solar, Wind, Energy Storage, Pumped Storage, and Hybrid systems, so that all Users are treated in a non-discriminatory and transparent manner.
14. To specify the technical documents, OEM certificates, and performance tests that must be successfully completed and submitted to SLDC before a Certificate of Commercial Operation is granted to any generating company or transmission licensee.
15. To ensure that any generating unit or transmission element, when commissioned, neither suffers unacceptable technical deficiencies nor imposes adverse effects on the operation of the Gujarat Grid or on any other connected User.
16. To ensure safe, reliable and integrated operation of the Gujarat Grid by defining clear roles and responsibilities of SLDC, STU, Generating Stations, Distribution Licensees, QCAs, ESS and all other connected entities in coordinating grid operations at all times.
17. To define control hierarchy for frequency management, thereby ensuring grid frequency is maintained within the allowable band at all times.
18. To prescribe procedures for demand management, over-drawal management and load crash situations, so as to protect grid under stressed conditions.
19. To lay down system security protocols covering isolation of grid elements, voltage and reactive power management, system protection schemes and real-time classification of the power system into Normal, Alert, Emergency, Extreme Emergency and Restorative states.
533-4 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C20. To specify procedures for system restoration following partial or total blackout, including black start operations, mock drills, islanding schemes and post-disturbance analysis for the fastest possible grid recovery.
21. To prescribe continuous monitoring of generation output and scheduled drawl, metering, data communication, SCADA, WAMS, event reporting and periodic testing of power system elements, thereby ensuring transparency, grid discipline and accountability among all Users.
22. To establish a framework for flexible operation of coal/lignite-based thermal generating units to enable reliable, secure and economical grid operation by allowing operation at lower technical minimum levels and enhanced ramping capabilities, while ensuring proper scheduling, compensation, and operational safeguards.
23. To establish a structured framework for optimum scheduling and despatch of electricity for all Intra-State entities Generators, DISCOMs, ESS, Open Access consumers and Captive Generators on a 15-minute time block basis, covering Long-Term, Medium-Term, Short-Term and real-time transactions.
24. To define the control area jurisdiction of SLDC, and lay down the roles and responsibilities of SLDC, Generating Stations, QCAs, ALDCs and DISCOMs in the declaration of capacity, submission of requisitions and preparation of day-ahead and intra-day despatch and drawal schedules;
25. To prescribe procedures for Security Constrained Unit Commitment (SCUC) and Security Constrained Economic Despatch (SCED), ensuring optimal utilisation of generation resources, maintenance of adequate reserves and minimisation of Area Control Error within the State control area.
26. To specify ramping rates, minimum turndown levels, hydro energy optimisation, margins for primary response and provisions for Unit Reserved Shutdown, so as to ensure technically feasible and grid-secure scheduling at all times.
27. To lay down the procedure for revision of schedules on account of forced outages, grid disturbances, transmission constraints and real-time market transactions, including scheduling from alternate sources of power to honour supply obligations to beneficiaries.
28. To prescribe the framework for energy metering, interface energy accounting, State Energy Account, and Deviation Settlement Mechanism, along with reactive power and VAr charge accounting, ensuring transparent and timely commercial settlement among all pool members.
29. To specify the principles of safety as prescribed in the Central Electricity Authority (Measures Relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2023, when working across a control boundary between the STU/ Transmission Licensee and the Users.
30. To ensure safety to the working personnel of STU/ Transmission Licensee and users and maintenance of proper records for the issue of Line Clear Permits for allowing working personnel to carry out the works.
31. To define the minimum acceptable communication and data acquisition requirements to enable STU/ Transmission Licensee to manage the Transmission System in a safe and economic manner, consistent with the requirements of his license.
32. To define the incident to be reported, the reporting route to be followed and the information to be exchanged between Users to ensure a consistent approach to the reporting of incidents and accidents on the Transmission System.
1.4. Structure of the Grid Code
The structure of the Grid Code is as follows:
1. Introduction: This Chapter outlines the broad features of the Grid Code.
2. Definitions: The various terms used in the Grid Code are defined under this Chapter.
3. Role of various organizations: This Chapter outlines the role and responsibility of various entities and functions of various Committees constituted under this Code.
4. Resource planning Code: This Chapter specifies the technical and design criteria and the procedures to be applied by the State Transmission Utility and other Users for planning and development of the power system.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-55. Connection Code: This Chapter specifies the technical criteria and standards to be complied with by STU, transmission licensees, the generating companies, distribution licensees and other Users connected or seeking connection to the State transmission system.
6. Protection Code: This Chapter specifies the protection protocol, protection settings and protection audit plan of electrical systems to be complied with by STU, transmission licensees, the generating companies, distribution licensees and other Users connected or seeking connection to the transmission system.
7. Commissioning and Commercial Operation Code: This Chapter covers aspects related to (i) trial run operation (ii) documents and tests required to be furnished before declaration of COD, (iii) requirements for declaration of COD.
8. System Operation Code: This Chapter covers aspects related to operational planning for secure and reliable grid operation of the State grid. This Chapter specifies operating philosophy of the grid, system security, frequency controls and reserves, operational planning, outage planning. Operational planning study, system restoration, real-time operation, demand and load management, post-dispatch analysis, reactive power management and periodic testing of power system elements.
9. Flexible operation of coal based thermal power generating units: This Chapter covers aspects of Minimum power level capabilities of coal based thermal power generating units for flexible operation and Ramp rates capabilities of coal based thermal power generating units for flexible operation.
10. Scheduling and Despatch Code: This Chapter deals with the procedure for scheduling injection and drawal of power by the Intra-State entities for Intra-State transactions and the modalities for exchange of information, including scheduling for Intra-State entities transacting power through the Inter-State Transmission System through collective and bilateral transaction. It also covers provisions with respect to control area jurisdiction.
11. Safety
(a) Cross Boundary Safety: Specifies the requirements for safe working practices for maintenance of equipment associated with cross-boundary operations and also the procedure to be followed when the work is carried out on electrical equipment connected to another user's system.
(b) Safety and Line Clear Permits: Sets out the procedure for recording of Line Clear Permits and guidelines for ensuring safety from electrical hazards to the consumers, general public and working personnel.
12. Communication and Data Acquisition: This Chapter specifies the minimum requirements of communication and data acquisition facilities to be provided by each user at connection points/ interface points and cross-boundary circuits.
13. Operational Event and Incident/Accident Reporting: This Chapter specifies the details of minimum requirement for the exchange of information relating to operations and/or events in the total system, including the Western Grid, which may have an operational effect on:
a. The Gujarat Power grid in case of an operation and/or event occurring on a user system,
b. A user system in the case of an operation and/or event occurring in the Transmission System.
c. The procedure for issue of warnings in the event of a risk of serious and widespread disturbance on the whole or part of the Gujarat State power grid is set out in this Chapter.
14. Monitoring and Compliance Code: This Chapter deals with (a) monitoring of compliance of these Regulations by various entities in the grid such as STU, SLDC, QCA or any other person, (b) manner of reporting the instances of violations of these Regulations and (c) taking remedial steps or initiating appropriate action.
15. Miscellaneous: This chapter deals with the miscellaneous aspects such as the power to relax, the power to remove difficulties etc., and other miscellaneous provisions.
533-6 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C1.5. Implementation and Operation of the Grid Code
1. The State Transmission Utility / Transmission Licensees / SLDC shall be responsible for implementation of the Grid Code. All Users shall comply with the Grid Code and assist the State Transmission Utility / SLDC / Transmission Licensees in this regard. The Users must provide all the required information and reasonable rights of access, service and facilities, necessary for implementation of the Grid Code.
2. If any User has any difficulty in complying with any of the provisions of the Grid Code, he shall immediately, without delay, inform the same to the State Transmission Utility, SLDC, and the Transmission Licensee concerned, as the case may be, and shall remedy his non-compliance promptly.
3. Consistent failure in compliance with the Grid Code may lead to disconnection of the User's plant or apparatus. The responsibility for the consequences of disconnection including payment of damages and compensation to consumers rests with the User who consistently violates the Grid Code.
4. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Regulations, the Commission may Suo-motu or complaint filed by any person, take actions, in case of non-compliance of any provisions of the Grid Code, against such defaulting person.
1.6. Limitations of the Grid Code
The Grid Code contains procedures for the management of day-to-day technical situations in the power system, taking into account a wide range of operational conditions likely to be encountered under both, normal and abnormal conditions. The Grid Code cannot foresee all the possible operating conditions. Users must, therefore, understand and accept that the SLDC/STU/ Transmission Licensees, in such unforeseen circumstances, may be required to act decisively to discharge his obligations, as well as maintain the security of the system. Users shall provide such reasonable cooperation and assistance as the STU/Transmission Licensees / SLDC may require in such circumstances. The STU/ Transmission Licensees / SLDC, shall however, refer all such cases for ratification to the Commission.
1.7. Confidentiality
Under the terms of the Grid Code, the STU/ Transmission Licensees/ SLDC will receive information from Users relating to their intentions in respect of their generation or supply businesses. The STU/ Transmission Licensees / SLDC shall not, other than as required by the Grid Code, disclose such information to any other person without the prior written consent of such informant, unless required by Central/State Government departments or any authority.
1.8. Procedures to settle disputes
In the event of any dispute regarding interpretation between any user and STU / Transmission Licensees / SLDC, as the case may be the matter shall be referred to the Gujarat Electricity Regulatory Commission (Commission). In the event of any conflict between the parties regarding any provision of the Grid Code, the Gujarat Electricity Regulatory Commission will proceed to settle the issue.
1.9. Communication between STU/Transmission Licensee/ SLDC and Users
All communications between STU/ Transmission Licensee/ SLDC and Users shall be in accordance with the provision of the Grid Code. Unless otherwise specifically required by the Grid Code, all communication shall be in writing, except where operation timescales require oral communication, in which case, these communications shall be confirmed in writing, as soon as practicable. All the Users shall establish and maintain a reliable communication infrastructure and network for this purpose.
2. Definitions
| Sr. No. | Particulars | Definitions |
| 1. | 'Act' | Refers to the Electricity Act, 2003. |
| 2. | 'Active Energy' | Refers to the electrical energy produced, flowing or supplied by an electric circuit during a time interval, being the integral with respect to time of the instantaneous power, measured in units of watt-hours or standard multiples thereof, i.e., 1000 Wh=1 kWh; 1000 kWh = 1 MWh; 1000 MWh = 1 GWh; 1000 GWh = 1 TWh. |
| 3. | 'Active Power' | Refers to the product of voltage and the in-phase component of alternating current measured in units of watts and standard multiples thereof, i.e., 1000 Watts = 1 kW; 1000 kW = 1 MW; 1000 MW = 1 GW; 1000 GW = 1 TW. |
| 4. | 'Apparatus' | Refers to all the electrical apparatus like machines, fittings, accessories and appliances, in which electrical conductors are used. |
| 5. | 'Apparent Power' | Refers to the product of voltage and alternating current measured in units of volt-amperes and standard multiples thereof, i.e., 1000 VA = 1 kVA; 1000 kVA = 1 MVA. |
| 6. | 'ALDC' | Refers to the Area Load Dispatch Centre of the Distribution Licensee concerned. |
| 7. | 'Alert State' | Means the state in which the operational parameters of the power system are within their respective operational limits, but a single n-1 contingency leads to violation of system security. |
| 8. | 'Ancillary Services' | in relation to power system operation, means the services necessary to support the grid operation in maintaining power quality, reliability and security of the grid and includes Primary Reserve Ancillary Service, Secondary Reserve Ancillary Service, Tertiary Reserve Ancillary Service, active power support for load following, reactive power support, black start and such other services as defined in these Regulations. |
| 9. | 'Ancillary Services Regulations' or 'AS Regulations' | Means the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Ancillary Services) Regulations, 2022, as amended from time to time, or the Regulations as may be notified by the Commission for similar purpose. |
| 10. | 'Area Control Error' or 'ACE' | Shall be as specified under clause (11) of Regulation 30 of Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Indian Electricity Grid Code) Regulations, 2023, as amended from time to time. |
| 11. | 'Area of Supply' | Refers to area within which a Distribution Licensee is authorised by his licence to supply electricity. |
| 12. | 'Associated Transmission System' or 'ATS' | Augmentation requirement for the existing Intra-State Transmission System which includes transmission system which has been awarded for implementation: Provided further that if any additional transmission system gets awarded for implementation before completion of interconnection study, such additional transmission system shall also be considered as existing Intra-State Transmission System. |
| 13. | 'Automatic Generation Control' or 'AGC' | Means a mechanism that automatically adjusts the generation of a control area to maintain its interchange schedule plus its share of frequency response. |
| 14. | 'Automatic Voltage Regulator' (AVR) | Means a continuously acting automatic excitation control system to control the voltage of a generating unit measured at the generator terminals. |
| 15. | 'Auxiliaries' | Refers to all the plant and machinery required for the generating unit's functional operations that do not form part of the generating unit. |
| 16. | 'Auxiliary Energy Consumption' | Auxiliary Energy Consumption' or 'AUX' in relation to a generating station means the quantum of energy consumed by auxiliary equipment of the generating station, such as the equipment being used for the purpose of operating plant and machinery including switchyard of the generating station and the transformer losses within the generating station, expressed as a percentage of the sum of gross energy generated at the generator terminals of all the units of the generating station: Provided that auxiliary energy consumption shall not include energy consumed for the supply of power to the housing colony and other facilities at the generating station and the power consumed for construction works at the generating station and integrated mine(s): Provided further that auxiliary energy consumption for compliance with revised emission standards, sewage treatment plant and external coal handling plant (jetty and associated infrastructure) shall be considered separately. |
| 17. | 'Availability' | thermal generating refers to the availability in relation to (i) a station/unit and (ii) to a transmission system shall be as mentioned in GERC MYT Regulations, as amended from time to time. |
| 18. | 'Available Capacity' | Shall have the same meaning as defined in the DSM Regulations of CERC / Orders issued by the Commission as case may be from time to time. |
| 19. | 'Available Transfer Capability' or 'ATC' | refers to the transfer capability of the inter- control area transmission system available for scheduling commercial transactions (through long term access, medium-term open access and short-term open access) in a specific direction, taking into account the network security. Mathematically, ATC is the Total Transfer Capability less Transmission Reliability Margin. |
| 20. | 'Backing Down' | to reduction of generation on instructions from Refers SLDC/WRLDC/NLDC by a generating unit under abnormal conditions. |
| 21. | 'Beneficiary' | Refers to a person who has a share in an ISGS/SGS or any generating stations. |
| 22. | 'Bilateral Transaction' | Means a transaction, other than collective transaction, for exchange of power between a specified buyer and a specified seller directly or through a trading licensee or at a Power Exchange. |
| 23. | 'Black Start' | Refers to the procedure necessary for recovery from a total shutdown or partial shutdown without the availability of electricity from external sources. |
| 24. | 'Black Start Capability' | refers to an ability in respect of a Black Start Station, for at least one of its generating units or CCGT units to start-up from shutdown and to energise a part of the system and be synchronized to the system |
| upon instruction from the State Load Despatch Centre immediately, without any external supply. | ||
| 25. | 'Black Start Stations' | Refers to generating stations having Black Start Capability. |
| 26. | 'Blackout State' | Means a condition at a specific time where a part or all the operations of the power system have got suspended. |
| 27. | 'Bulk Consumer' | Means a consumer who avails supply at voltage of 33 kV or above. |
| 28. | 'Buyer' | a person purchasing electricity through a transaction Means scheduled with use of Intra-State transmission / distribution system in accordance with applicable Regulations / Orders of the Commission. |
| 29. | 'Capacitor' | Refers to an electrical facility provided for generation of reactive power. |
| 30. | 'Captive Power Plant' (CPP) | Shall have same meaning as defined in the Act. |
| 31. | 'CEA Grid Standards' | the Central Electricity Authority (Grid Standards) Means Regulations, 2010, as amended from time to time. |
| 32. | 'CEA Technical Standards for Communication' | Means the Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for Communication System in Power System Operation) Regulations, 2020, as amended from time to time. |
| 33. | 'CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity' | Means the Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for Connectivity to the Grid) Regulations, 2007, as amended from time to time. |
| 34. | 'CEA Technical Standards for Construction' | Means the Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for Construction of Electrical Plants and Electric Lines) Regulations, 2010, as amended from time to time. |
| 35. | 'Central Generating Station' | Refers to the generating stations owned by the Companies owned or controlled by the Central Government. |
| 36. | 'Central Transmission Utility' or 'CTU' | Means any Government Company, which the Central Government may notify under sub-section (1) of Section 38 of the Act. |
| 37. | 'Cold Start' | In relation to steam turbine means start up after a shutdown period exceeding 72 hours (turbine metal temperatures below approximately 40% of their full load values). |
| 38. | 'Collective Transaction' | Refers to a set of transactions discovered in Power Exchange through anonymous, simultaneous competitive bidding by buyers and sellers. |
| 39. | 'Commission' | Refers to the Gujarat Electricity Regulatory Commission. |
| 40. | 'Committee for Intra-State Transmission Planning' | Refers to a committee constituted by the State Government to discuss, review and finalise the proposals for expansion or modification in the Intra-State Transmission System in coordination with CTU. |
| 41. | 'Communication System' | a collection of individual communication networks, means communication media, relaying stations, tributary stations, terminal equipment usually capable of inter-connection and inter-operation to |
| form an integrated communication backbone for power sector. It also includes existing communication system of Intra- State Transmission System, Satellite and Radio Communication System and their auxiliary power supply system, etc. used for regulation of inter-State and Intra-State transmission of electricity. | ||
| 42. | 'Congestion' | Means a situation where the demand for transmission capacity or power flow on any transmission corridor exceeds its Available Transfer Capability. |
| 43. | 'Connection' | Refers to the electric power lines and electrical equipment used to effect a connection of a user's system to the transmission system. |
| 44. | 'Connection Conditions' | Refers to those conditions mentioned in Clause 6 of the CEA Grid Connectivity Regulations, which have to be fulfilled before the User's system is connected to the grid. |
| 45. | 'Connection Point/ Interface Point' | to an electrical point of connection between the Refers transmission/distribution system and the user's system. |
| 46. | 'Connectivity' | Refers to the state of getting connected to the inter-State transmission system / Intra-State transmission system by a generating station, including a captive generating plant, a bulk consumer or an Intra- State transmission licensee / distribution licensee in terms of prevailing applicable Regulations of Commission. |
| 47. | 'Connectivity Agreement' | Means an agreement between STU/Distribution licensee and any other person(s) setting out the terms and conditions relating to connection to and/or use of the Intra- State Transmission / Distribution System in terms of prevailing applicable Regulations of the Commission. |
| 48. | 'Consumer' | refers to any person who is supplied with electricity for his own use by a licensee or the government or by any other person engaged in the business of supplying electricity to public under the Electricity Act 2003, or any other law for the time being in force and includes any person whose premises are for the time being, connected for the purpose of receiving electricity with the works of a licensee, the government or such other person, as the case may be. |
| 49. | 'Control Area' | Means an electrical system bounded by interconnections (tie lines), metering and telemetry, which controls its generation and/or load to maintain its interchange schedule with other control areas and contributes to regulation of frequency as specified in Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Indian Electricity Grid Code) Regulations, 2023 as amended from time to time and under these Regulations. |
| 50. | 'Control Centre' | Includes NLDC or RLDC or REMC or SLDC or Area LDC or Sub- LDC or DISCOM LDC including main and backup Centres, as applicable. |
| 51. | 'Control Person' | Refers to a person identified as having technical capability and responsibility for cross boundary safety under Chapter 11, Cross- Boundary Safety of the Grid Code. |
| 52. | 'Data Acquisition System' or 'DAS' | Means a system for recording the sequence of operation in time, of the relays or equipment as well as the measurement of pre-selected system parameters. |
| 53. | 'Date of Commercial Operation' or 'COD' | the MYT Shall have the same meaning as specified under Regulations as amended from time to time. |
| 54. | 'Declared Capacity' or 'DC' | In relation to a generating station means, the capability to deliver ex- bus electricity in MW declared by such generating station in relation to any time-block of the day as defined in these Regulations or whole of the day, duly taking into account the availability of fuel or water and subject to further qualification as per provisions in the relevant Regulations. |
| 55. | 'Demand' | Refers to the demand for an active power in MW and reactive power in MVAr of electricity, unless otherwise specified. |
| 56. | 'Demand Control' | refers to any of the following methods of achieving a Load reduction: (a) Consumer Load Management initiated by Users, (b) Consumer Load Reduction by disconnection initiated by Users (other than following an instruction from Load Despatch Centre), (c) Consumer Load Reduction instructed by the Load Despatch Centre, (d) Automatic Under-frequency Load Disconnection, (e) Emergency Manual Load Disconnection. |
| 57. | 'Demand Response' | Means variation in electricity usage by the end consumers or by a control area manually or automatically, on standalone or aggregated basis, in response to the system requirements as identified by the concerned Load Despatch Centre. |
| 58. | 'Despatch Schedule' | Means the ex-power plant net MW and MWh output of a generating station, for a time block, scheduled to be injected to the Grid from time to time. |
| 59. | 'Disconnection' | Refers to the physical separation of Users from the Power System. |
| 60. | 'Discrimination' | Refers to the quality where a relay or protective system is enabled to pick out and cause to be disconnected only the faulty apparatus. |
| 61. | 'Distribution Licensee' | Refers to a Licensee authorised to operate and maintain a distribution system for supplying electricity to the consumer in his area of supply. |
| 62. | 'Distribution System' | Refers to the system of wires and associated facilities between the delivery points on the transmission lines or the generating station connection and the point of connection to the installation of the consumers. |
| 63. | 'Disturbance Recorder' or 'DR' | Means a device for recording the behaviour of the pre-selected digital and analogue values of the system parameters during an event. |
| 64. | 'Drawl' | Refers to the import of electrical energy from the grid. |
| 65. | 'Drawl Schedule' | Means the summation of the station-wise ex- power plant drawl schedules from all ISGS/SGS and other stations and drawl from or injection to regional grid under prevailing applicable Regulations. |
| 66. | 'Deviation Settlement Mechanism' | Refers to any Deviation Settlement Mechanism and related matters approved by the Commission from time to time. |
| 67. | 'Earthing' | to connecting the conducting parts of an equipment or Refers machinery with the general mass of earth, in such a manner ensuring at all times an immediate discharge of energy without danger, by maintaining the same efficiency at earth's potential. |
| 68. | 'Electricity' | Refers to electrical energy Generated, transmitted, supplied or traded for any purpose: (a) or Used for any purpose except the transmission of a message. (b) |
| 69. | 'Electric Line' | Refers to any line which is used for carrying electricity for any purpose and includes, any support for any such line, that is to say, any structure, a) tower, pole or other thing in, on, by or from which any such line is, or may be, supported, carried or suspended; and any apparatus connected to any such line for the purpose of b) carrying electricity. |
| 70. | 'Electrical Plant' | Refers to any plant, equipment, apparatus or appliance or any part thereof used for, or connected with, the generation, transmission, distribution or supply of electricity but does not include- (a) an electric line; or (b) a meter used for ascertaining the quantity of electricity supplied to any premises; or (c) an electrical equipment, apparatus or appliance under the control of a consumer. |
| 71. | 'Emergency State' | Means the state in which one or more operational parameters are outside their operating limit or many of the equipment connected to the grid are operating above their respective loading limit. |
| 72. | 'Energy Charge' | Means the energy charge for the generating stations whose tariffs are determined by the Commission under Section 62 or discovered and adopted by the Commission under Section 63 of the Act. |
| 73. | 'Energy Storage System' or 'ESS' | in relation to the electricity system, means a facility where electrical energy is converted into any form of energy which can be stored, and subsequently reconverted into electrical energy and injected back into the grid. |
| 74. | 'Entitlement' | Refers to a share of a beneficiary (in MW / MWh) in the installed capacity/output capability of an ISGS / SGS. |
| 75. | 'Entity' | Refers to such persons who are in the control area of SLDC / ALDC / LMU and whose metering and energy accounting is done at the State level. |
| 76. | 'Event' | Means an unscheduled or unplanned occurrence in the grid including faults, incidents and breakdowns. |
| 77. | 'Event Logging Facilities' | for recording the chronological sequence of Means a device operations, of the relays and other equipment. |
| 78. | 'Exciter' | Refers to the source of electrical power providing the field current of a synchronous machine. |
| 79. | 'Ex-Power Plant' | Means net MW or MWh output of a generating station, after deducting auxiliary consumption and transformation losses. |
| 80. | 'Fault Locator' or 'FL' | Means a device installed at the end of a transmission line to measure or indicate the distance at which a line fault may have occurred. |
| 81. | 'Flat Frequency Control' | Means a mechanism for correcting ACE by factoring in only the frequency deviation and ignoring the deviation of net actual interchange from net scheduled interchange. |
| 82. | 'Flat tie-line control' | Means a mechanism for correcting ACE by factoring in only the deviation of net actual interchange from net scheduled interchange ignoring frequency deviation. |
| 83. | 'Flexible Alternating Current Transmission System' or 'FACTS' | means a power electronics-based system and other static equipment that provide control of one or more AC transmission system parameters to improve power system stability, enhance controllability and increase power transfer capability of transmission systems. |
| 84. | 'Flexible Operation' | means the ability of coal based thermal power generating units to generate power at specified levels mentioned in these regulations, as per the requirement of the grid. |
| 85. | 'Flow-gate' | Means a group of parallel transmission line (s), outage of which may lead to cascade tripping or separation of systems or loss of generation complex or loss of load centre. |
| 86. | 'Forced Outage' | Means an outage of a generating unit or a transmission facility due to a fault or any other reasons which have not been planned. |
| 87. | 'Free Governor Mode of Operation' or 'FGMO' | Means the mode of operation of governor where machines are loaded or unloaded directly in response to grid frequency, i.e., machine unloads when grid frequency is more than 50 Hz and loads when grid frequency is less than 50 Hz. The amount of loading or unloading is proportional to the governor droop. |
| 88. | 'Frequency Response Characteristics' or 'FRC' | Means automatic, sustained change in the power consumption by load or output of the generators that occurs immediately after a change in the load-generation balance of a control area and which is in a direction to oppose any change in frequency. Mathematically it is equivalent to FRC = Change in Power (∆P) / Change in Frequency (∆f). |
| 89. | 'Frequency Response Obligation' or 'FRO' | Means the minimum frequency response a control area has to provide in the event of any frequency deviation. |
| 90. | 'Frequency Response Performance' or 'FRP' | the ratio of actual frequency response with frequency Means response obligation. |
| 91. | 'Frequency Stability' | Means the ability of the transmission system to maintain stable frequency in the normal state and after being subjected to a disturbance. |
| 92. | 'Gate Closure' | Means the time at which the bidding for a specific delivery period closes at the power exchange and no further bidding or modification of already placed bids can take place for the said delivery period. |
| 93. | 'Generating Company' | Refers to any company or body corporate or association or body of individuals, whether incorporated or not, or artificial juridical person, which owns or operates or maintains a generating station. |
| 94. | 'Generating Station' | refers to any station for generating electricity, including any building and plant with step-up transformer, switchyard, switch gear, cables or other appurtenant equipment, if any used for that purpose and the site thereof, a site intended to be used for a generating station, and any building used for housing the operating staff of a generating station, and where electricity is generated by water – power, includes penstocks, head and tail works, main and regulatory reservoirs, dams and other hydraulic works, but does not in any case include any substation. |
| 95. | 'Generating Unit' | a) an unit of a generating station (other than those covered in sub- clauses (b) and (c) of this Regulation) having electrical generator coupled to a prime mover within a power station together with all plant and apparatus at the power station which relate exclusively to operation of that turbo-generator. b) an inverter along with associated photovoltaic modules and other equipment in respect of generating station based on solar photo voltaic technology. c) a wind turbine generator with associated equipment, in respect of generating station based on wind energy; d) in respect of RHGS, combination of hydro generator under sub- clause (a); or solar generator under sub-clause (b) or wind generator under sub-clause (c) of this Regulation. |
| 96. | 'Generation Schedule' | Refers to the despatch schedule of a generating station. |
| 97. | 'Generator Capability Curve' | Refers to a diagram, which shows the MW and MVAr capability limits within which a generating unit will be expected to operate under steady state conditions. |
| 98. | 'GNA Grantee' | Means a person who has been granted GNA or is deemed to have been granted GNA under GNA Regulations of CERC. |
| 99. | 'Governor Droop' | In relation to the operation of the governor of a generating unit means the percentage drop in system frequency, which would cause the generating unit under governor action to change its output from no load to full load. |
| 100. | 'Grid' | Refers to high voltage backbone system of inter-connected transmission lines, substations and generating stations. |
| 101. | 'Grid Security' | Means the power system's capability to retain a normal state or to return to a normal state as soon as possible, and which is characterized by operational security limits. |
| 102. | 'Grid Standards' | Refers to the Standards specified by the Authority under sub section (d) of the Section 73 of the Act. |
| 103. | 'Hot Start' | In relation to steam turbine, means the start up after a shutdown period of less than 10 hours (turbine metal temperatures below approximately 80% of their full load values). |
| 104. | 'Indian Standards' (IS) | Refers to those standards and specifications approved by the Bureau of Indian Standards. |
| 105. | 'Inertia' | Means the contribution to the capability of the power system to resist changes in frequency by means of an inertial response from a generating unit, network element or other equipment that is coupled with the power system and synchronized to the frequency of the power system. |
| 106. | 'Infirm Power' | Means the electricity injected into the grid prior to the date of commercial operation of a unit of the generating station. |
| 107. | 'Inter tripping' | Refers to the tripping of circuit breaker by commands initiated from Protection at a remote location independent of the state of local Protection; or operational inter tripping. |
| 108. | 'Interconnecting Transformer' (ICT) | Refers to a transformer connecting EHV lines of different voltage systems. |
| 109. | 'Intermediary Procurer' | Shall have the same meaning as defined in Electricity (Amendment) Rules, 2022, as amended from time to time. |
| 110. | 'Inter-State Generating Station' (ISGS) | Means a central generating station or any other generating station having a scheme for generation and sale of electricity in more than one State. |
| 111. | 'Inter-State Transmission System' or 'ISTS' | Refers to Inter-state Transmission System, which includes: Any system for the conveyance of electricity by a main Transmission Line from the territory of one State to another. The conveyance of electricity across the territory of an intervening State as well as conveyance within a State, which is incidental to such inter-State transmission of electricity. The transmission of electricity within the territory of a State; built, owned, operated, maintained or controlled by the Central Transmission Utility. |
| 112. | 'Intra-State Transmission System' | Refers to any system for transmission of electricity other than an Inter-State Transmission System. |
| 113. | 'Isolation' | to the disconnection of EHV/ HV apparatus from the Refers remainder of the system in which that EHV/ HV Apparatus is situated. |
| 114. | 'Licence' | Refers to licence granted under provisions of the Act. |
| 115. | 'Licensee' | Refers to a person who has been granted a licence under provisions of the Act. |
| 116. | 'Load' | means the active, reactive or apparent power consumed by a utility/installation of consumer. |
| 117. | 'Load Factor' | Refers to the ratio of the average power to the maximum demand. The load factor depends on the interval of time of the maximum demand and the period over which the average is taken. Units consumed in a given period Load Factor = ------------------------------------------ Maximum Demand x No. of hours in the period |
| 118. | 'Long–Term Open Access' | Refers to the right to use the Intra-State transmission system or Distribution System for a period exceeding 12 years but not exceeding 25 years as specified in prevailing appropriate Regulations of the Commission. |
| 119. | 'Main Protection' | Refers to protection equipment or system expected to have priority in initiating either a fault clearance or an action to terminate an abnormal condition in the power system. |
| 120. | 'Maximum Continuous Rating' or 'MCR' | Means the maximum continuous output in MW at the generator terminals guaranteed by the manufacturer at rated parameters. |
| 121. | 'Medium-Term Open Access' | Refers to the right to use the Intra-State transmission system or Distribution System for a period exceeding three months but not exceeding three years as specified in prevailing appropriate Regulations of the Commission. |
| 122. | 'Merit Order' | Means the order of ranking of available electricity generation in ascending order from least energy charge to highest energy charge to be used for deciding despatch instructions to minimize the overall cost of generation. |
| 123. | 'Minimum Turndown Level' | in percentage of Means the minimum output power expressed maximum continuous power rating that the generating unit can sustain continuously; to be on bar and includes minimum power level as defined in CEA (Flexible Operation of Coal based Thermal Power Generating Units) Regulations, 2023 as amended from time to time. |
| 124. | 'Nadir Frequency' | Means minimum frequency after a contingency in case of generation loss and maximum frequency after a contingency in case of load loss. |
| 125. | 'National Load Despatch Centre' or 'NLDC' | Means the Load Despatch Centre established under sub-section (1) of Section 26 of the Act. |
| 126. | 'Near Miss Event' | means an incident of multiple failures that has the potential to cause a grid disturbance, power failure or partial collapse but does not result in a grid disturbance. |
| 127. | 'Net Drawl Schedule' | Means the drawl schedule of an Intra-State entity, which is the algebraic sum of all its transactions through the Inter / Intra-State transmission system after deducting the transmission losses. |
| 128. | 'Normal State' | Means the state in which the operational parameters of the power system are within their respective operational limits and equipment are within their respective loading limits. |
| 129. | 'Off-Bar Declared Capability' | Means the difference between Declared Capacity and On-Bar Declared Capacity in MW. |
| 130. | 'On-Bar Declared Capacity' | In relation to a generating station means the capability to deliver ex- bus electricity in MW from the units on-bar declared by such generating station in relation to any time block of the day or whole of the day, duly taking into account the availability of fuel and water and subject to further qualification in the relevant Regulations. |
| 131. | 'Operating Range' | Refers to the operating range of frequency and voltage as specified under the operating code. |
| 132. | 'Operation' | Refers to a scheduled or planned action, relating to the operation of a system. |
| 133. | 'Operational Parameters' | Means the parameters for system security as specified by the system operator-damping frequency, voltage at station-bus, angular separation, damping ratio, short circuit level, inertia. |
| 134. | 'Out of Synchronism' | Refers to the condition where a system or generating unit cannot meet the requirements to enable it to be synchronized. |
| 135. | 'Outage' | Refers to a total or partial reduction in availability due to repair and maintenance of the transmission or distribution or generation facility or defect in the Auxiliary System. |
| 136. | 'Overhead line' | Refers to any electric line which is placed above the ground and in the open air, but does not include live rails of traction system; |
| 137. | 'Part Load' | Refers to the condition of a generating station, which is loaded, but is not running at its declared availability. |
| 138. | 'Partial Shutdown' | Refers to a shutdown of part of the system, resulting in failure of power supply, either from external connections or from the healthy part of the system. |
| 139. | 'Person' | Shall include any company or body corporate or association or body of individuals, whether incorporated or not, or artificial juridical person. |
| 140. | 'Phasor Measurement Unit'' (PMU) | Means a device which provides phasor information (both magnitude and phase angle) for one or more phases of AC voltage or current waveforms in real time. |
| 141. | 'Planned Outage' | Refers to an outage of generating plant or part of the transmission system, or part of a user's system coordinated by SLDC. |
| 142. | 'Pool Account' | Means Pool Accounts referred to in the prevailing applicable Regulations of the Commission including accounting of following transactions: i. Deviations settlement accounts |
| ii Ancillary services iii. Reactive energy exchanges iv. congestion charges v. Transmission deviation account | ||
| 143. | 'Pooling Station' | Means the Intra-State grid sub-station where pooling of generation of connected individual generating stations is done for interfacing with the next higher voltage level. |
| 144. | 'Power Exchange' | Refers to the power exchange, which has been granted registration in accordance with CERC (Power Market Regulations), 2010, as amended from time to time. |
| 145. | 'Power Factor' | Refers to the ratio of Active Power (kW) to Apparent Power (kVA). |
| 146. | 'Power System' | Refers to all aspects of generation, transmission, distribution and supply of electricity and includes one or more of the following, viz,:— (a) generating stations (b) transmission or main transmission lines (c) sub-stations (d) tie-lines (e) load despatch activities (f) mains or distribution mains (g) electric supply-lines (h) overhead lines (i) service lines (j) works |
| 147. | 'Primary Reserve' | Means the maximum quantum of power, which will immediately come into service through governor action of the generator or frequency controller or through any other resource in the event of sudden change in frequency as, specified in these Regulations or any other applicable Regulations / Orders of the Commission / procedure approved by the Commission. |
| 148. | 'Protection' | Refers to the schemes and apparatus for detecting abnormal conditions on a system and initiating fault clearance or actuating signals or indications. |
| 149. | 'Qualified Coordinating Agency' or 'QCA' | Means the mutually agreed agency registered with SLDC, to act as a coordinating agency on behalf of wind/solar generators connected to a pooling station / substation and may be one of the generators for scheduling, forecasting, operational coordination and deviation settlement as provided under the Forecasting, Scheduling and Deviation Regulations 2019 of the Commission or any other applicable Regulations/Order of the Commission. |
| 150. | 'Ramp Rate' | Means rate of change of a generating station output expressed in % MW per minute. |
| 151. | 'Rate of Change of Frequency' or 'df/dt' | Means the time derivative of the power system frequency, which negates short-term transients and therefore reflects the actual change in synchronous network frequency. |
| 152. | 'Rated MW' | Refers to the rating plate MW output of a generating unit, being that output up to which the generating unit is designed to operate. |
| 153. | 'Reactor' | Refers to an electrical facility specifically designed to absorb Reactive Power. |
| 154. | 'Reactive Power' | Refers to the product of voltage and current and the sine of the phase angle between them, measured in units of volt-amperes reactive and standard multiples thereof; i.e. 1000 Var = 1kVAr, 1000 kVAr = 1 MVAr. |
| 155. | 'Reference contingency' | Means the maximum positive power deviation occurring instantaneously between generation and demand and considered for estimation of reserves. |
| 156. | 'Regional Energy Account' or 'REA' | issued by the Means account of energy and other parameters respective RPC for the purpose of billing and settlement of charges of ISGS and other Users of the concerned region. |
| 157. | 'Regional Entity' | Means the entity which is in the RLDC control area and whose metering and energy accounting is done at the regional level. |
| 158. | 'Regional Grid' | Means the high voltage backbone system of inter- connected transmission lines, sub-stations and generating plants in a region. |
| 159. | 'Regional Load Despatch Centre' or 'RLDC' | Means the Centre established under Sub-Section (1) of Section 27 of the Act. |
| 160. | 'Regional Power Committee' or 'RPC' | "Regional Power Committee" means a committee established by resolution by the Central Government for a specified region for facilitating the integrated operation of the power systems in that region. |
| 161. | 'Remote Terminal Unit' or 'RTU' | Means a device suitable for measuring, recording and storing the consumption of electricity or any other quantity related with electrical system and status of the equipment in real time basis and exchanging such information with the data acquisition system for display and control and shall include, wherever applicable, other equipment such as transducers, relays with necessary wiring and accessories. |
| 162. | 'Renewable Energy Generating Station' or 'REGS' | Means a generating station based on a renewable source of energy with or without Energy Storage System and shall include Renewable Hybrid Generating Station. |
| 163. | 'Renewable Hybrid Generating Station' or 'RHGS' | Means a generating station based on hybrid of two or more renewable source(s) of energy with or without Energy Storage System, connected at the same inter-connection point. |
| 164. | 'Resilience' | Means the ability to withstand and reduce the magnitude or duration of disruptive events, which includes the capability to anticipate, absorb, adapt to, or rapidly recover from such an event. |
| 165. | 'Restorative State' | Means a condition in which control action is being taken to reconnect the system elements and to restore system load. |
| 166. | 'Re-synchronization' | Refers to the bringing of parts of the system which have gone out of synchronism with each other, back into synchronism. |
| 167. | 'Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition' (SCADA) | Refers to the communication links and data processing systems, which provide information to enable implementation of requisite supervisory and control actions. |
| 168. | 'Switching over-voltages' | switching of lines, These are over-voltages generated during transformers and reactors etc. having wave fronts of 250/2500 micro sec. |
| 169. | 'Secondary Reserve' | Means the maximum quantum of power which can be activated through secondary control signal by which injection or drawal or consumption of an SRAS provider is adjusted in accordance with prevailing applicable Order / Regulations of the Commission / procedure approved by the Commission. |
| 170. | 'Secondary Reserve Ancillary Service' or 'SRAS' | Means the Ancillary Service comprising SRAS-Up and SRAS- Down, which is activated and deployed through secondary control signals. |
| 171. | 'Secondary Reserve Ancillary Service Provider' or 'SRAS Provider' | Means an entity which provides SRAS-Up or SRAS-Down service in accordance with prevailing applicable Order / Regulations of the Commission / procedure approved by the Commission. |
| 172. | 'Security Constrained Economic Despatch' or 'SCED' | Means optimised despatch of generating units subject to operational and technical limits of generation and transmission facilities as specified in these Regulations and procedure approved by the Commission. |
| 173. | 'Security Constrained Unit Commitment' or 'SCUC' | Means committing generating units while respecting limitations of the transmission system and unit operating characteristics as specified in these Regulations and procedure approved by the Commission. |
| 174. | 'Seller' | Means a person, including a generating station, supplying electricity through a transaction scheduled in accordance with these Regulations. |
| 175. | 'Share' | Means percentage or MW entitlement of a beneficiary in an ISGS/SGS either notified by Government of India or agreed between the generating company and beneficiary through contracts and implemented through GNA, TGNA / LTOA, MTOA or STOA, as the case may be. |
| 176. | 'Short-term Open Access' | Refers to open access for a period up to one month at a time, or the period as may be specified under the relevant Open Access Regulations notified by the Commission, as may be amended from time to time. |
| 177. | 'Start-up' | Refers to the action of bringing a generating unit from shut-down to synchronous speed. |
| 178. | 'State Energy Account' (SEA) | Refers to a state energy account prepared on monthly basis by the SLDC for the billing and settlement of Capacity Charge and Energy Charge. |
| 179. | 'State Load Despatch Centre' or 'SLDC' | Means the Centre established under Sub-Section (1) of Section 31 of the Act. |
| 180. | 'State Transmission Utility' or 'STU' | Means the board or the government company specified as such by the concerned State Government under Sub-Section (1) of Section 39 of the Act. |
| 181. | 'Static VAR Compensator' (SVC) | Refers to an electrical facility designed for the purpose of generating or absorbing Reactive Power. |
| 182. | 'Station Transformer' | Refers to a transformer supplying electrical power to the auxiliaries of a generating station, which is not directly connected to a generating unit terminal. |
| 183. | 'Sub- SLDC' | Refers to Unit in Gujarat State being established under Western Region System Unified Load Despatch Scheme, having main functions of data acquisition and transfer to SLDC; and supervisory control of load centre in their respective area. |
| 184. | 'Substation' | Refers to the station for transforming or converting electricity for the transmission or distribution thereof and includes transformers, converters, switchgears, capacitors, synchronous condensers, structures, cable and other appurtenant equipment and any buildings used for that purpose and the site thereof. |
| 185. | 'Supply' | In relation to electricity, means the sale of electricity to a licensee or consumer. |
| 186. | 'Synchronized' | Refers to those conditions where an incoming generating unit or system is connected to the busbars of another system so that the frequencies and phase relationships of that generating unit or system as the case may be, and the system to which it is connected are identical. |
| 187. | 'System Constraint' | Means a situation in which there is a need to prepare and activate a remedial action in order to respect operational security limits. |
| 188. | 'System State' | Means the operational state of the power system in relation to the operational security limits which can be normal state, alert state, emergency state, extreme emergency state and restorative state. |
| 189. | 'Tariff Regulations' or 'MYT Regulations' | Means the Tariff Regulations notified by the Commission from time to time under the provisions of the Act. |
| 190. | 'Tertiary Reserve' | Means the quantum of power which can be activated in order to take care of contingencies and to cater to the need for replacing secondary reserves. |
| 191. | 'Temporary Over-voltages' | in a power These are power frequency over-voltages produced system due to sudden load rejection, single phase to ground faults, etc. |
| 192. | 'Tie-line bias control' | Means a mechanism of correcting Area Control Error (ACE) by factoring in deviation of net actual interchange from net scheduled interchange as well as frequency deviation. |
| 193. | 'Time Block' | Means block of duration as specified by the Commission for which energy meters record values of specified electrical parameters with first time block starting at 00.00 Hours, presently of fifteen/five (15/5) minutes duration. |
| 194. | 'Total Transfer Capability' (TTC) | Refers to the amount of electric power that can be transferred reliably over the inter-control area transmission system under a given set of operating conditions considering the effect of occurrence of the worst credible contingency. |
| 195. | 'Transmission Licensee' | Refers to a licensee authorised to establish and operate transmission lines. (A license granted under Section 14 of the Act to transmit electricity). |
| 196. | 'Transmission Lines' | Refers to all high pressure cables and overhead lines (not being an essential part of the distribution system of a licensee) transmitting electricity from a generating station to another generating station or a substation, together with any step- up and step-down transformers, switch-gear and other works necessary to and used for the control of such cables or overhead lines, and such buildings or part thereof as may be required to accommodate such transformers, switch-gear and other works. |
| 197. | 'Transmission Planning Criteria' | Means the criteria issued by CEA for transmission system planning from time to time. |
| 198. | 'Transmission Reliability Margin' (TRM) | Refers to the amount of margin kept in the total transfer capability necessary to ensure that the interconnected transmission network is secure under a reasonable range of uncertainties in system conditions. |
| 199. | 'Transmission System' | Refers to the system consisting of high-pressure cables and overhead lines of the Transmission Licensee for transmission of electrical power from the generating station up to Connection Point/ Interface Point with the distribution system. This shall not include any part of the distribution system. |
| 200. | 'Trial Operation' or 'Trial Run' | Shall have the same meaning as specified under these Regulations, as applicable. |
| 201. | 'Under Frequency Relay' | Refers to an electrical measuring relay intended to operate when its characteristic quantity reaches the relay settings by decrease in frequency. |
| 202. | 'User' | Means and includes generating company, captive generating plant, energy storage system, transmission licensee including deemed transmission licensee, distribution licensee, deemed distribution licensee, RE project / park developer, ESS or bulk consumer which is or whose electrical plant is connected to the State grid. |
| 203. | 'Voltage Stability' | Means the ability of a transmission system to maintain steady acceptable voltages at all nodes in the transmission system in the normal situation and after being subjected to a disturbance. |
| 204. | 'WAMS' | Refers to a system, comprising of phasor measurement unit (PMUs) and the integrated data communication system for collecting various |
| power system including the amplitude, phase angle of the various power system parameters like voltage, power flow, frequency from multiple locations on the power system and extract the dynamics characteristics of the system from the data easily and with high degree of accuracy. | ||
| 205. | 'Wheeling' | "Wheeling" means the operation whereby the distribution system and associated facilities of a transmission Licensee or distribution Licensee, as the case may be, are used by another person for the conveyance of electricity on payment of charges to be determined under section 62 of the Electricity Act 2003. |
| 206. | 'Warm Start' | Means the start up after a shutdown period between 10 hours and 72 hours (turbine metal temperatures between approximately 40% to 80% of their full load values) in relation to steam turbine. |
| 207. | 'Works' | Includes electric line, and any building, plant, machinery, apparatus and any other thing of whatever description required to transmit, distribute or supply electricity to the public and to carry into effect the objects of a license or sanction granted under this Act or any other law for the time being in force. |
| 208. | 'WS Seller' | Shall have the same meaning as prescribed in IEGC. |
Words and expressions used and not defined in these Regulations but defined in the Acts shall have the meanings assigned to them in the said Acts. Expressions used herein but not specifically defined in these Regulations or in the said Acts but defined under any law passed by a competent legislature and applicable to the electricity industry in the state shall have the meaning assigned to them in such law. Subject to the above, expressions used herein but not specifically defined in these Regulations or in the Acts or any law passed by a competent legislature shall have the meaning as is generally assigned in the electricity industry.
Interpretation
In the interpretation of these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires:
• Words in the singular or plural term, as the case may be, shall also be deemed to include the plural or singular term, respectively.
• the terms include or including shall be deemed to be followed by without limitation or but not limited to regardless of whether such terms are followed by such phrases or words like "import".
• References herein to the code shall be construed as a reference to these Regulations, as amended or modified by the GERC, from time to time, in accordance with the applicable laws in force.
• The headings are inserted for convenience and may not be taken into account for the purpose of interpretation of these Regulations.
• References to any statutes, Regulations or guidelines shall be construed as including all statutory provisions consolidating, amending or replacing such statutes, Regulations or guidelines, as the case may be, referred to.
3. Role of Various Organizations
3.1. Role of STU
In accordance with the Section 39 of the Electricity Act, 2003, the State Transmission Utility (STU) shall have following functions:
(a) To undertake transmission of electricity through the Intra-State transmission system.
(b) To discharge all functions of planning and coordination relating to Intra-State transmission system with533-24 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C i) Central Transmission Utility
ii) State Government
iii) Generating companies
iv) Regional Power Committees
v) Authority
vi) Licensees
vii) Any other person notified by the state in this behalf.
(c) To ensure development of an efficient, coordinated and economical system of Intra-State transmission lines for smooth flow of electricity from a generating station to the load centres.
(d) To provide non-discriminatory open access to its transmission system for use by:
Any licensee or generating company on payment of the transmission charges; or
Any consumer as and when such open access is provided by the State Commission under sub- (i)
section (2) of section 42 of the Act, on payment of the transmission charges and a surcharge thereon, (ii)
as may be specified by the State Commission.
Until a government company or any authority or corporation is notified by the State Government, the State Transmission Utility shall operate the State Load Despatch Centre.
3.2. Role of SLDC
In accordance with Section 32 of the Act, the State Load Despatch Centre (SLDC) shall have following functions:
(1) The State Load Despatch Centre shall be the apex body to ensure integrated operation of the power system in the State.
(2) The State Load Despatch Centre shall -
(a) be responsible for optimum scheduling and despatch of electricity within the State, in accordance with the contracts entered into with the licensees or generating companies operating in the State.
(b) Monitor grid operations.
(c) Keep accounts of the quantity of electricity transmitted through the State grid.
(d) Exercise supervision and control over the Intra-State transmission system.
(e) Be responsible for carrying out real time operations for grid control and despatch of electricity within the State through secure and economic operation of the State grid in accordance with the grid standards and the State Grid Code.
(3) The following are contemplated as exclusive functions of SLDC:
(a) System operation and control of the State grid covering contingency analysis and operational planning on real time basis;
(b) Scheduling / re-scheduling of generation;
(c) System restoration following grid disturbances;
(d) Metering and data collection;
(e) Compiling and furnishing data pertaining to system operation;
(f) Operation of State UI pool account, State Reactive Energy account and other functions as directed by the Commission.
(4) In accordance with Section 33 of the Act, the State Load Despatch Centre in a State may give such directions and exercise such supervision and control as may be required for ensuring the integrated grid operations and for achieving the maximum economy and efficiency in the operation of power system in that State. Every licensee, generating company, generating station, substation and any other personPART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-25 connected with the operation of the power system shall comply with the directions issued by the State Load Despatch Centre under subsection (1) of Section 33 of the Act. The State Load Despatch Centre shall comply with the directions of the Regional Load Despatch Centre.
(5) In case of Inter-State bilateral and collective short-term open access transactions having a State utility or an Intra-State entity as a buyer or seller, SLDC shall accord concurrence or no objection or a prior standing clearance, as the case may be, in accordance with the applicable CERC and GERC Regulations.
3.3. Role of Sub-SLDC
Three Sub-SLDCs at Gandhinagar, Jambuva and Jetpur in the Gujarat State have been established having main functions of data acquisition and transfer the same to SLDC, supervisory control of load centre in their respective area, as well as the following functions:
(1) The Sub-SLDC shall assist SLDC to ensure integrated operation of the power system in the State.
(2) The Sub-SLDC shall assist SLDC for monitoring grid operations.
(3) The Sub-SLDC shall assist SLDC for supervision and control over the Intra-State transmission system within their area.
(4) The Sub-SLDC shall assist SLDC for integration and Monitoring of RTU and PMU data in their respective control area.
(5) The Sub-SLDC shall maintain data records related to power system operation in respective area.
3.4. Role of Distribution System Operator (DSO)
It is expected that each Distribution Licensee establish Distribution System Operator (DSO) in its area of supply to perform various functions, such as:
(1) Plan and coordinate resources in real time to manage the distribution system, providing real-time
information of consumption to customers, integrating of distributed renewable energies.
(2) Enabling demand response mechanisms: DSOs send data about their network and consumption or
generation connected with the distribution network.
(3) Providing incentives for distributed energy generation: DSOs can create a market for wholesale-distributed
generation.
(4) Coordinated planning of Communication Infrastructure.
(5) RE forecasting, scheduling and deviation settlement for RE Project connected with distribution network.
(6) Congestion management in distribution network.
(7) Providing appropriate signals to the LDCs on the technical needs of the distribution system.
(8) Separation of Wire business & supply business as provided under the GERC MYT Regulations.
(9) Scheduling coordinator for distribution grid.
(10) Collection and Submission of distribution network data to SLDC for Preparation and Certification of State
Energy Accounts (SEA).
3.5. Role and Responsibility of State Operation Coordination Committee (SOCC)
1. Objective:
Day by day, the grid operation is becoming more and more challenging as the complexity of the grid is increasing enormously, coupled with a rapidly increasing generation from renewable sources, portfolio of high-capacity generator units, wide variation in demand, planning of outages for generating units and transmission elements, real time incorporation of voluminous revisions from generators and Distribution Licensees.
For secure, smooth, reliable and economical grid operation of the State, formation of a State Operation Co- ordination Committee is essential for carrying out operation analysis for improving grid performance.
2. Formation:
The Chairperson of the State Operation Co-ordination Committee shall be Chief Engineer of the SLDC. The State Operation Co-ordination Committee shall consist of following members:
533-26 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C(a) One representative at senior executive level from each Distribution Licensee, viz., DGVCL, MGVCL, UGVCL, PGVCL, TPL-Ahmedabad and TPL-Surat and any other Distribution Licensee as may be decided by the Commission from time to time.
(b) One representative at senior executive level from each DSO.
(c) One representative at senior executive level from each power station and Corporate Office of Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Limited (GSECL).
(d) One representative at senior executive level from each IPP.
(e) One representative at senior executive level from STU.
(f) One representative at senior executive level from each Transmission Licensees.
(g) One representative at senior executive level from SSP.
(h) One representative at senior executive level from UMPP / MPP connected to Gujarat network with Gujarat as control area.
(i) One representative at senior executive level from SLDC as Member Secretary.
(j) One representative of Renewable Energy generators connected to Intra-State transmission system (wind, solar, wind-solar hybrid, battery storage) having capacity of above 200 MW, on rotational basis.
In addition to the above, the following shall be invitees to the above forum:
(i) One representative at senior executive level from GUVNL
(ii) One representative at senior executive level from NTPC / NPC power stations connected to Gujarat network.
(iii) One representative at senior executive level from UMPP / MPP connected to Gujarat network with control area outside Gujarat.
3. Function:
The Committee will coordinate planning of maintenance of generating units of various generating companies and review the maintenance programme on a quarterly basis. The Committee will discuss and attain consensus on all issues relating to economy and efficiency in the operation of power system in the State. In addition, the Committee will endeavour for a dispute-free and unbiased operation of power system in the State.
3.6. Constitution of Protection Co-ordination Committee (PCC)
There shall be State Level Protection Co-ordination Committee:
(1) The Chairperson of the PCC shall be the Chief Engineer of the STU.
(2) The Member Secretary of the PCC shall be a senior executive from the STU, not below the rank of Superintending Engineer.
(3) One senior executive from SLDC shall be member of PCC.
(4) One senior executive from each Intra-State Transmission Licensee shall be member of PCC.
(5) One senior executive from each Intra-State State Conventional Generator shall be member of PCC.
(6) Two senior executives from Intra-State State RE Generators (having connectivity at 220 kV and above level) shall be member of PCC, on rotational basis.
4. Resource Planning Code
4.1. Integrated Resource Planning:
The integrated resource planning shall include:
(1) Demand forecasting as detailed in Regulation 4.2.
(2) Generation resource adequacy planning to meet the projected demand as detailed in Regulation 4.3 and (3) Transmission resource planning as detailed in Regulation 4.4.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-27Provided that once the Resource Adequacy Regulations are notified by the Commission, the provisions of the same shall prevail to the extent of inconsistency and overlap of any provision contained in this Chapter of these Regulations.
4.2. Demand Forecasting:
(1) Each distribution licensee shall estimate the demand in its licence area including the demand of open access consumers and also factoring in the captive generating plants, energy efficiency measures, distributed generation, demand response; in different time horizons, namely long-term, medium term and short-term.
The demand estimation shall be done using trend method, time series, econometric methods or any state- of-the-art methods and shall include daily load curve (hourly basis) for a typical day of each month.
(2) Distribution licensees may consider the guideline, if any, developed by Forum of Regulators for demand estimation for achieving consistency and statistical accuracy by the Central Electricity Authority taking into consideration the factors such as economic parameters, historical data and sensitivity and probability analysis.
(3) STU or such other agency as may be designated by the Commission, based on the demand estimates of the distribution licensees as per Regulation 4.2(1) and in co-ordination with all the distribution licensees, shall estimate the demand for the entire State duly considering the diversity of the State in different time horizons, namely long-term, medium term and short- term.
4.3. Generation Resource Adequacy Planning:
(1) After the demand estimation as per Regulation 4.2 of these Regulations, each distribution licensee shall:
assess the existing generation resources and identify the additional generation resource requirement to meet the estimated demand in different time horizons, and
i.
Prepare generation resource procurement plan.
(2) Assessment of the existing generation resources shall be done with due regard to their capacity contribution ii.
to meet the peak demand of the distribution licensee and the State.
(3) Generation resource procurement planning (specifying procurement from resources under State control area and regional control area) shall be undertaken in different time horizons, namely long-term, medium term and short-term to ensure:
adequacy of generation resources and
Planning Reserve Margin (PRM) taking into account loss of load probability and energy not served i.
as specified by CEA.
ii.
(4) After considering the demand forecasting and the generation resource procurement planning carried out based on the principles specified under these Regulations, each distribution licensee should ensure demonstrable generation resource adequacy for such period as specified by the Commission. Failure of a distribution licensee to meet the generation resource adequacy target approved by the Commission shall render the concerned distribution licensee liable for payment of resource adequacy non-compliance charge as may be determined by the Commission.
(5) For the sake of uniformity in approach and in the interest of optimality in generation resource adequacy in the State. The Model Regulation of FOR or Regulations as may be notified by the Commission in the subject matter shall be used for Resource Adequacy Planning, containing inter-alia the methodology for generation resource adequacy assessment, generation resource procurement planning and compliance of resource adequacy target by the distribution licensees.
4.4. Transmission Resource Adequacy Assessment
(1) STU shall undertake assessment and planning of the Intra-State Transmission system as per the provisions of the Act and shall, inter-alia, takes into account:
Import and export capability across ISTS and STU interface; and
Adequate power transfer capability across the Intra-State Transmission system.
i.
ii.
533-28 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C(2) The STU shall be responsible for overall planning of STS and shall prepare a perspective rolling transmission system plan for next 10 years:
Provided that the transmission system plans shall be updated every year to accommodate the revisions in the load projections and generation capacity additions:
Provided further that the STU shall publish on its website the perspective rolling transmission system plan for next 10 years by 30th September of each year:
Provided also that the STU shall publish its ongoing transmission plan on its website and regularly update it.
4.5. Planning Data Requirement:
To enable STU to discharge its responsibilities by conducting system studies and preparation of the perspective plans, all Users shall furnish the requisite data to STU from time to time as categorised under Planning Data Requirement from the generating and the distribution company, vide Annexure-1. The data pertaining to the generating stations including CPPs and generating units owned by Distribution Licensee connected in parallel with grid and Distribution Licensees, shall be updated upon any addition of generating unit/ modification of the distribution system.
4.6. System planning:
(1) This Regulation formulates the standards and procedures for the system planning to enable STU in consultation with the Users, to evolve an efficient, coordinated, secure and economical Intra-State Transmission system in order to satisfy the requirements of demand and generation.
(2) System Planning specifies the technical and design criteria and procedures to be adopted by STU for the planning and development of the Transmission System. The Users shall take it into account the same for planning and development of their own system.
(3) In accordance with Section 39(2)(b) of the Act, STU shall discharge all functions of planning and coordination relating to Intra-State Transmission system with SLDC, Central Transmission Utility, State Government, Generating Companies, Regional Power Committees, Central Electricity Authority (CEA), Licensees and any other person notified by the State Government in this behalf.
(4) Reinforcements and extensions to the system arise due to many reasons, of which, a few are mentioned below:
(a) Development on a user's system already connected to the Transmission System as a user development.
(b) Introduction of a new Connection Point/ Interface Point between a user's system and the Transmission System.
(c) Evacuation system for Generating Stations within or outside the State.
(d) Reactive Compensation.
(e) Need to increase the system capacity, removal of operational constraints, maintenance of security standards and meeting general increases in demand.
(f) Steady state and transient stability considerations.
(g) Cumulative effect of any of the above.
(5) The work of such reinforcement and extension to the Transmission System may also involve work at a Connection Point / Interface Point of a generating company/Distribution Licensee to the Transmission System.
(6) The development of the Transmission System must be planned, duly allowing sufficient lead-time, considering the following:
(a) Time required for detailed engineering, design and construction work to be carried out. This system planning therefore, enforces the time scale for exchange of information between the STU and user(s).
All the concerned parties, wherever appropriate, shall have due regard to the confidentiality of such information.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-29(b) Time required for obtaining all the necessary statutory approvals like notification in government gazette and leading newspapers, Power and Telecommunication Co- ordination Committee (PTCC) clearance, forest clearance, railway clearance, clearance from aviation authorities, national highways, state highways, etc., and the right-of-way permissions wherever required.
4.6.1. Perspective Plan
(a) The load forecasting shall be the primary responsibility of the Distribution Licensee within its area of supply. The Distribution Licensees shall determine the peak load and energy forecasts of their areas for each of the succeeding 10 years and submit the same annually, by 31st January to STU. These shall include the details of demand forecasts, data methodology and assumptions on which the forecasts are based. The peak load and energy forecasts shall be made for the overall area of supply.
(b) The annual peak load forecast shall also be made for each Connection Point / Interface Point with the Transmission System. The peak load requirement at each Connection Point / Interface Point will essentially ensure that the STU may determine the corrective measures to be taken to maintain the capacity adequacy in the Transmission System up to the Connection Point / Interface Point. This will facilitate the Transmission Licensee to develop the compatible Transmission System. However, if the Distribution Licensee receives power at a number of Connection Points / Interface Points in a compact area, which are interconnected in a ring, then such a Distribution Licensee shall forward the overall long-term demand forecast for the overall Area of Supply as well as at each Connection Point / Interface Point with the variation or tolerance, as mutually discussed and agreed upon with the STU. These forecasts shall be updated annually as per (a) above and also whenever major changes are made in the existing system. Wherever these forecasts take into consideration demands for power exceeding 5 MW by a single consumer, the Distribution Licensee shall satisfy itself regarding the materialization of such a demand.
(c) The STU shall also review the methodology and assumptions used by the Distribution Licensees in making the load forecasts, in consultation with them. The resulting overall forecast will form the basis of planning for expansion of Transmission System, which will be carried out by STU. To maintain the reliability of the interconnected power systems, all participants must comply with the planning criteria / guidelines of CEA as updated from time to time.
(d) STU shall be responsible to prepare and submit a long-term plan to the Commission for the compatible Intra-State Transmission system expansion to meet the future demand. The planning shall be in conformity with the national perspective for Power Generation and Transmission plan prepared by the CEA. This compatible Intra-State Transmission plan shall also include provision for reactive compensation needed for the Transmission System.
(e) The STU shall be responsible for integrating the load forecasts submitted by each of the Distribution Licensees and determining the ten-year load forecast on long-term perspective basis load forecasts for the State. For determining the requirements for the entire State, an appropriate diversity factor from the data available for the previous years shall have to be chosen.
(f) The STU shall extend full support to CTU to finalize the annual planning corresponding to a five-year forward term for identification of a major Inter-State Transmission System including Inter-Regional schemes, which shall fit in with the long-term plan developed by CEA.
(g) The STU shall furnish the requisite planning data to CTU, to enable CTU to formulate and finalize the plan, for the next five years.
(h) The system plan shall be formulated keeping in mind the CEA Manual on Transmission Planning Criteria 2023, as well as Transmission System Planning and Security Standard as specified in these Regulations.
4.6.2. Planning Philosophy
4.6.2.1 General guidelines
(1) The STU shall carry out the planning process from time to time, as per the requirement for identification of the Intra-State Transmission system, including the transmission system associated with generation533-30 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C projects and system strengthening schemes, which shall fit in with the perspective plan developed by CEA. While planning the schemes, the following shall be considered in addition to the data of authenticated nature collected from and in consultation with Users by STU:
(i) Perspective plan formulated by CEA.
(ii) Electric Power Survey of India, published by the CEA.
(iii) Transmission Planning criteria and guidelines, issued by the CEA.
(iv) Operational feedback from SLDC.
(v) Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Grant of Connectivity, long-term access and medium- term open access in inter-state transmission and related matters) Regulations, 2009, Gujarat Electricity Regulation Commission (Terms and Conditions of Intra- state Open Access) Regulations, 2011 as amended from time to time.
(vi) Renewable Capacity Addition Plan issued by the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy Sources (MNRES), Govt of India, Gujarat Energy Development Association (GEDA), Govt of Gujarat.
(2) In addition to the Intra-State Transmission system, the STU shall plan, from time to time, system- strengthening schemes, the need of which may arise to overcome the constraints in power transfer and to improve the overall performance of the grid. The transmission system is generally augmented to cater to the power transfer requirements posed by eligible entities, for example, for increase in power demand, generation capacity addition including renewable energy (RE) sources, etc. Further, system may also be augmented considering the feedback regarding operational constraints and feedback from drawing entities, transmission licensees and SLDC.
(3) The principle for planning of Intra-State system shall be to ensure that it is available as per the requirements of the State Entities and the generators including renewable energy (RE) sources. As far as possible, the transmission system shall be planned and developed matching with growth of generation and load and care shall be taken that there is no wasteful investment.
(4) All Users will supply to the STU, the desired planning data (i.e., load growth, generation capacity addition, constraints in existing system, etc.) from time to time to enable to formulate and finalise its plan.
(5) The transmission customers as well as utilities shall give their network access requirement well in advance considering time required for implementation of the transmission assets. The transmission customers are also required to provide a reasonable basis for their transmission requirement such as size and completion schedule of their generation facility, demand and their commitment to bear transmission service charges.
(6) Planning of transmission system for evacuation of power from hydro projects shall be done river basin- wise considering the identified generation projects and their power potential.
(7) In case of highly constrained areas like congested urban / semi-urban area, dense industrial pockets, Special Investment Regions, RE potential pockets, very difficult terrain (including hilly terrain) etc., the transmission corridor may be planned by considering long-term perspective of optimizing the right-of- way and cost. This may be done by adopting higher voltage levels for final system and operating one level below voltage level in the initial stage, or by using multi-circuit towers for stringing circuits in the future or using new technology.
(8) Routing of the transmission line may be planned in accordance with Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for Construction of Electrical Plants and Electric Lines) Regulations, 2022 and its amendments or re-enactment thereof, to minimise Right of Way (Row), technical options and line configurations.
(9) The PM Gati Shakti National Master Plan (PMGS-NMP) was launched on 13th October 2021 for providing multimodal connectivity infrastructure to various economic zones. It provides a digital platform for integrated planning and coordinated implementation of infrastructure connectivity projects. The information available on this platform is to be used while planning of transmission system. For planning of any new transmission lines or substations, the portal of PMGS-NMP is to be used to identify preliminary feasibility of the same.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-31(10) In line with Section 39 of the Act, STU shall act as the nodal agency for InSTS planning in coordination with distribution licensees and Intra-State Generators connected / to be connected in the STU grid. The STU shall be the single point contact for the purpose of Intra-State Transmission planning and shall be responsible on behalf of all the Intra-State entities, for evacuation of power from the State Generating stations, meeting requirements of DISCOMs, and exchange of power with ISTS commensurate with the ISTS plan with due consideration to the margins available in existing system.
(11) Normally, the various Intra-State entities shall be supplied power through the Intra-State network. Only under exceptional circumstances, the load serving Intra-State entity may be allowed direct Inter- connection with ISTS on recommendation of STU provided that such an entity would continue as Intra- State entity for the purpose of all jurisdictional matters including energy accounting. Under such situation, this direct interconnection may also be used by other Intra-State entity(ies). Further, STU shall coordinate with Urban Planning Agencies, Special Economic Zone (SEZ) developers, industrial developers, etc., to keep adequate provision for transmission corridor and land for new substations for their power transfer requirements.
(12) The system parameters and loading of system elements shall remain within permissible limits. The adequacy of the transmission system should be tested for different probable load-generation scenarios as detailed in Chapter 3 of Manual on Transmission Planning Criteria issued by the CEA.
(13) As voltage management plays an important role in transmission of energy, special attention shall be accorded by STU for planning of capacitors, reactors, SVC and Flexible Alternating Current Transmission Systems (FACTS), etc., to optimise the utilization of the integrated transmission network.
(14) Based on plans prepared by the CTU, STU shall have to plan its system to further evacuate power from the ISTS and to optimise the use of the integrated transmission network.
(15) The system shall be planned to operate within permissible limits both under normal as well as after probable credible contingency(ies) as detailed in the CEA manual on transmission Planning criteria, 2023.
However, the system may experience extreme contingencies which are rare, and the system may not be planned for such rare contingencies. To ensure security of the grid, the extreme/rare but credible contingencies should be identified from time to time and suitable defence mechanism, such as - load shedding, generation rescheduling, islanding, system protection schemes, Automatic Under Frequency Load Shedding (AUFLS) schemes (AUF Relay and df/dt), etc. may be worked out to mitigate their adverse impact.
(16) For strengthening of the transmission network, cost, reliability, right-of way requirements, transmission losses, down time (in case of up-gradation and re-conductoring options), etc., need to be studied. If need arises, addition of new transmission lines/ substations to avoid overloading of existing system including adoption of next higher voltage may be explored.
(17) Critical loads such as - railways, metro rail, airports, refineries, underground mines, steel plants, smelter plants, etc., shall plan their interconnection with the grid, with 100% redundancy and as far as possible from two different sources of supply.
(18) Communication system for new transmission system shall be planned and implemented in accordance with Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for Construction of Electrical Plants and Electric Lines) Regulations, 2022 and its amendments or re-enactment thereof, Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for Communication System in Power System Operations) Regulations, 2020 and its amendments or re-enactment thereof and CEA Manual of Communication Planning in Power System Operation 2022 and its amendments, such that the communication system is available at the time of commissioning of the transmission system.
4.6.2.2 Transmission Planning
a) Power system data for transmission planning modelling
1. For InSTS planning, the transmission network may be modelled down to 66 kV level and lumping of generating units and loads may be considered accordingly. The STU may consider modelling of smaller generating units if required.
533-32 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C2. For modelling of various elements, actual system data wherever available shall be used. In case where data is not available, standard data given in CEA Manual on Transmission Planning Criteria, 2023 may be used.
b) Time Horizons for transmission planning
Concept to commissioning of transmission elements generally takes about three to five years; about two to three years for augmentation of capacitors, reactors, transformers, etc., and about four to five years for new transmission lines or substations. Therefore, system studies for firming up the transmission plans may be carried out with 3 to 5 years time horizon on rolling basis every year.
c) Load - generation scenarios
The load-generation scenarios shall be worked out in a pragmatic manner so as to reflect the typical daily and seasonal variations in load demand and generation availability. Typical load generation scenario may include high/low Wind, high / nil Solar, high/low Hydro generation, high demand, low demand and combinations thereof.
d) Loads
1. Active power (MW)
The system peak demand shall be based on the latest Electric Power Survey (EPS) report of CEA. However, the same may be moderated based on actual load growth of past five (5) years.
(I) The load demands at other periods (seasonal variations and minimum loads) shall be derived based on the annual peak demand and past pattern of load variations.
(II) While doing the simulation, if the peak load figures are more than the peaking availability of generation, the loads may be suitably adjusted substation-wise to match with the availability. Similarly, if the peaking availability is more than the peak load, the generation dispatches may be suitably reduced to the extent possible, considering merit order dispatch.
i. From practical considerations, the load variations over the year shall be considered as under:
• Annual Peak Load
• Seasonal variation in Peak Loads for Winter, Summer and Monsoon
• Seasonal Light Load
• Variation of peak load in region and time of day.
ii. Actual demand data, wherever available, should be used. In cases where data is not available, the load may be calculated using load factors given in CEA Manual on Transmission Planning Criteria, 2023.
2. Reactive power (MVAr)
i. Reactive power plays an important role in EHV transmission system planning and hence, forecast of reactive power demand on an area-wise or substation-wise basis is as important as active power forecast.
This forecast would require adequate data on the reactive power demands at the different substations as well as the projected plans (including existing, if any) for reactive power compensation.
ii. For developing an optimal Intra-State Transmission System, the Users must clearly spell out the substation-wise maximum and minimum demand in MW and MVAr on seasonal basis. In the absence of MVAr data, the load power factor shall be taken as per Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for Connectivity to the Grid) Regulations, 2007 and its amendments or re-enactment thereof.
Adequate reactive compensation shall be provided to bring power factor as close to unity at 132 kV and 220 kV voltage levels.
iii. Reactive power capability of generators including RE generators shall be as per provisions of Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for Connectivity to the Grid) Regulations, 2007 and its amendments or re- enactment thereof.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-33e) Generation dispatches and modelling
i. For the purpose of development of Load Generation scenarios on State as a whole basis, the State peaking availability may be calculated as per seasonal and daily variations based on the past pattern of generation variations.
ii. For evolving transmission systems for integration of RE generation projects, high wind/solar generation injections may also be studied in combination with suitable conventional dispatch scenarios. In such scenarios, the generation of Intra-State generating station may be adjusted as per technical minimum limits. The maximum generation at a wind/solar aggregation level may be calculated using capacity factors as per the norms given CEA Manual on Transmission Planning Criteria, 2023.
f) Special area dispatches such as following may be considered in planning, wherever necessary:
Special dispatches corresponding to high agricultural load/lift irrigation pump schemes with low power factor, wherever applicable.
i.
Complete closure of a generating station close to a major load centre.
g) In case of coal based thermal power generating units, the minimum level of output (ex-bus generation, i.e., ii.
net of the auxiliary consumption) shall be taken as not less than 40% of the rated installed capacity.
h) The generating units shall be modelled to run as per their respective capability curves. In the absence of capability curve, the reactive power limits (Qmax and Qmin) and Maximum Active Power (Pmax) for generating units can be taken as under:
| Type of generating unit | Qmax | Qmin |
| Thermal units | Qmax = 0.60 x Pmax | Qmin = (-)0.30 x Pmax |
| Nuclear units | Qmax = 0.50 x Pmax | Qmin = 0 |
| Hydro units | Qmax = 0.48 x Pmax | Qmin = (-)0.24 x Pmax |
| Wind / Solar / BESS | Qmax = 0.33 x Pmax | Qmin = (-)0.33 x Pmax |
i) It shall be duty of all the generators to provide technical details of generating units, such as generator (including machine capability curves), exciter, governor, PSS parameters, etc., for modelling of their machines for steady-state and transient-state studies. In case of Wind/Solar/BESS, equivalent generator model shall also be provided.
j) Planning margins
In a very large interconnected grid, there can be unpredictable power flows in real time due to variation in load-generation balance with respect to anticipated load generation balance in different pockets of i.
the grid. This may lead to overloading of transmission elements during operation, which cannot be predicted in advance at the planning stage. This can also happen due to delay in commissioning of a few planned transmission elements, delay/abandoning of planned generation additions or load growth at variance with the estimates. Such uncertainties are unavoidable and hence, some margins at the planning stage may help in reducing impact of such uncertainties. However, care also need to be taken to avoid stranded transmission assets. Therefore, at the planning stage, planning margins need to be provided.
Against the requirement of power transfer, the new transmission lines emanating from a power station to the nearest grid point may be planned considering overload capacity of the generating stations in ii.
consultation with generators.
At the planning stage, a margin of about ± 2% may be kept in the voltage limits and thus, the voltages under load flow studies (for 'N-0' and 'N-1' steady-state conditions only) may be maintained within iii.
the limits given below:
533-34 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C| Voltage (kVrms) (after planning margins) | ||
| Nominal | Maximum | Minimum |
| 765 | 785 (1.03 pu) | 745 (0.97 pu) |
| 400 | 412 (1.03 pu) | 388 (0.97 pu) |
| 230 | 240 (1.04 pu) | 212 (0.92 pu) |
| 220 | 240 (1.09 pu) | 203 (0.92 pu) |
| 132 | 142 (1.08 pu) | 125 (0.95 pu) |
| 110 | 119 (1.08 pu) | 102 (0.93 pu) |
| 66 | 70 (1.06 pu) | 62 (0.94 pu) |
In planning studies, all the transformers may be kept at nominal taps and On Load Tap Changer (OLTC) may not be considered. The effect of the taps should be kept as operational margin.
iv.
For the purpose of load flow studies at planning stage, the nuclear generating units shall normally not run at leading power factor. To keep some margin at planning stage, the reactive power limits (Qmax and Qmin) v.
for generating units may be taken as under:
| Type of generating unit | Qmax | Qmin |
| Thermal Units | Qmax = 0.50 x Pmax | Qmin = (-)0.10 x Pmax |
| Nuclear units | Qmax = 0.40 x Pmax | Qmin = 0 |
| Hydro units | Qmax = 0.40 x Pmax | Qmin = (-)0.20 x Pmax |
| Wind / Solar / BESS | Qmax = 0.20 x Pmax | Qmin = (-)0.20 x Pmax |
Note: In case of limitation in Qmax and Qmin, similar ratio of margins as provided in Regulation 4.6.2.2(h) and
Regulation 4.6.2.2(j), shall be considered for the generating unit with respect to capability curve.
Notwithstanding above, during operation, as per the instructions of the System Operator, the generating units shall operate at leading power factor within their respective capability curves.
vi.
k) System studies for Transmission Planning
1. The system shall be planned based on one or more of the following power system studies, as per
requirements:
i) Power Flow Studies
ii) Short Circuit Studies
iii) Stability Studies
iv) TTC/ATC Calculations
2. Additional studies as given below may be carried out at appropriate time as per requirement.
i) EMT studies
ii) Inertia studies
Details of the studies are discussed in subsequent paragraphs.
l) Power Flow studies
i. Load flow study is the steady state analysis of power system network. It determines the operating state of the system for a given load generation balance in the system. It helps in determination of loading on transmission elements and helps in planning and operation of power systems from steady state point of view.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-35ii. All the elements of transmission network, viz., transmission lines, transformers, generators, load, bus reactors, line reactors, HVDC, FACTS, etc., are modelled using steady state parameters in the simulation software.
iii. Load flow solves a set of simultaneous non-linear algebraic power equations for the two unknown variables (|V| and δ) at each node in a system. The output of the load flow analysis is the voltage and phase angle, real and reactive power, losses and slack bus power.
∠
iv. The parameters calculated at sub-Clause III above should be within the planning margins specified in Regulation 4.6.2.2(j).
m) Short circuit studies
i. The short circuit studies shall be carried out using the classical method with flat pre-fault voltages and sub-transient reactance (X"d) of the synchronous machines.
ii. For inverter-based generators, the response of an inverter to grid disturbances is a function of the controls programmed into the inverter and the rated capability of the inverter. Wind / Solar / Hybrid plants need to clearly articulate how the inverter would behave during fault events to ensure that the correct response is provided during and immediately following fault conditions. In case of non-availability of data, sub- transient reactance (X"d) for wind and solar generation may be assumed as 0.85 pu and 1 pu respectively for short circuit studies.
iii. MVA of all the generating units in a plant may be considered for determining maximum short-circuit level at various buses in system. This short-circuit level may be considered for substation planning.
iv. Vector group of the transformers shall be considered for doing short circuit studies for asymmetrical faults. Inter-winding reactance in case of three winding transformers shall also be considered. For evaluating the short circuit levels at a generating bus (11 kV, 13.8 kV, 21 kV, etc.), the unit and its generator transformer shall be represented separately.
v. Short circuit level for both, three phase to ground fault, and single phase to ground fault shall be calculated.
vi. The short-circuit level in the system varies with operating conditions, it may be low for light load scenario as compared to peak load scenario, as some of the plants / unit(s) may not be on-bar. For getting an understanding of system strength under different load-generation / export-import scenarios, the MVA of only those machines shall be taken which are on bar in that scenario.
n) Stability Studies
i. Power System Stability may be broadly defined as property of a power system that enables it to remain in a state of operating equilibrium under normal operating conditions and to regain an acceptable state of equilibrium after being subjected to a disturbance. Stability is a condition of equilibrium between opposing forces.
ii. Rotor Angle Stability is the ability of interconnected synchronous machines of a power system to remain in synchronism. The stability problem involves the study of the electromechanical oscillations inherent in power system.
iii. In transient stability studies, the contingencies usually considered are short- circuits of different types:
phase-to-ground, phase-to-phase-to-ground, or three phases to ground. They are usually assumed to occur on transmission lines, but occasionally bus or transformer faults are also considered. The fault is assumed to be cleared by the opening of appropriate circuit breakers to isolate the faulted element. In some cases, high-speed re-closure may be assumed.
iv. In transient stability studies, the study period is usually limited to 3 to 5 seconds following the disturbance, although it may extend to about 10 seconds for very large systems with dominant inter-area modes of oscillation.
v. During the analysis, impact due to tripping of one line of a radially connected generator may be studied.
533-36 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-Cvi. Voltage stability is the ability of a power system to maintain steady acceptable voltages at all buses in the system under normal operating conditions and after being subjected to a disturbance. The system enters a state of voltage instability when there is disturbance/ increase in load demand / change in system condition which causes a progressive and uncontrollable drop in voltage. The main factor causing instability is the inability of the power system to meet the demand for reactive power. The heart of the problem is usually the voltage drop that occurs when active power and reactive power flow through inductive reactance associated with the transmission network.
vii. A criterion for voltage stability is that, at a given operating condition for every bus in the system, the bus voltage magnitude increases as the reactive power injection at the same bus is increased. A system is voltage unstable if, for at least one bus in the system, the bus voltage magnitude (V) decreases as the reactive power injection (Q) at the same bus is increased. In other words, a system is voltage stable if V-Q sensitivity is positive for every bus and voltage unstable if V-Q sensitivity is negative for at least one bus.
viii. The candidate transmission elements for which stability studies may be carried out, may be selected through results of load flow studies. Choice of candidate transmission elements for stability studies are left to transmission planner.
ix. Generally, the lines for which the angular difference between its terminal buses is more than 20 degrees after contingency of one circuit may be selected for performing stability studies.
x. Voltage Stability Studies: These studies may be carried out using load flow analysis program by creating a fictitious synchronous condenser at critical buses which are likely to have wide variation in voltage under various operating conditions i.e. bus is converted into a PV bus without reactive power limits. By reducing desired voltage of this bus, MVAr generation/ absorption is monitored. When voltage is reduced to some level it may be observed that MVAr absorption does not increase by reducing voltage further instead it also gets reduced. The voltage where MVAr absorption does not increase any further is known as Knee Point of Q-V curve. The knee point of Q-V curve represents the point of voltage instability. The horizontal 'distance' of the knee point to the zero-MVAr vertical axis measured in MVAr is therefore an indicator of the proximity to the voltage collapse.
xi. Each bus shall operate above Knee Point of Q-V curve under all normal as well as the contingency conditions detailed in Chapter 4. The system shall have adequate margins in terms of voltage stability.
o) TTC/ATC Calculation
i. The studies to assess TTC, ATC and TRM of InSTS corridors for the future timeframe are to be carried out considering the load generation balance and planned transmission system.
ii. While carrying out the studies, limiting condition on some portions of the transmission corridors may shift as the network operating conditions change over time. TTC would be the minimum of the transmission capability arrived at taking into consideration the Thermal, Voltage and Stability loading limits. TRM of the Inter-Regional corridor would be arrived at by considering the worst credible contingency.
iii. The TTC, ATC and TRM values of transmission corridors may be revised due to change in system conditions, which includes change in network topology/change in anticipated Load-Generation balance for the future study timeframe.
p) EMT studies
i. Electro Magnetic Transient (EMT) study simulates electromagnetic, electromechanical and control system transient on multiphase electric power system.
ii. EMT represents the power system and its control system by their differential equations. The solution of these equations is obtained in time domain. The response of the power system to any disturbance can be obtained at any frequency. Typically Temporary Over Voltage, Switching Over Voltage, Ferro resonance, Sub-Synchronous Resonance, Insulation Coordination, etc., are performed under EMT studies.
iii. During EMT studies, transmission elements, viz., transmission line, transformer/reactor, Generator, Circuit Breaker, Lightning Arrester, FACTS, etc., are modelled in detail. The equivalent grid is modelled as a constant voltage source behind an impedance. The switching sequence of the model under study is carried out as per requirement of TOV the study analysis.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-37iv. Temporary Over Voltage (TOV): TOVs are undamped or little damped power- frequency over-voltages of relatively long duration (i.e., seconds, even minutes). They are often preceded by a transient overvoltage resulting from a switching operation, sudden load rejection, single line to ground fault, etc., in a no / lightly loaded system. EMT studies provide to characterize TOV, determine resulting problems, and evaluate mitigation alternatives.
v. Switching Over Voltage: When a circuit breaker of an overhead transmission line is closed and line is energised, some switching transients are generated in the power system. Lightning and switching are two primary causes of transient overvoltage in power systems. Switching transients are an important factor in the equipment selection, protection and conductor clearances. Transmission Line Models with frequency dependent parameters are usually used for accurate modelling of EHV lines during switching overvoltage evaluation.
vi. Sub-Synchronous Resonance (SSR): Generally, the series compensated transmission lines may cause SSR in the turbine generators, such that it leads to the electrical instability at sub synchronous frequencies resulting in turbine- generator shaft failures.
vii. Insulation Coordination: Insulation Coordination is a method /procedure to select the dielectric strength of equipment vis-à-vis operating voltages and transient over-voltages which may appear on the system for which the equipment is designed / intended to operate.
viii. Ferro resonance
a. Ferro resonance is a general term applied to a wide variety of interactions between capacitors and iron-core inductors that result in unusual voltages and/or currents. In linear circuits, resonance occurs when the capacitive reactance equals the inductive reactance at the frequency at which the circuit is driven. Iron-core inductors have a non-linear characteristic and have a range of inductance values.
Therefore, there may not be a case where the inductive reactance is equal to the capacitive reactance, but yet very high and damaging overvoltage occurs.
b. In power system, Ferro resonance occurs when a nonlinear inductor is fed from a series capacitor. The nonlinear inductor in power system can be due to: (a) The magnetic core of a wound type voltage transformer, (b) Bank type transformer, (c) The complex structure of a 3 limb three-phase power transformer (core type transformer), (d) The complex structure of a 5 limb three-phase power transformer (shell-type transformer).
c. Power transformers, under no-load or light-load conditions, are prone to be driven into Ferro resonance when energized through a long overhead lines or series compensated (FSC/TCSC) lines or underground cable (capacitive connection). Power transformer connected to a de-energized transmission line running in parallel with energized line can also drive the power transformer into Ferro resonance.
d. From the HVDC point of view, Ferro resonance should be eliminated to avoid unnecessary protective actions due to high levels of harmonic distortion.
e. Therefore, system study for Ferro-resonance may be carried out for the selective location such as line with series capacitance and lightly loaded transformers etc.
q) Inertia
Inertia is the property, which resists change in its existing state. In power system, it refers to the energy stored in large rotating generators, which gives them the tendency to remain rotating. Inertia plays an i.
important role in arresting the frequency drop during contingencies. In the grid, it gives the system operator a chance to respond to power plant failures giving other systems time to respond and rebalance supply and demand.
With the high penetration of renewable energy sources like wind and solar power and gradual reduction/decommissioning of conventional generators, total system inertia of grid would decline.
ii.
However, Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS), Synchronous Condenser, etc., can provide fast response to arrest the frequency decline and help restore the frequency.
533-38 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-Ciii.
Determination of system inertia is essential for frequency stability assessment. Studies for assessing the system inertia would require modelling of individual generators including Wind / Solar plants. Data for the same has to be provided by generating companies.
iv.
The rate of change of frequency (RoCoF) in Hertz per second (or Hz/s) shall be calculated based on simulation studies for the lowest inertia period (usually the highest RE penetration period or lowest demand period).
Following contingencies may be considered for the RoCoF calculation purpose:
• Generation Contingency: The largest generating station including RE in the system or the station whose loss produces the highest RoCoF.
• Load Contingency: The largest load in the system (generally an industrial load).
• Determine whether the calculated RoCoF is lower than the maximum permissible RoCoF value.
• The maximum permissible RoCoF shall be such that the 1st stage UFLS does not get triggered and frequency remains 0.1 Hz above 1st stage of UFLS.
4.6.2.3 CRITERIA FOR CONTINGENCY
1. General Principles
The transmission system shall be planned considering following general principles:
a) In normal operation ('N-0') of the grid, with all elements to be available in service in the time horizon of study, it is required that all the system parameters like voltages, loadings, frequency should remain within permissible normal limits.
b) The grid may however be subjected to outage / loss of an element, and it is required that after loss of an element ('N-1' or single contingency), all the system parameters like voltages, loadings, frequency, shall be within permissible normal limits.
c) Under outage / loss of an element, the grid may experience another contingency, though less probable ('N- 1-1'), wherein some of the equipment may be loaded up to their emergency limits. To bring the system parameters back within their normal limits, load shedding/re-scheduling of generation may have to be done, either manually or through automatic system protection schemes (SPS). Such measures shall generally be applied within one hour after the disturbance.
2. Permissible normal and emergency limits
a) Normal thermal ratings and normal voltage limits represent equipment limits that can be sustained on continuous basis. Emergency thermal ratings and emergency voltage limits represent equipment limits that can be tolerated for a relatively short time, which may be one hour to two hours, depending on design of the equipment. The normal and emergency ratings to be used in this context are given in subsequent paragraphs.
b) The loading limit for a transmission line shall be its thermal loading limit. The thermal loading limit of a line is determined by design parameters based on ambient temperature, maximum permissible conductor temperature, wind speed, solar radiation, absorption coefficient, emissivity coefficient, etc. During planning, the ambient temperature and other factors are assumed to be fixed, thereby permitting margins during operation. Generally, the ambient temperature may be taken as 45 degrees Celsius; however, in some areas like hilly areas where ambient temperatures are less, the same may be taken. The maximum permissible thermal line loadings for different types of line configurations, employing various types of conductors, are given in CEA Manual on Transmission Planning Criteria, 2023.
c) Design of transmission lines with various types of conductors should be based on conductor temperature limit, right-of-way optimization, losses in the line, cost and reliability considerations, etc.
d) The loading limit for an inter-connecting transformer (ICT) shall be its name plate rating.
e) During planning, a margin as specified in Regulation 4.6.2.2(j) shall be kept in the above lines/transformers loading limits.
f) The emergency thermal limits for the purpose of planning shall be 120% of the normal thermal limits for one hour and 110% of the normal thermal limits for two hours.
g) In real time system operation, capacity of transmission line may be assessed through Dynamic Line Loading, however, this may not be used while transmission system planning.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-393. Voltage limits
a) The steady-state voltage limits are given below. However, at the planning stage a margin as specified at Regulation 4.6.2.2(j) may be kept in the voltage limits.
| Voltages (kVrms) | ||||
| Normal rating | Emergency rating | |||
| Nominal | Maximum | Minimum | Maximum | Minimum |
| 765 (1 pu) | 800 (1.05 pu) | 728 (0.95 pu) | 800 (1.05 pu) | 713 (0.93 pu) |
| 400 (1 pu) | 420 (1.05 pu) | 380 (0.95 pu) | 420 (1.05 pu) | 372 (0.93 pu) |
| 230 (1 pu) | 245 (1.07 pu) | 207 (0.90 pu) | 245 (1.07 pu) | 202 (0.88 pu) |
| 220 (1 pu) | 245 (1.11 pu) | 198 (0.90 pu) | 245 (1.11 pu) | 194 (0.88 pu) |
| 132 (1 pu) | 145 (1.10 pu) | 122 (0.92 pu) | 145 (1.10 pu) | 119 (0.90 pu) |
| 110 (1 pu) | 123 (1.12 pu) | 99 (0.90 pu) | 123 (1.12 pu) | 97 (0.88 pu) |
| 66 (1 pu) | 72.5 (1.10 pu) | 60 (0.91 pu) | 72.5 (1.10 pu) | 59 (0.89 pu) |
b) Temporary over voltage limits due to sudden load rejection:
i) 800 kV system 1.4 pu peak phase to neutral (653 kV = 1 pu)
ii) 420 kV system 1.5 pu peak phase to neutral (343 kV = 1 pu)
iii) 245 kV system 1.8 pu peak phase to neutral (200 kV = 1 pu)
iv) 145 kV system 1.8 pu peak phase to neutral (118 kV = 1 pu)
v) 123 kV system 1.8 pu peak phase to neutral (100 kV = 1 pu)
vi) 72.5 kV system 1.9 pu peak phase to neutral (59 kV = 1 pu)
c) Switching over voltage limits:
i) 800 kV system 1.9 pu peak phase to neutral (653 kV = 1 pu)
ii) 420 kV system 2.5 pu peak phase to neutral (343 kV = 1 pu)
4. Reliability criteria
a) No contingency ('N-0')
The system shall be tested for all the load-generation scenarios as given in this document at Regulation 4.6.2.2(c).
i.
For the planning purpose all the equipment shall remain within their normal thermal loadings and voltage ratings.
ii.
The angular separation between adjacent buses shall not exceed 30 degrees.
b) Single contingency ('N-1')
iii.
i. Steady-state:
All the equipment in the transmission system shall remain within their normal thermal and voltage ratings after outage / loss of any one of the following elements (called single contingency or 'N-1'), but without load shedding / rescheduling of generation:
• Outage of a 132 kV single circuit,
• Outage of a 220 kV single circuit,
• Outage of a 400 kV single circuit (with or without fixed series capacitor),
• Outage of an Inter-Connecting Transformer (ICT) / power transformer,533-40 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C • Outage of a 765 kV single circuit,
• Outage of one pole of HVDC bipole.
The angular separation between adjacent buses under 'N-1' shall not exceed 30 degrees.
'N-1' criteria for FACTS devices may not be considered; however, studies may be carried out to address the issues like reduction in transfer capability, restriction on generation evacuation, etc. in case of outage of FACTS devices.
ii. Transient-state:
Usually, perturbation causes a transient that is oscillatory in nature, but if the system is stable, the oscillations will be damped. The system is said to be stable in which synchronous machines, when perturbed, will either return to their original state, if there is no change in exchange of power or will acquire new state asymptotically without losing synchronism. The transmission system shall be stable after it is subjected to one of the following outage / losses:
The system shall be able to survive a permanent three phase to ground fault on a 765 kV line close to the bus to be cleared in 100 ms.
•
The system shall be able to survive a permanent single phase to ground fault on a 765 kV line close to the bus. Accordingly, single pole opening (100 ms) of the faulted phase and unsuccessful re-closure •
(dead time 1 second) followed by 3-pole opening (100 ms) of the faulted line shall be considered.
The system shall be able to survive a permanent three phase to ground fault on a 400 kV line close to the bus to be cleared in 100 ms.
•
The system shall be able to survive a permanent single phase to ground fault on a 400 kV line close to the bus. Accordingly, single pole opening (100 ms) of the faulted phase and unsuccessful re-closure •
(dead time 1 second) followed by 3-pole opening (100 ms) of the faulted line shall be considered.
In case of 220 kV / 132 kV networks, the system shall be able to survive a permanent three phase fault on one circuit, close to a bus, with a fault clearing time of 160 ms (8 cycles) assuming 3-pole opening.
•
The system shall be able to survive a fault in HVDC convertor station, resulting in permanent outage of one of the poles of HVDC Bipole.
•
Loss of generation: The system shall remain stable under the loss of single largest generating unit or a critical generating unit (choice of candidate critical generating unit is left to the transmission planner).
•
Loss of largest radial load, connected at single point.
•
c) Second contingency ('N-1-1')
Under the scenario as defined at Paragraph (b) above the system may experience another contingency (called 'N-1-1'):
The system shall be able to survive a temporary single phase to ground fault on a 765 kV line close to the bus. Accordingly, single pole opening (100 ms) of the faulted phase and successful re-closure (dead i.
time 1 second) shall be considered.
The system shall be able to survive a permanent single phase to ground fault on a 400 kV line close to the bus. Accordingly, single pole opening (100 ms) of the faulted phase and unsuccessful re-closure ii.
(dead time 1 second) followed by 3-pole opening (100 ms) of the faulted line shall be considered.
In case of 220 kV / 132 kV networks, the system shall be able to survive a permanent three phase fault on one circuit, close to a bus, with a fault clearing time of 160 ms (8 cycles) assuming 3-pole opening.
iii.
In the 'N-1-1' as stated above, if there is a temporary fault, the system shall not lose the second element after clearing of fault but shall successfully survive the disturbance.
iv.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-41In case of permanent fault, the system shall lose the second element as a result of fault clearing and thereafter, shall asymptotically reach to a new steady state without losing synchronism. In this new v.
state, the system parameters (i.e. voltages and line loadings) shall not exceed emergency limits, however, there may be requirement of load shedding / rescheduling of generation so as to bring system parameters within normal limits.
d) Radially connected generation with the grid
For the transmission system connecting generator(s) radially with the grid, the following criteria shall apply:
i. The radial system shall meet 'N-1' reliability criteria as given at Regulation 4.6.2.3(4)(b) for both the steady-state as well as transient-state.
ii. For subsequent contingency, i.e., 'N-1-1' (as given at Regulation 4.6.2.3(4)(c), only temporary fault shall be considered for the radial system.
iii. If the 'N-1-1' contingency is of permanent nature or any disturbance/contingency causes disconnection of such generator(s) from the main grid, the remaining main grid shall asymptotically reach to a new steady-state without losing synchronism after loss of generation. In this new state, the system parameters shall not exceed emergency limits, however, there may be requirement of load shedding / rescheduling of generation so as to bring system parameters within normal limits.
iv. The 'N-1' criteria may not be applied to the immediate connectivity system of renewable generations with the ISTS/Intra-STS grid, i.e., the line connecting the generation project switchyard to the grid and the step-up transformers at the grid station:
Provided that 'N-1' criteria shall be applicable in case of renewable generation projects with storage, which are firm in nature and fully dispatchable:
Provided further that 'N-1' reliability criteria may be considered for ICTs at the ISTS / STU pooling stations for renewable energy based generation of more than 1000 MW after considering the capacity factor of renewable generating stations.
5. Sub-station Criteria
a) General criteria
i. There may be need for upgradation of the system or renovation and modernization of the existing system depending on technological options and system studies. Therefore, transmission licensee shall provide details to CEA/CTU/STU of the transmission equipment, which are required to be upgraded or for which renovation and modernization needs to be carried out.
ii. As far as possible, an incoming and an outgoing feeder of same voltage level in a substation may be terminated in bays of same diameter in one and half breaker switching scheme, so as to make direct connection in case of outage of the substation, especially in case of Loop-in Loop-out of existing line(s).
iii. Line approaching substation shall normally be perpendicular to the substation boundary for a stretch of 2- 3 km.
iv. The maximum short-circuit level on any new substation bus should not exceed 80% of the rated short circuit capacity of the substation equipment. The 20% margin is intended to take care of the increase in short- circuit levels as the system grows. The rated breaking current capability of switchgear at different voltage levels may be taken as given below:
| Voltage Level | Rated Breaking Capacity |
| 765 kV | 50 kA / 63 kA |
| 400 kV | 63 kA / 80 kA |
| 220 kV | 40 kA / 50 kA / 63 kA |
| 132 kV | 25 kA / 31.5 kA / 40 kA |
| 66kV | 31.5 kA |
Measures such as sectionalisation of bus, series reactor, or any new technology may also be adopted to limit the short circuit levels at existing substations wherever short circuit levels are likely to cross the designed limits.
v. Rating of the various substation equipment shall be such that they do not limit the loading limits of connected transmission lines.
vi. Connection arrangement of switchable line reactors shall be such that it can be used as line reactor as well as bus reactor with suitable NGR bypass arrangement.
b) Transformers
i. Sub-stations may be classified into two categories i.e. (i) Load Serving Sub- station (LSS) where loads are connected (ii) Generation Pooling Sub-station (GPS) where generating stations are connected directly or through dedicated transmission line for evacuation of their power:
Provided that the substations where both generator(s) and load(s) are connected, shall be treated as load serving sub-station.
ii. The capacity of any single sub-station at different voltage levels shall not normally exceed as given in column (B) and (C) in the following table:
| Voltage Level (A) | Transformation Capacity | |
| Load Serving Substation (B) | Generation Pooling substations (C) | |
| 765 kV | 9000 MVA | 9000 MVA |
| 400 kV | 2500 MVA | 5000 MVA |
| 220 kV | 1000 MVA | 1000 MVA |
| 132 kV | 500 MVA | 500 MVA |
| 66 kV | 160 MVA | 160 MVA |
iii. Size and number of interconnecting transformers (ICTs) shall be planned in such a way that the outage of any single unit would not overload the remaining ICT(s) or the underlying system.
iv. While augmenting the transformation capacity at an existing substation or planning a new substation, the fault level of the substation shall also be kept in view. If the fault level is low, the voltage stability studies shall be carried out.
v. In all substations (132 kV and above), at least two transformers shall be provided.
c) Bus- Sectionalisation
i. To have minimum disruption during struck breaker condition, the bus switching scheme provided in Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for Construction of Electrical Plants and Electric Lines) Regulations, 2022 and its amendments or re-enactment thereof shall be implemented.
ii. Sources and loads should be mixed in each diameter to maximize reliability in 'one and half breaker scheme' during planning of a new substation. Hence, one double circuit line consisting of two numbers of feeders and originating from a transmission or generating switchyard shall not be terminated in one diameter. Similarly, termination of two numbers of transformers of identical primary voltage rating in one diameter of 'one and half breaker scheme' shall be avoided so that sudden outage is minimized.
Layout and bus switching scheme of a substation shall be planned in such way that it shall have maintainability, operation flexibility, security and reliability.
iii. Bus switching scheme shall be as per Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for Construction of Electrical Plants and Electric Lines) Regulations, 2022 and its amendments or re - enactment thereof. Bus section shall be planned in such a way that feeders are adequately distributed with respect to power flow with bus sectionalisers open condition. Further, sectionaliser arrangement may be implemented also keeping in view transformation capacity in each section, fault current rating adopted, number of feeders etc.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-436. Reactive Power compensation
a) General
i. Requirement of reactive power compensation through shunt capacitors, shunt reactors (bus reactors or line reactors), static VAr compensators, fixed series capacitor, variable series capacitor (thyristor controlled) or other FACTS devices shall be assessed through appropriate studies.
ii. STU shall carry out planning studies for Reactive Power compensation including reactive power compensation requirement at the existing generator's/ bulk consumers' switchyard and for connectivity of new generator's / bulk consumers to the Intra-State transmission system. Reactive compensation shall be provided as far as possible in the low voltage systems with a view to meet the reactive power requirements of load close to the load points, thereby avoiding the need for VAr transfer from high voltage system to the low voltage system. In the cases where network below 132 kV/220 kV voltage level is not represented in the system planning studies, the shunt capacitors required for meeting the reactive power requirements of loads shall be provided at the 132 kV/220 kV buses for simulation purpose.
iii. Near to large RE complex(es) synchronous condenser(s) may be planned for dynamic voltage support, in addition to FACTS devices.
iv. While planning of bus capacitors/reactors, aspects such as voltage sensitivity due to switching of these devices, size, reliability (contingency), etc., shall be considered.
v. Space provision for converting fixed line reactors/switchable line reactors to be usable as bus reactors after line opening with bypass arrangement for NGR/control switching.
vi. RE generators to have provision to operate the generators in voltage control mode, fixed-Q and power factor control mode as per the grid requirements.
vii. While planning Bus Reactor (BR), size, reliability aspect (outage of BR), etc., may be taken care of.
b) Shunt capacitors
i. Reactive Compensation shall be provided as far as possible in the low voltage systems with a view to meet the reactive power requirements of load close to the load points, thereby avoiding the need for VAr transfer from high voltage system to the low voltage system. In the cases where network below 132 kV/220 kV voltage level is not represented in the system planning studies, the shunt capacitors required for meeting the reactive power requirements of loads shall be provided at the 132 kV/220 kV buses for simulation purpose.
ii. It shall be the responsibility of the respective utility to bring the load power factor as close to unity as possible by providing shunt capacitors at appropriate places in their system.
iii. Reactive power flow through 400/220 kV or 400/132 kV or 220/132(or 66) kV or 220/33kV ICTs, shall be minimal. Wherever voltage on HV side of such an ICT is less than 0.975 pu, no reactive power shall flow down through the ICT. Similarly, wherever voltage on HV side of the ICT is more than 1.025 pu, no reactive power shall flow up through the ICT. These criteria shall apply under the N-0 conditions. It shall be responsibility of respective STU to plan suitable reactive compensation in their network including at 220 kV and 132 kV levels connected to ISTS, in order to fulfil this provision.
c) Shunt reactors
i. Bus reactors shall be provided at EHV substations for controlling voltages within the limits [defined in the Regulation: 4.6.2.3(3)(a)] without resorting to switching off the lines. The bus reactors may also be provided at generation switchyards to supplement reactive capability of generators. The size of reactors should be such that under steady state condition, switching on and off of the reactors shall not cause a voltage change exceeding 5%. The standard sizes (MVAr) of reactors are:
| Voltage Level | Standard sizes of reactors (in MVAr) |
| 132 kV (3-ph unit) | 12.5 and 25 (rated at 145 kV) |
| 220 kV (3-ph unit) | 50, 25 (rated at 245 kV) |
| 400 kV (3-ph unit) | 50, 63, 80,125 and 250 (rated at 420 kV) |
| 765 kV (1-ph unit) | and 110 (rated at 765/✓3 kV) |
80
ii. Fixed line reactors may be provided to control power frequency temporary over-voltage (TOV) after all voltage regulation action has taken place within the limits as defined in Regulation 4.6.2.3(3)(b) under all probable operating conditions.
iii. Line reactors (switchable/ controlled/ fixed) may be provided if it is not possible to charge EHV line without exceeding the maximum voltage limits given in Regulation 4.6.2.3(3)(b). The possibility of reducing pre-charging voltage of the charging end shall also be considered in the context of establishing the need for reactors.
iv. The line reactors may be planned as switchable wherever the voltage limits, without the reactor(s), remain within limits specified for TOV conditions given at Regulation 4.6.2.3(3)(b).
d) Shunt FACTS devices
i. Shunt FACTS devices such as Static VAr Compensation (SVC) and STATCOM shall be provided where found necessary to damp the power swings and provide the system stability under conditions defined in the 'Reliability Criteria' [Regulation 4.6.2.3(4)]. As far as possible, the dynamic range of static compensators shall not be utilized under steady state operating condition.
e) Synchronous Condenser
A synchronous condenser (SC) is a synchronous machine operating without a prime mover. Reactive power output regulation of SC is performed by regulating the excitation current. The level of excitation i.
determines if the synchronous condenser generates or consumes reactive power. SC provides improved voltage regulation and stability by continuously generating/absorbing reactive power, improved short- circuit strength and frequency stability by providing inertia.
The conventional power stations could be refurbished to a synchronous condenser, thereby potentially reducing initial capital cost. A synchronous condenser consumes a small amount of active power from ii.
the system to cover losses. As many gas and coal-based synchronous generators approach the end of their life, the retiring of a plant can possibly create a reactive power deficit at the local network, which may impact voltage stability. The conversion of the existing generator to a synchronous condenser can be potentially economical and effective.
Operating Hydro generators in synchronous condenser mode may be a possible way for voltage control with the existing resources, which may be explored to regulate voltage in grid locally and thus, iii.
preventing the switching of other elements for voltage control purpose, which in turn help in keeping the system reliability intact.
7. Additional Criteria
a) Wind / Solar / Hybrid projects
I. All the generation projects based on renewable energy sources shall comply with Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for Connectivity to the Grid) Regulations, 2007 and its amendments or re-enactment thereof, for which requisite system studies shall be carried out by renewable generation project developer.
II. Connectivity quantum shall be considered while planning the evacuation system, both for immediate connectivity with InSTS and for onward transmission requirement.
III. As the generation of energy at a wind farm is possible only with the prevalence of wind, the thermal line loading limit of the lines connecting the wind farms to the pooling substations may be assessed considering 12 km/hour wind speed.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-45b) HVDC Transmission System
I. The option of HVDC bipole may be considered for transmitting bulk power (more than 2000 MW) over long distance (preferably more than 700 km). HVDC transmission may also be considered in the transmission corridors that have AC lines carrying heavy power flows (total more than 5000 MW) to control and supplement the AC transmission network.
II. The ratio of fault level in MVA at any of the convertor station (for conventional current source type), to the power flow on the HVDC bipoles shall not be less than 3.0 under any of the load- generation scenarios given in Chapter 4 and reliability criteria given at Regulation 4.6.2.3(4). Further, in areas where multiple Conventional HVDC bipoles are feeding power (multi-infeed), the appropriate studies may be carried at planning stage so as to avoid commutation failure.
c) Zone-3 settings
I. The transmission utilities shall ensure that zone-3 relay settings of the transmission lines are such that they do not trip at extreme loading of line. For this purpose, the extreme loading may be taken as 120% of thermal current loading limit and assuming 0.9 per unit voltage (i.e., 360 kV for 400 kV system, 689 kV for 765 kV system). In case it is not practical to set the Zone-3 in the relay to take care of above, the transmission licensee/owner shall inform CEA, CTU/STU and RLDC/SLDC along with setting (primary impendence) value of the relay. Mitigating measures shall be taken at the earliest and till such time the permissible line loading for such lines would be limited to as calculated from relay impedance assuming 0.95 pu voltage, provided it is permitted by stability and voltage limit considerations as assessed through appropriate system studies.
d) Resiliency
I. The IEEE Technical Report PES-TR65 defines resilience as "The ability to withstand and reduce the magnitude and/or duration of disruptive events, which includes the capability to anticipate, absorb, adapt to, and/or rapidly recover from such an event". This may also be simply defined as "The ability to protect against and recover from any event that would significantly impact the grid".
II. Resilience V/s. Reliability:
The IEEE defines Reliability as "The probability that a system will perform its intended functions without failure, within design parameters, under specific operating conditions, and for a specific period of time." Further different utilities worldwide have defined and developed different reliability standards for robustness, resourcefulness, rapid recovery and adaptability of their power systems.
The IEEE Technical Report PES-TR83 states that reliability is a system performance measure, and resilience is a system characteristic. Generally better reliability results in better resilience and vice versa. However, in some cases, a highly reliable system may have lower resilience and vice versa.
The primary difference between reliability and resilience is that resilience encompasses all events, including "High Impact – Low Frequency" events commonly excluded from the reliability calculations.
III. Resilience Evaluation: Several frameworks and methods for advancing resilience evaluation have been developed in the last decade. These frameworks can be grouped into two general categories:
qualitative and quantitative frameworks.
i. Qualitative Frameworks: Qualitative frameworks usually evaluate the power system's resilience, along with other interdependent systems, such as information systems, fuel supply chain, and other such infrastructures. These frameworks evaluate resilience capabilities such as preparedness, mitigation, response, and recovery. Qualitative frameworks are appropriate for long-term planning because they provide a comprehensive and holistic depiction of system resilience.
ii. Quantitative Frameworks: Quantitative frameworks are based on the quantification of system performance. Resilience is quantitatively evaluated based on the reduced magnitude and duration of deviations from the targeted or acceptable performance. Quantitative resilience metrics should be: 1) performance-related, 2) event-specific, 3) capable of considering uncertainty, and 4) useful for decision-making.
533-46 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-CAn effective resiliency framework should strive to minimize the likelihood and impacts of a disruptive event from occurring and provides the right guidance and resources to respond and recover effectively and efficiently when an incident happens. This can be accomplished by applying the framework towards assessing and developing a mitigation program with the five main focus areas: Prevention, Protection, Mitigation, Response, and Recovery.
iii. The Recommended Measures in the "Report of Task Force on Cyclone Resilient Robust Electricity Transmission and Distribution Infrastructure in the Coastal Areas" accepted by Ministry of Power vide letter dated 10th June 2021 for Creating Resilient Transmission Infrastructure may be referred.
8. Electrical Clearances:
a) The following minimum safety working clearance shall be maintained for the bare conductors or live parts of any apparatus in outdoor substation, excluding overhead lines of HV and EHV installation. (As per CEA Notification on Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply).
| High System Voltage (kV) | Safety Working Clearance (in Metres) |
| 12 | 2.6 |
| 36 | 2.8 |
| 72.5 | 3.1 |
| 145 | 3.7 |
| 245 | 4.3 |
| 420 | 6.4 |
| 800 | 10.3 |
b) Clearance above ground of the lowest conductor (as per CEA Notification on Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply):
i) No conductor of an overhead line, including service lines, erected across a street shall at any part thereof be at a height of less than
| (a) | For low and medium voltage lines: | 5.8 metres |
| (b) | For high voltage lines | 6.1 metres |
ii) No conductor of an overhead line, including service lines, erected along any street, shall at any part thereof be at a height less than
| (a) | For low and medium voltage lines | 5.5 metres |
| (b) | For high voltage lines | 5.8 metres |
iii) No conductor of an overhead line including service lines, erected elsewhere than along or across any street shall be at a height less than –
| (a) | For low, medium and high voltages lines up to and including 11kV, if bare | 4.6 metres |
| (b) | For low, medium and high voltage lines up to and including 11kV, if insulated | 4.0 metres |
| (c) | For high voltage lines above 11kV | 5.2 metres |
iv) For extra-high voltage lines, the clearance above ground shall not be less than 5.2 metres plus 0.3 metres for every 33,000 volts or part thereof, by which the voltage of the line exceeds 33,000 volts:
Provided that the minimum clearance along or across any street shall not be less than 6.1 metres.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-47c) Clearance from building of high and extra-high voltage lines (as per CEA Notification on Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply):
Where a high or extra-high voltage overhead line passes above or adjacent to any building or part of a building, it shall have on the basis of maximum sag, a vertical clearance above the highest part of the i.
building immediately under such line, of not less than:
| (a) | For HV lines up to and including 33kV | 3.7 metres |
| (b) | For EHV lines | 3.7 metres plus 0.3 metres for every additional 33 kV or part thereof |
The horizontal clearance between the nearest conductor and any part of such building shall, on the basis of maximum deflection due to wind pressure, be not less than-
| (a) | For HV lines up to and including 11kV | 1.2 metres |
| (b) | For HV lines above 11kV and up to and including 33kV | 2.0 metres |
| (c) | For EHV lines | 2.0 metres plus 0.3 metres for every additional 33kV or part thereof |
[Explanation: for the purpose of this regulation, the expression "building" shall be deemed to include any structure, whether permanent or temporary.]
Various voltage class transmission line crossing or approaching each other. (as per CEA Notification Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply).
(in metres)
| Sr No. | Voltage of one line | 11–66 kV | 110–132 kV | 220 kV | 400 kV | 765 kV | 1200 kV |
| 1 | Below 11 kV | 2.44 | 3.05 | 4.58 | 5.49 | 7.94 | 10.44 |
| 2 | 11–66 kV | 2.44 | 3.05 | 4.58 | 5.49 | 7.94 | 10.44 |
| 3 | 110–132 kV | 3.05 | 3.05 | 4.58 | 5.49 | 7.94 | 10.44 |
| 4 | 220 kV | 4.58 | 4.58 | 4.58 | 5.49 | 7.94 | 10.44 |
| 5 | 400 kV | 5.49 | 5.49 | 5.49 | 5.49 | 7.94 | 10.44 |
| 6 | 765 kV | 7.94 | 7.94 | 7.94 | 7.94 | 7.94 | 10.44 |
| 7 | 1200 kV | 10.44 | 10.44 | 10.44 | 10.44 | 10.44 | 10.44 |
5. Connection Code
5.1. Compliance with existing Rules and Regulations
(1) All Users connected to or seeking connection to the grid shall comply with all the applicable Regulations as enacted or amended from time to time, such as:
(a) Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for Connectivity to the Grid) Regulations, 2007.
(b) Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for Construction of Electrical Plants and Electric Lines) Regulations, 2022.
(c) Central Electricity Authority (Measures Relating to Safety & Electric Supply) Regulations, 2023.
533-48 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C(d) Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Communication System for Inter-State Transmission of Electricity) Regulations, 2017.
1. Guidelines on Availability of Communication System (vide CERC Order dated 19.01.2024)
2. Guidelines on Interfacing Requirements (vide CERC Order dated 19.01.2024)
(e) Central Electricity Authority (Installation and Operation of Meters) Regulations, 2006.
(f) GERC (Terms and Conditions of Intra-State Open Access) Regulations, 2011 and GERC (Terms and Conditions for Green Energy Open Access) Regulations, 2024.
(g) Gujarat Electricity Regulatory Commission (Multi-Year Tariff Regulations), 2024.
(h) Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for Communication System in Power System Operation) Regulations, 2020.
(i) Central Electricity Authority (Grid Standards) Regulations, 2010.
(j) Central Electricity Authority (Cyber Security in Power Sector) Guidelines, 2021.
(k) Central Electricity Authority (Flexible Operation of Coal based Thermal Power Generating Units) Regulations, 2023.
(l) The Information Technology Act, 2000.
(m) Guidelines on Unified Philosophy for Placement of Phasor measurement Unit in Indian Grid, March 2025.
(n) Any other Regulations and Standards, Codes as specified from time to time.
5.2. Scope
The connection code applies to STU, Transmission Licensees, and all Users connected to or seeking connection to the Gujarat Grid and embedded in the Intra-State Systems.
5.3. Procedure for Connection
1. A user seeking to establish new or modified arrangement of connection to or for use of Gujarat Grid, shall submit an application in standard format to STU in accordance with Gujarat Electricity Regulatory Commission (Terms and Conditions for Intra-State Open Access) Regulations, 2011, GERC (Terms and Conditions for Green Energy Open Access) Regulations, 2024 and GERC (Forecasting, Scheduling, Deviation Settlement and Related Matters of Solar and Wind Generation Sources) Regulations, 2019, as amended from time to time.
2. SLDC, in coordination with STU, and after due consultation of stakeholders, shall prepare a detailed procedure covering modalities for first time energization and integration of new or modified power system element and submit the same for approval of the Commission. The procedure shall specify requirements for integration with the grid such as protection, telemetry and communication systems;
metering; statutory clearances; modelling data requirements for system studies and timeline for submission of data for system study. In the absence of such procedure of SLDC, the NLDC procedure shall apply.
3. Post completion of all physical arrangements of connectivity and necessary site tests, the concerned user shall request the SLDC for permission of first-time energization in the specified format as per the procedure published by SLDC.
5.4. Connection Agreement
1. The applicant with STU or with Distribution Licensee, as the case may be, in accordance with the Gujarat Electricity Regulatory Commission (Terms and Conditions for Intra-State Open Access) Regulations, 2011 and/or GERC (Terms and Conditions for Green Energy Open Access) Regulations, 2024, as amended from time to time shall sign a connection agreement.
2. The Procedure for Connectivity shall be prepared by STU and submitted to the Commission for approval, under the relevant Regulations of the Commission.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-495.5. Important Technical Requirements for Connectivity to the Grid:
SLDC in consultation with STU shall carry out a joint system study before the expected date of first energization of a new power system element to identify operational constraints, if any, within the time frame applicable under the GERC Procedure for "Grant of Connectivity to Projects based on Renewable Sources to Intra-State Transmission/Distribution System, 2025" as amended from time to time. In case of constraints, SLDC shall identify measures for facilitating the integration of the element, subject to grid security.
5.5.1. Reactive Power Compensation
Reactive Power compensation and/or other facilities shall be provided by STUs, and Users connected to Gujarat Grid as far as possible in the low voltage systems close to the load points, thereby avoiding a)
the need for exchange of Reactive Power to/from Gujarat Grid and to maintain Gujarat Grid voltage within the specified range.
Switched Shunt Reactors at 220 kV and above may be provided to control over-voltage within the limits.
b)
The person already connected to the grid shall also provide additional reactive compensation as per the quantum and timeframe decided by SLDC and WRPC. The Users and STUs shall provide information c)
to WRPC and WRLDC regarding the installation and healthiness of the reactive compensation equipment on regular basis.
5.5.2. Data and Communication Facilities
Reliable speech and data communication systems shall be provided to facilitate necessary communication, data exchange, supervision and control of the grid by the SLDC in accordance with the a)
CERC (Communication System for Inter- State Transmission of Electricity) Regulations, 2017 and the CEA Technical Standards for Communication 2020 as amended from time to time.
All Users, STUs and CTU shall provide systems to telemeter power system parameters such as flow, voltage and status of switches/ transformer taps, etc., in line with interface requirements and other b)
guideline made available by SLDC. All users, STU shall provide data collection and data communication up to Sub-SLDC/SLDC as specified in the connection agreement.
The concerned user as specified by STU in the connection agreement shall also establish the associated communication system to facilitate data flow up to appropriate Sub-SLDC/ SLDC including all interface c)
requirement as mentioned in CEA Guidelines on under the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Communication System for inter-State transmission of electricity) Regulations, 2017 as amended from time to time and Guidelines on Interfacing Requirements (vide CERC Order dated 19.01.2024).
All Users shall provide, in coordination with STU, the required facilities at their respective ends as specified in the connectivity agreement. All Users, STU, and SLDC to ensure high reliability of the d)
communication links, shall monitor real time data communication in real time as mentioned in CEA Guidelines on under the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Communication System for inter- State transmission of electricity) Regulations, 2017 as amended from time to time and Guidelines Availability of Communication System (vide CERC Order dated 19.01.2024).
5.5.3. System Recording Instruments
Recording instruments such as Data Acquisition System/Disturbance Recorder/Event Logging Facilities/Fault Locator (including time synchronization equipment) shall be provided and always kept in working condition in the Gujarat Grid for recording of dynamic performance of the system. All Users and STUs shall provide all the requisite recording instruments and keep them in working condition (the facility of system recording shall be provided for verifying the events if any occurred and as the evidence if any events occurred which affected grid operation and management on real time basis.)
5.5.4. Responsibilities for Safety
STU and the concerned Users shall be responsible for safety in accordance with Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for connectivity to the Grid) Regulations, 2007, and other applicable Regulations/ Codes notified by CEA and the Commission from time to time and amended in it.
533-50 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C5.5.5. Cyber Security
All Users shall have in place and follow, a cyber-security framework in accordance with the Central Electricity Authority (Cyber Security in Power Sector) Guidelines, 2021 and as amended from time to time to identify the critical cyber assets and protect them to support reliable operation of the grid.
5.5.6. Wind, Solar and Hybrid of Wind and Solar generators using invertors and also connected with or
without Battery Energy Storage System:
The connectivity standards specifying the technical requirements for RE generating stations (Wind, Solar, Wind-Solar Hybrid and connected with or without Energy Storage System (ESS)), Standalone ESS to be synchronized with the grid at 33 kV or above. They shall be capable of the following:
1. RE generating stations and ESS connected at 33 kV and above shall be capable of supplying dynamically varying reactive power support, so as to maintain power factor within limits of 0.95 lagging to 0.95 leading as per the system requirement.
2. RE generating stations and ESS shall comply the Central Electricity Authority (Technical Standards for Connectivity to the Grid) (Amendment) Regulations, 2019 as amended from time to time on connectivity standards applicable to the wind generating stations, generating stations using inverters, wind - solar photo voltaic hybrid systems and energy storage systems so that grid is not destabilized due to sudden outage of generation in the event of a grid disturbance.
3. The total harmonic distortion for voltage at the connection point shall not exceed 5% with no individual harmonic higher than 3% and the total harmonic distortion for current drawn from the transmission system at the connection point shall not exceed 8%. The above measurement of Harmonics Distortion has to be carried out every six monthly and shall be reported to STUs/ Licensees.
5.6. Schedule of Assets of State Grid
STU shall collect and submit a schedule of transmission assets of Intra-State Transmission Licensees annually to the Commission by 30th September each year, which constitutes the State Grid as on 31st March of that year indicating ownership.
5.7. Metering for Open Access
The Open Access consumer, Generating Company, Distribution Licensee Transmission Licensee, Traders, as the case may be, shall provide meters, as may be specified by the Commission in Gujarat Electricity Regulatory Commission (Terms and Conditions for Intra-State Open Access) Regulations, 2011 and Green Energy Open Access Regulations, 2024 as amended from time to time and maintain the meters in accordance with the CEA Metering Regulations, 2006, as amended from time to time.
5.8. Commissioning of Connectivity
(1) The commissioning of all the new projects shall be governed as per Chapter 7 of the Grid Code.
(2) The applicant and all Intra-State Transmission Licensees shall comply with the provisions made in the Connection Agreement, CEA Technical Standards for Communication Regulations and amendments thereof and other relevant Regulations of CEA, Order/Regulation of Commission, CERC, and IEGC as amended from time to time.
(3) Special focus shall be made on technical requirements for connectivity to the grid, i.e., voice and data communication facilities, system recording instruments, protection, responsibilities for safety, cyber security, reactive power compensation, integration of data with SLDC and STU, SCADA and other provisions.
(4) Installation of meters, its testing, calibration and reading and all matters incidental thereto shall be undertaken in conformity with CEA Metering Regulations and amendments thereof, Scheduling and Despatch Code of this Grid Code and any other additional requirement as may be considered necessary by STU.
(5) The applicant shall intimate timeline for commissioning of works at its end and of dedicated transmission line up to the point of connectivity at least three months in advance.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-51(6) In case of Generating Stations, date of synchronization of Generating Station and Transmission Line shall be intimated at least _10 days in advance so that required clearances, charging permission, issue of unique charging code could be issued by SLDC in consultation with STU and respective Intra-State Transmission Licensee.
5.9. Standards and conditions for Connectivity to the Grid and Grid Connectivity Standards (applicable to generating units only) are provided as Schedule I and Schedule II respectively.
6. Protection Code
6.1. General
This chapter covers the protection protocol, protection settings and protection audit plan of electrical systems.
1. There shall be a uniform protection protocol for the Users of the grid:
a) for proper co-ordination of protection system in order to protect the equipment/system from abnormal operating conditions, isolate the faulty equipment and avoid unintended operation of protection system.
b) To have a repository of protection system, settings and events at State / Regional level.
c) specifying timelines for submission of data.
d) To ensure healthiness of recording equipment including triggering criteria and time synchronization, and
e) To provide for periodic audit of protection system.
2. STU shall be guided by the advice of WRPC / WRLDC for the following:
a) Planning for upgrading and strengthening protection system based on analysis of grid disturbance and partial/total blackout in State Transmission System.
b) Planning of Islanding and system split schemes and installation of Under Frequency Relays and df/dt relays.
3. Under-Frequency relay for load shedding, relays provided for islanding scheme, disturbance recorder, and fault locator installed at various sub-stations shall be tested and calibrated. All Users shall ensure correct and appropriate settings of protection equipment.
4. Protection settings shall not be altered or protection bypassed and/or disconnected without consultation and agreement of all affected Users. In the case where protection is bypassed and/or disconnected, by agreement, then the cause must be rectified, and the protection restored to normal condition as quickly as possible. If agreement has not been reached, the electrical equipment will be removed from service forthwith.
5. No item of electrical equipment shall be allowed to remain connected to the State Transmission System unless it is covered by minimum specified protection aimed at reliability, selectivity, speed and sensitivity.
6.2. Protection Co-ordination
A Protection Coordination Committee (PCC) shall be constituted under these Regulations and shall be responsible for all the protection coordination functions. STU shall be responsible for arranging periodical meetings of the Protection Coordination Committee. STU shall investigate any malfunction of protection or other unsatisfactory protection issues. Users shall take prompt action to correct any protection malfunction or issue as discussed and agreed to, in the periodical meetings.
6.3. Protection Protocol
1. All Users connected to the integrated grid shall provide and maintain effective protection system having reliability, selectivity, speed and sensitivity to isolate faulty section and protect element(s) as per the CEA Technical Standards for Construction, the CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity, the CEA (Grid Standards) Regulations, 2010, the CEA Technical Standards for Communication and any other applicable CEA Standards as amended and specified from time to time.
2. Back-up protection system shall be provided to protect an element in the event of failure of the primary protection system.
3. Protection Coordination Committee (PCC) shall develop the protection protocol and revise the same, after review from time to time, in consultation with the stakeholders in the State, and in doing so shall be guided by533-52 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C the principle that minimum electrical protection functions for equipment connected with the grid shall be provided as per CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity Regulations, CEA Grid Standards Regulations, CEA Technical Standards for Communication Regulations, CEA Technical Standards for Construction Regulations, CEA Safety Regulations and amendments thereof and any other CEA standards specified from time to time.
4. The protection protocol framed by concerned RPC in accordance with the principle that minimum electrical protection functions for equipment connected with the grid and as per the CEA Technical Standards for Construction, the CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity, the CEA Technical Standards for Communication, the CEA (Grid Standards) Regulations, 2010, the CEA Regulations on Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply and any other CEA standards specified from time to time, shall be followed.
5. The protection protocol in a particular system may vary depending upon operational experience. Changes in protection protocol, as and when required, shall be carried out after deliberation and approval of the concerned RPC.
6. In line with the protection protocol of RPC, STU shall prepare the Protection Manual within 90 days from the notification of these Regulations in consultation with the PCC and stakeholders covering all the protection aspects of the grid elements connected to 66 kV and above voltage level which shall be followed by all Users.
7. Violation of the protection protocol, if any, identified by STU, shall be brought to the notice of the PCC for appropriate / corrective action.
6.4. Protection Settings
1. STU shall undertake review of the protection settings, assess the requirement of revisions in protection settings
and revise protection settings in consultation with the stakeholders from time to time and at least once in a
year. The necessary studies in this regard shall be carried out by the STU. The data including demand profile
for base case (peak and off-peak cases) for carrying out studies shall be provided by SLDC and DISCOMs to
STU.
2. All Users connected to the grid shall:
(a) furnish the protection settings implemented for each element to STU in a format as prescribed by the
STU.
(b) obtain approval of STU for (i) any revision in settings, and (ii) implementation of new protection system.
(c) intimate to the STU about the changes implemented in protection system or protection settings within a
fortnight of such changes.
(d) Ensure correct and appropriate settings of protection as specified by the STU / WRPC.
(e) Ensure proper coordinated protection settings.
3. Protection Coordination Committee (PCC) shall:
(a) maintain a centralised database and update the same on periodic basis in respect of State containing details
of relay settings for grid elements connected to 66 kV and above. SLDC shall also maintain such database.
(b) carry out detailed system studies once in a year, for protection settings and advice modifications / changes,
if any, to STU and all Users. The data required to carry out such studies shall be provided by SLDC, STU
and Users, as the case may be.
(c) provide the database access to STU and SLDC and to all Users of the State. The database shall have
different access rights for different Users.
(d) The changes in the network and protection settings of grid elements connected to 66 kV and above shall
be informed to Protection Coordination Committee (PCC) by SLDC and STU, as the case may be.
6.5. Protection Audit Plan
1. All Users shall conduct internal audit of their protection systems annually, and any shortcomings identified shall be rectified and informed to STU. The audit report along with action plan for rectification of deficiencies detected, if any, shall be shared with STU.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-532. All Users shall also conduct third party protection audit of each sub-station at 132 kV and above once in five years or earlier as advised by the WRPC.
3. After analysis of any event, STU shall identify a list of substations / and generating stations where third-party protection audit is required to be carried out and accordingly advise the respective Users to complete third party audit within three months.
4. The third-party protection audit report shall contain information sought in the format enclosed as Annexure–2.
The protection audit reports, along with action plan for rectification of deficiencies detected, if any, shall be submitted to the STU as well as PCC within a month of submission of third-party audit report. The necessary compliance to such protection audit report shall be followed up regularly by STU and shall be reported to PCC.
5. Annual audit plan for the next financial year shall be submitted by the Users to their respective STU by 31st October. The Users shall adhere to the annual audit plan and report compliance of the same to STU.
6. Users shall submit the following protection performance indices of previous month to STU and SLDC on monthly basis for 132 kV and above, which shall be reviewed by the STU:
= Nc / (Nc + Nf)
a. The Dependability Index defined as
= Nc / (Nc + Nu)
b. The Security Index defined as 𝐷𝐷
= Nc / (Nc + Ni)
c. The Reliability Index defined as
𝑆𝑆
where,
𝑅𝑅
Nc is the number of correct operations at internal power system faults
Nf is the number of failures to operate at internal power system faults.
Nu is the number of unwanted operations.
Ni is the number of incorrect operations and is the sum of Nf and Nu
7. Each user shall also submit the reasons for performance indices less than unity of individual element wise protection system to STU and SLDC and action plan for corrective measures. The action plan will be followed up regularly by the STU and SLDC.
8. In case any user fails to comply with the protection protocol specified by the RPC PCC / STU or fails to undertake remedial action identified by the RPC / PCC / STU within the specified timelines, the STU may approach the Commission with all relevant details for suitable directions.
6.6. System Protection Scheme (SPS)
1. For the operational SPS, SLDC in consultation with the STU shall perform regular load flow and dynamic studies and mock testing for reviewing SPS parameters and functions, at least once in a year. SLDC shall share the report of such studies and mock testing including any shortcomings to STU.
2. The Users and SLDCs shall report about the operation of SPS immediately and detailed report shall be submitted within three days of operation to the PCC and RLDC in the format specified by the STU / PCC.
3. The performance of SPS shall be assessed as per the protection performance indices specified in these Regulations. In case, the SPS fails to operate, the concerned User shall take corrective actions and submit a detailed report on the corrective actions taken to the PCC, STU, SLDC and RPC within a fortnight.
6.7. Recording Instruments
1. All Users shall keep the recording instruments (disturbance recorder and event logger) in proper working condition.
2. The disturbance recorders shall have time synchronization and a standard format for recording analogue and digital signals, which shall be included in the guidelines issued by the STU / PCC.
3. The time synchronization of the disturbance recorders shall be corroborated with the PMU data or SCADA event loggers by SLDC. Disturbance recorders that are non- compliant shall be listed out for discussion at SOCC / PCC.
533-54 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C6.8. Capacity Building and Certification
Capacity building, skill up-gradation, and certification of the personnel deployed in Generating Stations, Load Despatch Centres and EHV Sub-stations shall be done periodically under an institutional framework through accredited certifying agencies.
7. Commissioning and Commercial Operation Code
7.1. Drawl of Start Up Power and Injection of Infirm Power
1. A unit of a generating station including unit of a captive generating plant that has been granted connectivity to the Intra-State System in accordance with Open Access Regulations shall be allowed to inter-change power with the grid during the commissioning period, including testing and full load testing before the COD, after obtaining prior permission of SLDC subject to provisions of applicable Order / Regulations of the Commission / PPA with DISCOMs and procedures approved by the Commission in this regard:
Provided that SLDC while granting such permission shall keep grid security in view.
Provided further that the onus of proving that the interchange of infirm power from the unit(s) of the generating station is for the purpose of pre-commissioning activities, testing and commissioning, shall rest with the generating station, and the SLDC shall seek such information on each occasion of the interchange of power before COD. For this, the generating station shall furnish to the SLDC relevant details, such as those relating to the specific commissioning activity, testing, and full load testing, its duration and the intended period of interchange. The generating station shall submit a tentative plan for the quantum and time of injection of infirm power on day ahead basis to the SLDC.
2. The period for which such inter-change shall be allowed shall be as follows:
a. Drawal of start-up power shall not exceed fifteen (15) months prior to the expected date of first synchronization and one (1) year after the date of first synchronization.
b. Injection of infirm power shall not exceed one (1) year from the date of first synchronization for generating stations other than REGS and ESS (except Hydro PSP ESS).
c. Injection of infirm power shall not exceed seven (7) days after FTC (First Time Charging) approval for REGS and ESS (except Hydro PSP ESS):
Provided that the injection of infirm power shall be allowed, and the compensation therefor shall be governed by the provisions of the PPA with the Distribution Licensee. In the case of prototype projects, such injection shall not be eligible for any compensation, as it shall be treated as inadvertent power.
3. Drawal of start-up power shall be regulated as under:
a. In case there is an existing PPA, the drawl of start-up power shall be accounted in the manner stipulated in the PPA.
b. In case there is no existing PPA, the start-up energy drawl shall be accounted in the manner stipulated in the applicable Order/Regulations of the Commission.
c. In the absence of existing PPA and any method stipulated in the applicable Order/Regulations of the Commission, the generating Unit/Station shall procure the power from the concerned Distribution Licensee.
4. Drawl of start-up power shall be subject to payment of transmission charges as applicable to STOA;
5. The charges for deviation for drawl of startup power or for injection of infirm power shall be as per the Orders/Regulations issued by the Commission from time to time.
6. Start-up power shall not be used by the generating station for construction activities.
7. SLDC shall stop the drawl of the start-up power in the following events:
a. In case, it is established that the start-up power has been used by the generating station for construction activity.
b. In the case of default in payment of monthly transmission charges, deviation charges approved by the Commission and in absence of Commission approved rates, CERC DSM Regulations as amended from time to time shall be utilized.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-557.2. Data to be furnished prior to notice of Trial Run
The following details, as applicable, shall be furnished by each State entity generating station to SLDC, STU, DISCOMs and the beneficiaries of the generating station, prior to notice of trial run:
Table 1: Details to be furnished by Generating Entity Prior to Trial Run
| Description | Units |
| Installed Capacity of generating station | MW |
| Installed Capacity of generating station | MVA |
| MCR | MW |
| Number x unit size | No. x MW |
| Time required for cold start | Minute |
| Time required for warm start | Minute |
| Time required for hot start | Minute |
| Time required for combined cycle operation under cold conditions | Minute |
| Time required for combined cycle operation under warm conditions | Minute |
| Ramping up capability | % per minute |
| Ramping down capability | % per minute |
| Minimum turndown level | % of MCR |
| Minimum turndown level | MW (ex-bus) |
| Inverter Loading Ratio (DC/AC capacity) | |
| Name of QCA (where applicable) | |
| Full reservoir level (FRL) | Metre |
| Design Head | Metre |
| Minimum draw down level (MDDL) | Metre |
| Water released at Design Head | M3/ MW |
| Unit-wise forbidden zones | MW |
| Real time telemetry MOM | RTU/ SCADA |
| Communication System for RTU | OPGW/PTP/MPLS |
7.3. Notice of Trial Run
1. The generating company proposing its generating station or a unit thereof for trial run or repeat of trial run shall give a notice of not less than seven (7) days or any such other notice period as may be amended in the IEGC from time to time, to the SLDC, and the beneficiaries of the generating stations, including intermediary procurers, wherever identified:
Provided that in case the repeat trial run is to take place within 48 (forty-eight) hours of the failed trial run, fresh notice shall not be required.
2. The transmission licensee proposing its transmission system or an element thereof for trial run shall give a notice of not less than seven days or any such other notice period as may be amended in the IEGC from time to time, to the SLDC, STU, distribution licensees of the State and the owner of the inter-connecting system.
3. SLDC shall allow commencement of the trial run from the requested date or in the case of any system constraints, not later than seven (7) days from the proposed date of the trial run. The trial run shall commence from the time and date as decided and informed by the SLDC.
533-56 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C4. A generating station shall be required to undergo a trial run in accordance with Regulation 7.4 of these Regulations after completion of Renovation and Modernization for extension of the useful life of the project as per the applicable GERC Tariff Regulations as amended from time to time.
7.4. Trial Run of Generating Unit
7.4.1. Trial run of thermal generating unit:
Trial Run of the Thermal Generating Unit shall be carried out in accordance with the following provisions:
A thermal generating unit shall be in continuous operation at MCR for seventy-two (72) hours on designated fuel:
a.
Provided that:
short interruption or load reduction shall be permissible with the corresponding increase in duration of the test.
(i)
interruption or partial loading may be allowed with the condition that the average load during the duration of the trial run shall not be less than MCR, excluding the period of interruption but including the (ii)
corresponding extended period.
Cumulative interruption of more than four (4) hours shall call for a repeat of trial run.
Where, on the basis of the trial run, a thermal generating unit fails to demonstrate the unit capacity (iii) corresponding to MCR, the generating company has the option to de-rate the capacity of the generating unit or b.
to go for a repeat trial run. If the generating company decides to de-rate the unit capacity, the de-rated capacity in such cases shall not be more than 95% of the demonstrated capacity, to cater for primary response.
7.4.2. Trial Run of Hydro Generating Unit:
The trial Run of Hydro Generating Unit shall be carried out in accordance with the following provisions:
A hydro generating unit shall be in continuous operation at MCR for twelve (12) hours:
Provided that:
a.
Short interruption or load reduction shall be permissible with a corresponding increase in duration of the test.
i.
Interruption or partial loading may be allowed with the condition that the average load during the duration of trial run shall not be less than MCR excluding period of interruption but including the corresponding ii.
extended period.
Cumulative interruption of more than four (4) hours shall call for a repeat of trial run.
iii. If it is not possible to demonstrate the MCR due to insufficient reservoir or pond level or insufficient inflow, COD may be declared, subject to the condition that the same shall be demonstrated immediately when iv.
sufficient water is available after COD:
Provided that if such a generating station is not able to demonstrate the MCR when sufficient water is available, the generating company shall de-rate the capacity in terms of sub-clause (b) of this Regulation, and such de-rating shall be effective from COD.
Where, on the basis of the trial run, a hydro generating unit fails to demonstrate the unit capacity corresponding to MCR, the generating company shall have the option to either de-rate the capacity or go for a repeat trial run.
b.
If the generating company decides to de-rate the unit capacity, the de-rated capacity in such cases shall not be more than 90% of the demonstrated capacity to cater for primary response.
7.4.3. Trial Run of Wind / Solar / ESS / PSP/Hybrid Generating Station
1. Trial run of solar unit(s)
Trial run of the solar inverter unit(s) shall be performed in instalments for a minimum capacity aggregating to above 4 MW AC capacity:
a.
Provided that where the remaining capacity in the final instalment is less than 4 MW, the generating company shall be permitted to undertake the trial run for such remaining capacity in a single instalment:
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-57Provided further that the trial run for solar inverter unit(s) aggregating to less than and up to 4 MW, shall be allowed for the capacity for which Connectivity has been granted to such entity.
Successful trial run of a solar inverter unit(s) covered under sub-clause (a) of this Regulation shall mean the flow of power and communication signal for not less than four hours on a cumulative basis between b.
sunrise and sunset in a single day with the requisite metering system, power plant controller, telemetry and protection system in service. The generating company shall record the output of the unit(s) during the trial run and shall corroborate its performance with the temperature and solar irradiation recorded at site during the day and plant design parameters:
Provided that:
the output below the corroborated performance level with the solar irradiation of the day shall call for a repeat of the trial run;
(i)
if it is not possible to demonstrate the rated capacity of the plant due to insufficient solar irradiation, COD may be declared subject to the condition that the same shall be demonstrated immediately (ii)
when sufficient solar irradiation is available after COD, within one year from the date of COD:
Provided that if such a generating station is not able to demonstrate the rated capacity when sufficient solar irradiation is available after COD, the generating company shall de-rate the capacity in terms of sub-clause (d) of Regulation 7.4.3.(3) of these Regulations.
2. Trial run of a wind turbine(s)
a. Trial run of a wind turbine(s) shall be performed in instalments for a minimum capacity aggregating to above 4 MW:
Provided that where the remaining capacity in the final instalment is less than 4 MW, the generating company shall be permitted to undertake the trial run for such remaining capacity in a single instalment:
Provided further that the trial run for wind turbine(s) aggregating to less than or up to 4 MW shall be allowed for the capacity for which connectivity has been granted to such an entity.
b. Successful trial run of a wind turbine(s) covered under sub-clause (a) of this Regulation shall mean the flow of power and communication signal for a period of not less than four (4) hours on a cumulative basis in a single day during periods of wind availability with the requisite metering system, power plant controller, telemetry and protection system in service. The generating company shall record the output of the unit(s) during the trial run and corroborate its performance with the wind speed recorded at the site(s) during the day and plant design parameters:
Provided that:
The output below the corroborated performance level with the wind speed of the day shall call for a repeat of the trial run;
(i)
if it is not possible to demonstrate the rated capacity of the plant due to insufficient wind velocity, COD may be declared subject to the condition that the same shall be demonstrated immediately (ii)
when sufficient wind velocity is available after COD, within one year from the date of COD:
Provided that if such a generating station is not able to demonstrate the rated capacity when sufficient wind velocity is available after COD, the generating company shall de-rate the capacity in terms of sub-clause (d) of Regulation 7.4.3 (3) these Regulations.
3. Trial run of a Standalone Energy Storage System (ESS) / Pumped Storage Plant / Hybrid System
a. Successful trial run of a Standalone Energy Storage System (ESS) shall mean one (1) cycle of charging and discharging of energy as per the design capabilities with the requisite metering, telemetry and protection system being in service:
The trial run for Standalone Energy Storage System (ESS) shall be performed in instalments for a minimum capacity aggregating to above 4 MW:
Provided that where the remaining capacity in the final instalment is less than 4 MW, the Standalone Energy Storage System shall be permitted to undertake the trial run for such remaining capacity in a single instalment.
533-58 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-CProvided further that the trial run for Standalone Energy Storage System aggregating to less than or up to 4 MW shall be allowed for the capacity for which connectivity has been granted to such an entity.
b. Successful trial run of a pumped storage plant shall mean one (1) cycle of turbo- generator and pumping motor mode as per the design capabilities up to the rated water drawing levels with the requisite metering, telemetry and protection system being in service:
Provided that the trial run for pumped storage plant shall be allowed for the capacity for which connectivity has been granted to such an entity.
Provided further that if it is not possible to demonstrate the design capabilities up to the rated water drawing levels due to insufficient reservoir levels, the COD may be declared after demonstrating the capabilities at available water drawing levels, subject to the condition that design capabilities up to the rated water drawing levels shall be demonstrated immediately when sufficient reservoir level is available after COD.
Provided also that if such a generating station is not able to demonstrate the design capabilities when sufficient water is available, the generating company shall have the option to either go for a repeat trial run or de-rate the capacity. If the generating company decides to de-rate the unit capacity in terms of sub-clause (b) of Regulation (7.4.2) of these Regulations, such de-rating shall be effective from the COD."
c. Successful trial run of a hybrid system shall mean successful trial run of each individual source of the hybrid system in accordance with the applicable provisions of these Regulations:
4. Where, on the basis of the trial run, solar / wind / storage / hybrid generating station fails to demonstrate its rated capacity, the generating company shall have the option to either go for a repeat trial run or de-rate the capacity subject to a minimum aggregated de-rated capacity above 4 MW, as the case may be.
5. Notwithstanding the provisions contained in these Regulations, where Power Purchase Agreement provides for a specific capacity that can be declared COD, trial run shall be allowed for such capacity in terms of such Power Purchase Agreement.
7.5. Trial run of Intra-State Transmission System
Trial run of a transmission system or an element thereof shall mean successful energization of the transmission system or the element thereof at its nominal system voltage through interconnection with the grid for a continuous twenty-four (24) hours flow of power and communication signal from the sending end to the receiving end and with the requisite metering system, telemetry and protection system:
Provided that under exceptional circumstances and with the prior approval of STU, a transmission element can be energized at lower nominal system voltage level.
Provided further that the SLDC may allow anti-theft charging where the transmission line is not carrying any power.
7.6. Documents and Tests prior to Declaration of Commercial Operation
1. Notwithstanding the requirements in other standards, codes and contracts, for ensuring grid security, the tests as specified in the following Regulations shall be scheduled and carried out in coordination with SLDC by the generating company or the transmission licensee, as the case may be, and relevant reports and other documents as specified shall be submitted to SLDC before a certificate of successful trial run is issued to such a generating company or the transmission licensee, as the case may be.
2. All thermal generating stations having a capacity of more than 200 MW and hydro generating stations having a capacity of more than 25 MW shall submit documents confirming the enablement of automatic operation of the plant from the SLDC by integrating the controls and tele-metering features of their system into the automatic generation control in accordance with the CEA Technical Standards for Construction and the CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity.
7.6.1. Documents and Tests Required for Thermal (coal / lignite) Generating Stations:
The generating company shall submit the following OEM documents, namely (i) startup curve for boiler and turbine including starting time of unit in cold, warm and hot conditions, (ii) capability curve of generator, (iii) a.
design ramp rate of boiler and turbine.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-59The following tests shall be performed:
i. Operation at a load of fifty-five (55) percent of MCR as per the CEA Technical Standards for Construction b.
for a sustained period of four (4) hours.
ii. Ramp-up from fifty-five (55) percent of MCR to MCR at a ramp rate of at least one (1) percent of MCR per minute, in one step or two steps (with stabilization period of 30 minutes between two steps), and sustained operation at MCR for one (1) hour.
iii. Demonstrate overload capability with the valve wide open as per the CEA Technical Standards for Construction and sustained operation at that level for at least five (5) minutes.
iv. Ramp-down from MCR to fifty-five (55) percent of MCR at a ramp rate of at least one (1) percent of MCR per minute, in one or two steps (with stabilization period of 30 minutes between two steps).
v. Primary response through injecting a frequency test signal with a step change of ± 0.1 Hz at 55%, 60%, 75% and 100% load.
vi. Reactive power capability as per the generator capability curve as provided by OEM considering over- excitation and under-excitation limiter settings and prevailing grid condition.
7.6.2. Documents and Tests Required for Hydro Generating Stations including Pumped Storage Hydro
Generating Station:
The generating company shall submit OEM documents for the turbine characteristics curve indicating the operating zone(s) and forbidden zone(s). In order to demonstrate the operating flexibility of the generating unit, a.
it shall be operated below and above the forbidden zone(s).
The following tests shall be performed considering the water availability and head:
Primary response through injecting a frequency test signal with a step change of ± 0.1 Hz for various b.
loadings within the operating zone.
i.
Reactive power capability as per the generator capability curve considering over- excitation and under- excitation limiter settings.
ii.
Black start capability, wherever feasible.
Operation in synchronous condenser mode wherever designed.
iii.
7.6.3. Documents and Test Required for Gas Turbine based Generating Stations:
iv.
The generating company shall submit OEM documents for (i) starting time of the unit in cold, warm and hot conditions (ii) design ramp rate.
a.
The following tests shall be performed:
Primary response through injecting a frequency test signal with a step change of ± 0.1 Hz for various b.
loadings within the operating zone.
i.
Reactive power capability as per the generator capability curve considering over- excitation and under- excitation limiter settings.
ii.
Black start capability up to 100 MW capacity, wherever feasible.
Operation in synchronous condenser mode wherever designed.
iii.
7.6.4. Documents and Tests required for the Generating Stations based on wind and solar resources:
iv.
The generating company shall submit a certificate confirming compliance with CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity in accordance with sub-clause (4) of Regulation 7.8 of these Regulations.
a.
The following tests shall be performed at the point of interconnection:
Frequency response of machines as per the CEA Technical Standards for connectivity.
b.
Reactive power capability as per OEM rating at the available irradiance or the wind energy, as the case may i.
be:
ii.
533-60 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-CProvided that the generating company may submit offline, simulation studies for the specified tests, in case testing is not feasible before COD, subject to the condition that tests shall be performed within a period of one year from the date of achieving COD.
Type test report for Fault Ride through Test (LVRT and HVRT) for units commissioned after the specified date as per CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity mandating LVRT and HVRT capability shall be iii.
submitted.
7.6.5. Documents and Tests Required for Energy Storage Systems
The ESS shall submit a certificate confirming compliance with the CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity in accordance with sub-clause (4) of Regulation 7.8 of these Regulations.
a.
The following tests shall be performed at the point of interconnection:
Power output capability in MW and energy output capacity in MWh.
b.
Frequency response of ESS.
i.
Ramping capability as per design.
ii.
7.6.6. Documents and tests required for HVDC Transmission System
iii.
The transmission licensee shall submit technical details including operating guidelines such as filter bank requirements at various operating loads and monopolar/ or bipolar configuration, reactive power controller, a.
run-back features, frequency controller, reduced voltage mode of operation, circuit design parameters and power oscillation damping, as applicable.
The following tests shall be performed:
Minimum load operation.
b.
Ramp rate.
i.
Overload capability, subject to grid condition.
ii.
Black start capability in the case of Voltage source convertor (VSC) HVDC wherever feasible.
iii.
Dynamic Reactive Power Support (in the case of VSC based HVDC).
iv.
7.6.7. Documents and Tests Required for SVC or STATCOM
v.
a) The transmission licensee shall submit technical particulars including a single line diagram, V/I characteristics, the rating of coupling transformer, the rating of each VSC, MSR and MSC branch, different operating modes, the IEEE standard Model, Power Oscillation Damping (POD) enabled and tuned (if not, then reasons for the same) and the results of an Offline simulation-based study to validate the performance of POD.
b) The following tests shall be performed to validate the full reactive power capability of SVC and STATCOM in both directions, i.e., absorption as well as injection mode:
POD performance test.
dynamic performance testing:
(i)
Provided that the transmission licensee may submit offline simulation studies for the specified tests, in case (ii) the conduct of tests is not feasible before COD, subject to the condition that tests shall be performed within a period of one year from the date of achieving COD.
7.7. Certificate of Successful Trial Run
In case any objection is raised by a beneficiary in writing to the SLDC with a copy to all concerned regarding the trial run within two (2) days of completion of such trial run, the SLDC shall, within five (5) days of receipt 1.
of such objection, in coordination with the concerned entity and the beneficiaries, decide if the trial run was successful or if there is a need for a repeat trial run.
After completion of a successful trial run and receipt of documents and test reports as per Regulation 7.6 of these Regulations, SLDC shall issue a certificate to that effect to the concerned generating station, ESS or 2.
transmission licensee, as the case may be, with a copy to their respective beneficiary(ies), and the STU, within three days.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-617.8. Declaration by Generating Company and Transmission Licensee
1. Thermal Generating Station
The generating company shall certify that:
The generating station or unit thereof meets the relevant requirements and provisions of the CEA Technical a)
Standards for Construction, CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity, CEA Technical Standards for Communication, Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electricity Supply) Regulations, 2023, CEA (Flexible operation of thermal power plants) Regulations, 2023 as amended from time to time and these Regulations, as applicable.
The main plant equipment and auxiliary systems including the balance of the plant such as the fuel oil system, coal handling plant, DM plant, pre-treatment plant, fire-fighting system, ash disposal system (i)
and any other site specific system have been commissioned and are capable of full load operation of the units of the generating station on a sustained basis.
Permanent electric supply system including emergency supplies and all necessary instrumentation, control and protection systems and auto loops for full load operation of the unit has been put into service.
(ii)
The certificates required under sub-clause (a) of this Regulation shall be signed by the authorized signatory not below the rank of CMD or CEO or MD of the generating company and shall be submitted (iii)
to the SLDC and STU before the declaration of COD.
2. Hydro Generating Station
The generating company shall certify that:
The generating station or unit thereof meets the requirement and relevant provisions of the CEA Technical a)
Standards for Construction, CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity, CEA Technical Standards for (i)
Communication, Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electricity Supply) Regulations, 2023 as amended from time to time and these Regulations, as applicable.
The main plant equipment and auxiliary systems including the drainage de- watering system, primary and secondary cooling system, LP and HP air compressor and firefighting system have been commissioned (ii)
and are capable of full load operation of units on a sustained basis.
Permanent electric supply systems including emergency supplies and all necessary Instrumentations, Control and Protection Systems and auto loops for full load operation of the unit are put into service.
(iii) The certificates required under sub-clause (a) of this Regulation shall be signed by the authorized signatory not below the rank of CMD or CEO or MD of the generating company and shall be submitted to the concerned b)
SLDC and STU before the declaration of COD.
3. Transmission system
The transmission licensee shall submit a certificate signed by the authorized signatory not below the rank of CMD or CEO or MD of the company to SLDC and STU before declaration of COD that the transmission line, sub-station and communication system conform to the CEA Technical Standards for Construction, CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity, CEA Technical Standards for Communication, Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electricity Supply) Regulations, 2023 as amended from time to time and these Regulations and are capable of operation to their full capacity.
4. Wind, Solar, Storage, and Hybrid Generating Station
The generating station based on wind and solar resources, the ESS and the hybrid generating station shall submit a certificate signed by the authorized signatory not below the rank of CMD or CEO or MD to the SLDC and STU before declaration of COD, that the said generating station or the ESS as the case may be, including main plant equipment such as wind turbines or solar inverters or energy storage devices or auxiliary systems, as the case may be, has complied with all relevant provisions of CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity, CEA Technical Standards for Communication, Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electricity Supply) Regulations, 2023 as amended from time to time and these Regulations.
533-62 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C7.9. Declaration of Commercial Operation (DOCO) and Commercial Operation Date (COD)
A generating station or unit thereof or a transmission system or an element thereof or ESS may declare commercial operation as follows and inform CEA, SLDC, STU, and its beneficiaries:
1.
(a) Thermal Generating Station or a unit thereof
The commercial operation date in the case of a unit of the thermal generation station shall be the date declared by the generating company after a successful trial run at MCR or de-rated capacity as per sub- i.
clause (b) of Regulation 7.4.1 of these Regulations, as the case may be, and submission of a declaration as per sub-clause (1) of Regulation 7.8 of these Regulations.
In the case of the generating station, the COD of the last unit of the generating station shall be considered as the COD of the generating station.
ii.
(b) Hydro Generating Station
The commercial operation date in the case of a unit of the hydro generating station including a pumped storage hydro generating station shall be the date declared by the generating station after a successful i.
trial run at MCR or de- rated capacity as per sub-clause (b) of Regulation 7.4.1 of these Regulations, as the case may be, and submission of a declaration as per Regulation 7.8 of these Regulations.
In the case of the generating station, the COD of the last unit of the generating station shall be considered as the COD of the generating station.
ii.
(c) Transmission System
The commercial operation date in the case of an Intra-State Transmission System or an element thereof shall be the date declared by the transmission licensee on which the Transmission System or an element i.
thereof is in regular service at 0000 hours after successful trial operation for transmitting electricity and communication signals from the sending end to the receiving end as per Regulation 7.5 and submission of a declaration as per sub-clause (3) of Regulation 7.8 of these Regulations:
Provided that the commercial operation date of a transmission element that is a part of the Associated Transmission System (ATS) shall be declared only after a successful trial run of the last element of the said ATS:
Provided further that where only some of the transmission elements of the ATS have achieved a successful trial run and the Connectivity grantee as per applicable Regulations seeks commercial operation of such elements for utilization by such grantee and is agreed upon by the STU, the commercial operation date of such transmission elements of the ATS may be declared by the transmission licensee as per these Regulations:
Provided also that where only some of the transmission element(s) of the ATS have achieved a successful trial run and if the operation of such transmission elements is certified by the STU in consultation with SLDC for improving the performance, safety and security of the grid, the commercial operation date of such transmission element(s) of the ATS may be declared by the transmission licensee as per these Regulations:
Provided also that in case a transmission system or an element thereof executed under regulated tariff mechanism is prevented from regular service on or after the scheduled COD for reasons not attributable to the transmission licensee or its supplier or its contractors but is on account of the delay in commissioning of the concerned generating station or in commissioning of the upstream or downstream transmission system of other transmission licensee, the transmission licensee shall approach the Commission through an appropriate Petition along with a certificate from the STU to the effect that the transmission system is complete as per the applicable CEA Standards, for approval of the commercial operation date of such transmission system or an element thereof:
Provided also that in the case of Intra-State Transmission System executed through Tariff Based Competitive Bidding, the transmission licensee may declare deemed COD of the InSTS in accordance with the provisions of the Transmission Service Agreement after obtaining (a) a certificate from the STU to the effect that the transmission system is complete as per the specifications of bidding guidelines and applicable CEA Standards and (b) no load charging certificate from SLDC, where no load charging is possible.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-63The COD of a transmission element of the transmission system under Tariff Based Competitive Bidding shall be declared only after the declaration of the COD of all the pre-required transmission elements as ii.
per the Transmission Services Agreement.
Provided that in case any transmission element is required in the interest of the power system as certified by the STU, the COD of the said transmission element may be declared prior to the declaration of the COD of its pre- required transmission elements.
(d) Communication System
Date of commercial operation in relation to a communication system or an element thereof shall mean the date declared by the transmission licensee from 0000 hours of which a communication system or element thereof shall be put into service after completion of the site acceptance test including transfer of voice and data to the respective control centres as certified by the SLDC.
(e) Generating Stations based on Wind and Solar resources; ESS and Hybrid Generating Station
The commercial operation date in the case of units of a renewable generating station shall mean the date declared by the generating station after undergoing a successful trial run as per Regulation 7.4.3 of these i.
Regulations, submission of declaration as per sub-clause (4) of Regulation 7.8 of these Regulations, and subject to fulfilment of other conditions, if any, as per PPA.
In the case of a generating station as a whole, the commercial operation date of the last unit of the generating station shall be considered as the COD of the generating station.
ii.
(f) On declaration of commercial operation date, scheduling of the generating station or unit thereof, shall start from 0000 hours of D+2 (where D is the date when a generating station intimates the commercial operation of the generating station or unit thereof) or the commercial operation date declared by the generating station or unit thereof, whichever is later.
8. System Operation Code
8.1. Operating Philosophy
1. All entities, such as SLDC, STU, QCAs, licensees, generating stations, ESS and other grid connected entities shall at all times function in coordination to ensure integrity, stability and resilience of the grid and achieve economy and efficiency in the operation of power system.
2. Operation of the State grid shall be monitored by the SLDC.
3. Detailed Operating Procedures for State grid shall be developed, maintained and updated by the SLDC, consistent with the Detailed Operating Procedures of WRLDC.
4. SLDC, Backup SLDC, Sub-SLDC, LMU or ALDC of DISCOM shall have qualified operating personnel manning the control room round the clock.
5. Every generating station, transmission substation, RE pooling station of 66 kV and above shall have a control room manned by qualified operating personnel round the clock. Alternatively, the same may be operated round the clock from a remotely located control room, subject to the condition that such remote operation does not result in a delay in the execution of any switching instructions and information flow:
Provided that a transmission licensee owning a transmission line but not owning the connected substation, shall have a coordination centre functioning round the clock, manned by qualified personnel for operational coordination with the concerned load despatch centres and equipped to carry out the operations as directed by concerned load despatch centres.
6. QCA shall have coordination centres functioning round the clock, manned by qualified personnel for operational coordination with the SLDC and generating stations. ESS and Bulk Consumers, which are State entities, shall have coordination centres functioning round the clock and manned by qualified personnel for operational coordination with the concerned load despatch centres.
533-64 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C8.2. Demand Estimation
1. The Distribution Licensee shall formulate a short-term demand forecast considering the previous financial year as base and projecting the demand for the succeeding five years. During this process, the Distribution licensee shall review the status of loads materializing as per the previous load forecast. Energy sales for each tariff category shall be projected in the forecast period over the corresponding figures relating to the base year by adopting an appropriate statistical method.
2. The projections shall take into account the assumed normal growth for non-specific loads, specific and identified loads of 1 MW and above. The projections shall also take into account the effects of Demand Side Management, if any, Distributed renewable energy systems, and energy conservation. The peak load requirements at each connection point / Interface point shall be estimated, taking into account the distribution losses.
3. The peak load requirement at each Connection Point / Interface Point will essentially ensure that the STU/ Transmission Licensee may determine the corrective/ necessary measures to be taken to maintain the capacity adequacy in the Transmission System up to the Connection Point / Interface Point. This will facilitate the Transmission Licensee to develop the compatible Transmission System.
4. However, if the Distribution Licensee receives power at a number of connection points / Interface points in a compact area, which are interconnected in a ring, then such a Distribution Licensee shall forward the overall long-term demand forecast, as well as at each connection point / Interface point with the variation or tolerance as mutually discussed and agreed upon with the STU/ Transmission Licensee. The aggregate energy and peak load requirements for the Area of Supply shall be estimated taking into account the distribution losses.
5. The Distribution Licensee shall forward the short-term demand forecast for each Connection Point / Interface Point for peak load requirement as well as aggregate energy and peak load demand for the Area of Supply on annual basis to the STU, Transmission Licensee and the Commission along with the following details on the basis of which the forecast is made: (a) Data, (b) Methodology, (c) Assumptions, It shall be the responsibility of all the Distribution Licensees to fully cooperate with STU / SLDC in preparation of demand forecasts for the entire Gujarat State.
6. SLDC shall carry out demand estimation as part of operational planning after duly factoring in the demand estimation done by Distribution licensees and STU as part of resource adequacy planning referred to in Chapter 4 of these Regulations. Demand estimation by SLDC shall be for both active power and reactive power incident on the transmission system based on the details collected from distribution licensees, grid-connected distributed generation resources, captive power plants and other bulk consumers embedded within the State.
7. SLDC shall develop methodology for daily, weekly, monthly, yearly demand estimation in MW and MWh for operational analysis as well as resource adequacy purposes. SLDC, while estimating demand may utilize state of the art tools, weather data, historical data and any other data. For this purpose, all distribution licensees shall maintain a historical database of demand.
8. The demand estimation by SLDC shall be done on day ahead basis with time block wise granularity for the daily operation and scheduling. In case SLDC observes a major change in demand in real time for the day, it shall immediately submit the revised demand estimate to the WRLDC for demand estimate correction.
9. Each Distribution licenses shall submit node-wise morning peak, evening peak, day shoulder and night off- peak estimated demand in MW and MVA on a monthly and quarterly basis for the nodes at 132 kV and above to SLDC for the preparation of scenarios for computation of TTC and ATC by the WRLDC and NLDC.
10. SLDC shall also estimate peak and off-peak demand (active as well as reactive power) on a weekly and monthly basis for load - generation balance planning as well as for operational planning analysis, which shall be a part of the operational planning data. The demand estimates mentioned above shall have granularity of a time block.
The estimate shall cover the load incident on the grid as well as the net load incident taking into account- embedded generation in the form of rooftop solar and other distributed generation.
11. Timeline for submission of demand estimate data by distribution licensees and other entities to SLDC, as applicable shall be as follows:
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-65Table 2: Timeline for Demand Estimation
| Demand estimation perspective | Data to be furnished to RLDC by SLDC | Data to be furnished by each Distribution licensee / Bulk consumer to SLDC |
| Daily demand estimation | 10:00 hours of previous day | 08:00 hours of previous day |
| Weekly demand estimation | First working day of previous week | By 12:00 hours of first working day of previous week |
| Monthly demand estimation | Fifth day of previous month | 3rd day of previous month |
| Yearly demand estimation | 30th Sept of the previous year | 15th Sept of previous year |
12. All the data shall be collected in accordance with the procedures agreed to between STU / SLDC and each user.
13. The SLDC shall maintain a database of the total demand for the State on an hourly basis.
14. The demand estimation is to be done by all Users / Distribution Licensees on a Daily/Weekly/Monthly/Yearly basis for the current year for load - generation balance planning. The SLDC shall carry out system studies for operational planning and to access transfer capabilities for facilitating Intra /Inter-State Open Access, based on demand estimation.
15. While the demand estimation for operational purposes is to be done on a Daily/Weekly/Monthly basis initially, mechanisms and facilities at SLDCs shall be created at the earliest to facilitate on-line estimation of demand for daily operational use, for each 15 minutes block.
16. SLDC shall carry out its own demand estimation from the historical data and weather forecast data from time to time and the relevant data provided by the distribution licensees and other concerned persons. SLDC shall furnish the estimate data to the respective RLDC and RPC as per timeline specify in Table – 2 above.
17. The SLDC shall take into account the wind and solar energy forecasting to meet the active and reactive power requirement.
18. SLDC and Distribution licenses shall compute forecasting error for Intra-day, Day- ahead, Weekly, Monthly and Yearly forecasts and analyse the same in order to reduce forecasting error in the future. The computed forecasting errors shall be made available by SLDCs on website.
19. The Distribution Licensees shall provide to SLDC, estimates of loads that may be shed, when required, in discrete blocks with details of arrangements of such load shedding.
20. All Users / Distribution Licensees shall develop methodologies/mechanisms for Daily/ Weekly / Monthly/ Yearly demand estimation (MW, MVAr and MWh) for operational purposes. All Users / Distribution Licensees shall provide relevant data to SLDC from time to time. SLDC shall maintain historical database for demand estimation.
8.3. Generation Estimation
The modalities of generation estimation by Intra-State entities shall be as per the procedure and formats for data collection as may be issued by SLDC.
1.
SLDC shall forecast generation from wind, solar, ESS and Renewable Energy hybrid generating stations that are Intra-State entities, for different time horizons for the purpose of operational planning.
2.
8.4. Adequacy of Resources
SLDC shall estimate and ensure the adequacy of resources, identify generation reserves, demand response capacity and generation flexibility requirements with due regard to the resource adequacy framework as specified 1.
under Chapter 4 of these Regulations.
SLDC shall compile the time block-wise information for the following day in respect of all Intra-State entities and shall and furnish the same to the concerned RLDC for validating the adequacy of resources, as specified in 2.
the IEGC.
533-66 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C8.5. Outage planning
Outage planning shall be prepared for the grid elements in a coordinated and optimal manner keeping in view the system operating conditions and grid security:
1.
a. Annual outage plan shall be prepared as follows:
i. Annual outage plan of grid elements under State control areas shall be prepared in advance for the financial year by SLDC in consultation with the Users and reviewed before every quarter and before every month.
ii. Annual outage plan shall be prepared in such a manner as to minimize the overall downtime, particularly where multiple entities are involved in the outage of any grid element(s).
iii. The outage plan of hydro generation plants, REGS and ESS and its associated evacuation network shall be prepared with a view to extracting maximum generation from these sources.
Example: Outage of wind generator may be planned during lean wind season. Outage of solar generator, if required, may be planned during the rainy season. Outage of hydro generator may be planned during the lean water season.
iv. Protection relays related outages, auto–re-closure outages and SPS testing outages shall be planned on a monthly basis with the prior permission of the WRPC if required, which shall consult SLDC.
b. Outage Planning Process shall be as follows:
i. SLDC shall prepare and finalize the annual outage plan for the next financial year in respect of grid elements under control area.
ii. SLDC shall prepare Load Generation Balance Report (LGBR) for the State based on data submitted by the State entity generating stations, Intra-State Transmission Licensees and other entities directly connected to InSTS in such format as may be stipulated by the SLDC and shall prepare annual outage plan for generating units and transmission elements in the control area after carrying out necessary system studies in order to ensure system security and resource adequacy.
iii. SLDC shall finalize the outage plans in consultation with the WRLDC. The final outage plan and the final LGBR shall be intimated to WRLDC, Users, STU, and the generating stations connected to the InSTS.
iv. The timeline for Outage Planning Process shall be as follows:
Table 3: Timeline for Outage Planning Process
| Activity | Agency | Cut-off date |
| Submission of proposed outage plan for the next financial year to SLDC with the earliest start date and latest finishing date | STUs, transmission licensees, generating stations and other entities directly connected to Intra-State Network | 15th October |
| Submission of complied data of proposed outages for the next financial year to WRPC | SLDC | 31st October |
| Submission of LGBR of the control area to RPC for both peak and off-peak scenarios | SLDC | 31st October |
v. The annual outage plan shall be reviewed by the SLDC on quarterly and monthly basis in consultation with all the concerned agencies mentioned above, regarding any changes necessitated during the period, and the revised outage plan shall be intimated to all Users. The Users' requests for additional outages, if any, shall be considered by the SLDC and accommodated to the extent possible. Such changes shall be informed by the SLDC promptly to all concerned. The Distribution Licensees shall also inform the consumers through publications in local newspapers whenever interruptions to power supply would affect them.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-67vi. All Users, STU, and licensees shall follow the annual outage plan. If any deviation is required, the same shall be allowed only with the prior permission of the concerned RPC, which shall consult the SLDC and concerned RLDC.
vii. Each user and STU shall obtain the final approval from SLDC prior to availing an outage.
viii. In case of emergency in the system, viz., loss of generation, breakdown of transmission line affecting the system, grid disturbances or system isolation, SLDC may conduct studies again before clearance of the planned outage.
ix. In case of grid disturbances, system isolation, partial black-out in the State or any other event in the system that may have an adverse impact on the system security due to a proposed outage, the SLDC shall have the authority to defer the planned outage.
x. SLDC may conduct studies again before giving clearance of the planned outage.
xi. To facilitate coordinated planned outages of grid elements, a common outage planning procedure shall be formulated by SLDC in line with WRPC outage procedure.
xii. The SLDC shall submit quarterly report indicating deviation in outages from the plan along with reasons to State Operation Coordination Committee (SOCC). These reports shall also be put up on the SLDC website.
8.6. Demand Control and Demand disconnection:
1. The demand and load shall be managed for ensuring grid security.
2. SLDC, in coordination with STU and Distribution Licensee (s), shall develop Automatic Demand Management scheme with emergency controls at SLDC.
3. Whenever the power system is in an alert state or emergency state as assessed by SLDC or advised by RLDC:
The respective distribution licensee under State control area shall abide by the directions of SLDC to secure the system, and extreme measures like load shedding may be carried out as a last resort.
a.
SLDC or RLDC through SLDC, may direct distribution licensees or bulk consumers directly connected to STU, to restrict drawal from the grid or curtail load to ensure the stability of the grid:
b. Provided that load shedding shall be resorted to after the demand response option has been exhausted.
The load disconnected, if any, shall be restored as soon as possible on clearance from SLDC, in coordination with RLDC if required, after the system has been normalized.
c.
4. Planned manual disconnection shall be implemented by the respective Distribution Licensee upon instruction of SLDC when there is a shortfall in generation, or constraints in Transmission System, or reduction of imports through external connection, etc., requiring demand control over prolonged period to control the over drawal of power from ISTS network.
5. Emergency manual disconnection to deal with unacceptable voltage and frequency levels, etc., shall be implemented by the SLDC only when loss of generation, mismatch of generation with the demand or constraints in the Transmission System, as well as in case of over drawl from the grid in excess of respective schedule.
6. These control measures shall not be withdrawn till the system voltage or frequency, as the case may be, improves and when the SLDC issues such instructions after review of the situation.
7. Distribution Licensee and bulk consumer shall initiate action to restrict the drawl of its control area, from the grid, within the net drawl schedule as per system requirement.
8. The Distribution Licensee and Bulk Consumer shall ensure that there is no over drawl from the grid in its control area when frequency is 49.90 Hz or below or frequency range as specified under IEGC as amended from time to time.
9. Each User / STU in coordination with SLDC shall formulate contingency procedures and make arrangements that will enable demand disconnection to take place, as instructed by the RLDC/SLDC, under normal and/or contingent conditions. These contingency procedures and arrangements shall regularly be / updated by the User/STU and monitored by SLDC. SLDC may direct any user/STU to modify the above procedures / arrangement, if required, in the interest of grid security and the concerned user/STU shall abide by these directions.
533-68 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C10. The SLDC, through the respective Distribution Licensees, shall also formulate and implement state-of-the-art demand management schemes for automatic demand management. However, it shall be implemented in accordance with prevailing IEGC provisions to reduce over drawl in order to comply with sub-clause (8) and (9) of above. A report detailing the scheme and periodic reports on progress of implementation of the schemes shall be sent to the Commission by SLDC.
11. In order to maintain the frequency within the stipulated band and maintaining the network security, the interruptible loads shall be arranged in four groups of loads, for scheduled power cuts / load shedding, loads for unscheduled load shedding, loads to be shed through under frequency relays/ df/dt relays and loads to be shed under any system protection scheme identified by STU/SLDC or at the RPC level. These loads shall be grouped in such a manner, that there is no overlapping between different groups of loads. In case of certain contingencies and/or threat to system security, the RLDC may direct any SLDC/ Distribution Licensee or bulk consumer connected to the Intra-State network to decrease drawl of its control area by a certain quantum. Such directions shall immediately be acted upon. SLDC shall send compliance report immediately after compliance of these directions to RLDC.
12. To comply with the direction of RLDC, SLDC may direct any Distribution Licensee / bulk consumer connected to the Intra-State network to curtail drawl from the grid. SLDC shall monitor the action taken by the concerned entity and ensure the reduction of drawl from the grid as directed by RLDC.
13. SLDCs shall devise standard, instantaneous, message formats in order to give directions in case of contingencies and /or threat to the system security to reduce over drawl by the distribution licensee/bulk consumers under different over drawl conditions depending upon the severity of the over drawl. The concerned distribution licensee/bulk consumer shall ensure immediate compliance with these directions of SLDC and send a compliance report to the SLDC. These control measures shall not be withdrawn till further instruction of SLDC after review of the situation.
14. All Users, / Distribution Licensees or bulk consumer shall comply with the directions of RLDC/SLDC and carry out requisite load shedding or backing down of generation in case of congestion in the Transmission System to ensure safety and reliability of the system. The procedure for application of measures to relieve congestion in real time as well as provisions of withdrawal of congestion shall be in accordance with SLDC detailed procedure as approved by the Commission.
8.7. System Security
1. All Users shall operate their respective power systems in an integrated manner at all times in coordination with the SLDC / Sub - SLDC.
2. Isolation, taking out of service and switching off an element of the grid:
a. No element(s) of the grid shall be isolated from the grid, except (i) during an emergency as per the Detailed Operating Procedure(s) of SLDC, as the case may be, where such isolation would prevent a total grid collapse or would enable early restoration of power supply; (ii) for the safety of human life;
(iii) when serious damage to a critical equipment is imminent and such isolation would prevent it; and (iv) when such isolation is specifically instructed by RLDC or SLDC, as the case may be. Any such isolation shall be reported to the respective RLDC or SLDC within the next 15 minutes.
b. The transmission lines of 66 kV and above meant for connecting CPP with grid and the interconnecting power transformers should not be opened without instructions or prior clearance from the SLDC unless under emergencies when prior clearance is not possible. SLDC shall also be informed and get the clearance, while bringing back these lines into service.
c. Any tripping of the transmission lines of 132 kV and above or power transformers of 132 kV class (i.e., 132/66 kV, etc.) and above and 50 MVA and above whether actuated by protective relays or manually, shall be promptly reported to the SLDC / Sub-SLDC by the Engineer in charge of the substation at the earliest along with the reasons for such tripping and the time required for restoration but not later than 30 minutes from the occurrence of event. The report shall accompany with all the relevant information/data including the outputs of the disturbance recorder, sequential event recorder, etc., required for the purpose of analysis. SLDC shall give concurrence based on grid conditions and confirmation of site readiness. SLDC and the Users shall ensure restoration of such elements within the estimated time of restoration as intimated.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-69d. SLDC, in consultation with WRPCs, WRLDC, and Users, shall prepare a list of important elements in the State grid including those in the regional grids that are critical for Regional/State grid operation and shall make the said list available to all concerned.
e. An important element of the grid as listed at sub-clause (2) (d) above, of this Regulation can be taken out of service only after prior clearance of the SLDC/WRLDC, except in emergencies as per the Detailed Operating Procedure(s) of WRLDC or SLDC, as the case may be.
f. The isolated, taken out or switched off elements shall be restored as soon as the system conditions permit. The concerned sub-SLDC/SLDC, in coordination with SLDC/RLDC, in accordance with the system restoration procedures of RLDC/ SLDC shall supervise the restoration process.
3. The respective Users in accordance with the provisions of the CEA Grid Standards shall carry out maintenance of grid elements. Outage of an element that is causing or likely to cause danger to the grid or sub-optimal operation of the grid shall be monitored by SLDC. SLDC shall report such outages to WRPC, and WRPC shall issue suitable instructions to restore such elements in a specified time period.
4. No important element of the State grid shall be deliberately opened or removed from service at any time, except when specifically instructed by SLDC or with specific and prior clearance of SLDC. The list of such important grid elements on which the above stipulations apply shall be prepared by the SLDC, in consultation with the concerned Users and STU, and be available on the website of SLDC.
5. In case of opening/removal of any important element of the grid under an emergency, the same shall be communicated to SLDC at the earliest possible time after the event. SLDC shall inform the opening/removal of the important elements of the State grid to RLDC.
6. Any prolonged outage of power system elements of any user/STU, which is causing or likely to cause danger to the State grid or sub-optimal operation of the State grid, shall regularly be monitored by SLDC. SLDC shall report such outages to SOCC. The SOCC shall finalize the action plan and give instructions to restore such elements in a specified time period. In case of non-compliance of the instruction of SLDC to restore the element in a specified time period, the matter shall be referred to the Commission for initiating actions against such non-compliance.
7. Except in an emergency, or when it becomes necessary to prevent imminent damage to critical equipment, no user shall suddenly increase or decrease its generating unit output by more than 50 (fifty) MW without prior permission of the SLDC.
8. Except in an emergency, or when it becomes necessary to prevent imminent damage to critical equipment, no user shall cause a sudden variation in its load by more than 50 (fifty) MW without the prior permission of the SLDC.
9. All generating units shall have their automatic voltage regulators (AVRs), Power System Stabilizers (PSSs), voltage (reactive power) controllers (Power Plant Controller) and any other requirements in operation, as per the CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity. If a generating unit with a capacity higher than 100 (hundred) MW is required to be operated without its AVR or voltage controller in service, the generating station shall immediately inform the concerned SLDC of the reasons thereof and the likely duration of such operation and obtain its permission.
10. The tuning of AVR, PSS, Voltage Controllers (PPC) including for low and high voltage ride through capability of wind generators, solar generators, wind-solar hybrid generators connected with or without Energy Storage System (ESS) and standalone ESS or any other requirement as per CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity shall be carried out by the respective generating station:
a. at least once every five (5) years.
b. based on operational feedback provided by the WRLDC/SLDC after analysis of a grid event or disturbance; and
c. in case of major network changes or fault level changes near the generating station as reported by WRLDC/SLDC, as the case may be.
d. in case of a major change in the excitation system of the generating station.
533-70 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C11. Power System Stabilizers (PSSs), AVRs of generating units and reactive power controllers shall be properly tuned by the generating station as per the plan and the procedure prepared by the WRPC/SLDC. In case the tuning is not complied with as per the plan and procedure, the SLDC shall issue notice to the defaulting generating station to complete the tuning within a specified time, failing which the SLDC may approach the Commission.
12. Provisions of protection and relay settings shall be coordinated periodically throughout the state grid, as per the plan finalized by the PCC in accordance with these Regulations.
13. WRPC shall prepare the islanding schemes in accordance with the CEA Grid Standards for identified generating stations, cities and locations and ensure their implementation. The islanding schemes shall be reviewed and augmented depending on the assessment of critical loads at least once a year or earlier, if required.
14. Mock drill of the islanding schemes shall be carried out annually by the WRLDC in coordination with the SLDCs and other Users involved in the islanding scheme. In case mock drill with field-testing is not possible to be carried out for a particular scheme, simulation testing shall be carried out by the SLDC/WRLDC.
15. All distribution licensees, STUs and bulk consumers shall provide automatic under frequency relays (UFR) and df/dt relays for load shedding in their respective systems to arrest frequency decline that could result in grid failure as per the plan given by the WRPC from time to time. The default UFR settings shall be as specified in Table-4 below:
Table 4: Default UFR Settings
| Sr. No. | Stage of UFR Operation | Frequency (Hz) |
| 1 | Stage-1 | 49.40 |
| 2 | Stage-2 | 49.20 |
| 3 | Stage-3 | 49.00 |
| 4 | Stage-4 | 48.80 |
| Note 1: STU shall plan UFR settings and df/dt load shedding schemes depending on their local load generation balance in coordination with and approval of the WRPC. | ||
| Note 2: Pumped storage hydro plants operating in pumping mode or ESS operating in charging mode shall be automatically disconnected before the first stage of UFR. |
The load shedding for each stage of UFR operation, in percentage of demand or MW shall be as finalized by the WRPC.
16. The following shall be factored in while designing and implementing the UFR and df/dt relay schemes:
a. The under-frequency and df/dt load shedding relays are always functional.
b. Demand disconnection shall not be set with any time delay in addition to the operating time of the relays and circuit breakers.
c. There shall be a uniform spatial spread of feeders selected for UFR and df/dt disconnection.
d. SLDC shall ensure that telemetered data of feeders (MW power flow in real time and circuit breaker status) on which UFR and df/dt relays are installed is available at its control centre. SLDC shall monitor the combined load in MW of these feeders at all times. SLDC shall share the above data with the WRLDC in real time and submit a monthly exception report to the WRPC. WRLDC shall inform SLDCs as well as the WRPC on a quarterly basis, durations during the quarter when the combined load in MW of these feeders was below the level considered while designing the UFR scheme by the WRPC. SLDC/STU shall take corrective measures within a reasonable period and inform the WRLDC and WRPC, failing which suitable action may be initiated by the WRPC.
e. WRPC shall undertake a monthly review of the UFR and df/dt scheme and also carry out random inspection of the under-frequency relays. WRPC shall publish such a monthly review along with an exception report on its website.
f. SLDC shall report the actual operation of UFR and df/dt schemes, load relief to the WRLDCs and WRPC, and publish the monthly report on its website.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-7117. SLDC, STU or Users may identify the requirement of System Protection Schemes (SPS) (including inter- tripping and run-back) in the power system to operate the transmission system within operating limits and to protect against situations such as voltage collapse, cascade tripping and tripping of important corridors/flow- gates.
18. SPS shall be installed and commissioned by the concerned Users. SPS shall always be kept in service. If any SPS at the Intra-State level is to be taken out of service, the permission of SLDC shall be required.
19. All Users, SLDC and STU shall take all possible measures to ensure that the steady -state grid voltage always remains within the following operating range as per the CEA Grid Standards:
Table 5: VOLTAGE RANGE
| Voltage (kV rms) | ||
| Nominal | Maximum | Minimum |
| 765 | 800 | 728 |
| 400 | 420 | 380 |
| 230* | 245* | 207* |
| 220 | 245 | 198 |
| 132 | 145 | 122 |
| 110 | 121 | 99 |
| 66 | 72 | 60 |
| 33 | 36 | 30 |
*As per CEA Manual on Transmission Planning Criteria, 2023
20. SLDC shall take appropriate measures to control the voltage as per their operating procedures.
21. All Users and STU shall provide adequate voltage control measures through voltage relay as finalized by SLDC / WRPC, to prevent voltage collapse and shall ensure its effective application to prevent voltage collapse/ cascade tripping.
22. The concerned Users shall implement defence mechanisms as finalized by the WRPC to prevent voltage collapse and cascade tripping.
23. SLDC shall make all efforts to evacuate the available solar, wind and other RE power and treat as a must-run station:
Provided that the SLDC may instruct the solar /wind and other RE generator to back down generation on consideration of grid security or safety of any equipment or personnel is endangered, and solar/ wind and other RE generator shall comply with the same:
Provided further that the SLDC/WRLDC may direct pooling station of wind / solar and other RE generator to curtail its VAr drawl/injection in case the security of grid or safety of any equipment or personnel is endangered.
24. During the wind generator start-up, the wind generator shall ensure that the reactive power drawl (in-rush currents in case of induction generators) shall not affect the grid performance. For these, Data Acquisition System facility shall be provided for transfer of information to concerned Sub-SLDC and SLDC.
25. All defence mechanisms shall always be in operation, and the concerned user shall immediately intimate any exception to the SLDC along with the reasons and the likely duration of such exception. The concerned user shall also obtain permission from the SLDC.
8.8. Frequency Control
1. The National Reference Frequency shall be 50.000 Hz and the allowable band of frequency shall be as per the IEGC, which is presently 49.900-50.050 Hz. The frequency shall be measured with a resolution of +/-0.001 Hz by SLDC and such frequency data measured every second shall be archived by SLDC.
533-72 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C2. The SLDC shall endeavour that the grid frequency remains close to 50.000 Hz and in case frequency goes outside the allowable band, ensure that the frequency is restored within the allowable band of 49.900-50.050 Hz at the earliest as per direction of RLDC and NLDC.
3. All users shall adhere to their schedule of injection or drawal, as the case may be, and take such action as required under these Regulations and as directed by NLDC or WRLDCs or SLDC so that the grid frequency is maintained and remains within the allowable band.
8.9. Reserves
There shall be reserves as under:
a. Primary, Secondary and Tertiary reserves:
1.
i. Primary, Secondary and Tertiary reserves shall be deployed for the purpose of frequency control, reducing area control error and relieving congestion.
ii. The response under Primary reserve shall be provided as per these Regulations.
iii. Secondary reserves including automatic generation control and demand response shall be deployed by the control area as per the CERC Ancillary Service Regulations and / or Ancillary Service Regulation of the Commission as may be notified from time to time or any other Regulation notified by the Commission for this purpose, as the case may be.
iv. Tertiary reserves shall be deployed by the control area as per these Regulations or the CERC Ancillary Services Regulations and / or Ancillary Service Regulation of the Commission as may be notified from time to time or any other Regulation notified by the Commission for this purpose, as the case may be.
b. Black Start reserves:
Generating stations having black start capability, ESS and HVDC Station based on VSC shall be identified by SLDC at the State level in consultation with RLDC, to act as black start reserves.
c. Voltage Control reserves:
i. Voltage Control reserves shall be deployed for controlling the voltage at a bus or sub-system through reactive power injection or drawl.
ii. The reserves shall be operated as Ancillary Services, namely (a) Primary Reserve Ancillary Service (PRAS); (b) Secondary Reserve Ancillary Service (SRAS); (c) Tertiary Reserve Ancillary Service (TRAS); (d) Black Start Ancillary Services; and (e) Voltage Control Ancillary Services.
iii. The mechanism of procurement and deployment of PRAS shall be as specified in these Regulations or in the Ancillary Services Regulations, as the case may be.
iv. The mechanism of procurement, deployment and payment of SRAS and TRAS shall be as specified in the CERC Ancillary Services Regulations and / or Ancillary Service Regulation of the Commission as may be notified from time to time or any other Regulation notified by the Commission for this purpose, as the case may be.
v. The SLDC shall verify the primary response of the generating units during grid events. The concerned generating station shall furnish the requisite data to the SLDC within two days of notification of reportable event by the NLDC.
8.10. Control Hierarchy
The following Control Hierarchy shall be in force till such time the Commission notifies the Ancillary Services Regulations for the State of Gujarat.
1. Inertia:
The power system shall be operated at all times with a minimum inertia as stipulated by NLDC so that the minimum nadir frequency post reference contingency stays above the threshold set for under frequency load shedding (UFLS). To maintain the minimum inertia, the SLDC may, if required, bring quick start synchronous generation on bar and reschedule generation including curtailment of wind, solar and wind-solar hybrid generation, in coordination with the WRLDC. The compensation for such quick start synchronous generation shall be as per the procedure prepared by SLDC and approved by the Commission.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-732. Primary Control:
a. Primary control is local automatic control in a generating unit or energy storage system or demand side resource for adjusting its active power output or consumption, as the case may be, in response to frequency excursion. Primary control is the immediate automatic control implemented through turbine speed governors or frequency controllers.
b. Primary control shall be provided by the Primary Reserves Ancillary Service (PRAS).
c. The minimum quantum of PRAS required for reference contingency shall be declared by SLDC/ WRLDCNLDC at the start of each financial year.
d. The generating stations and units thereof shall have electronically controlled governing systems or frequency controllers in accordance with the CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity and are mandated to provide PRAS. The generating stations and units thereof with governors shall be under Free Governor Mode of Operation.
e. SLDC/WRLDCNLDC may also identify other resources such as ESS and demand resource to provide PRAS for which PRAS Providers shall be compensated in accordance with the applicable Ancillary Services Regulations or any other Regulations for this purpose notified by the Commission, as the case may be.
f. The minimum target frequency response characteristics (FRC) shall be estimated, and based on such target FRC, the frequency response obligation of each control area shall be assessed by NLDC/RLDC, giving due consideration to generation and load within each control area and details as given in Table 6 under Sub-Clause(h) of this Regulation.
g. All the generating units shall have their governors or frequency controllers in operation all the time with droop settings of 3 to 6 % (for thermal generating units and WS Seller) or 0-10% (for hydro generating units) as specified in the CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity
h. The primary response requirement shall be as mentioned in Table 6 as under:
Table 6: Primary Response of Various Types of Generating Units
| Fuel/ Source | Minimum unit size / Capacity | Up to |
| Coal / Lignite | 200 MW and above | ±5% of MCR |
| Hydro | 25 MW and above | ±10% of MCR |
| Gas based | Gas Turbine above 50 MW | ±5% of MCR (corrected for ambient temperature) |
| WS Seller (Commissioned after the date as specified in the CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity) | Capacity of Generating station more than 10 MW and connected at 33 kV and above | As per CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity |
Provided that:
WS Sellers commissioned after the date as specified in CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity shall have the option to provide primary response individually through ESS or through a common i.
ESS installed at its pooling station.
Nuclear generating stations and hydro generating stations (with pondage up to 3 hours or Run of the river projects) shall be exempt from mandatory primary response. They may provide the primary ii.
response to the extent possible, considering the safety and security of machines and humans.
All generating stations mentioned in Table-6 above shall have the capability of instantaneously picking up to a minimum of 105% of their operating level and up to 105% or 110% of their MCR, iii.
as the case may be, when the frequency falls suddenly and thus, providing primary response533-74 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C whenever conditions arise. Any generating station not complying with the above requirements shall be kept in operation (synchronized with the regional/State grid) only after obtaining the permission of the WRLDC/SLDC.
All generating stations, including the WS seller mentioned in Table-6 above shall have the capability of reducing output at least by 5% or 10%, as applicable, of their operating level and up to 5% or iv.
10% of their MCR, as applicable, limited to the minimum turndown level when the frequency rises above the reference frequency and thus, providing primary response, whenever conditions arise.
Any generating station not complying with the above requirements shall be kept in operation (synchronized with the regional/State grid) only after obtaining permission from the WRLDC/SLDC.
The normal governor action shall not be suppressed in any manner through load limiter, Automatic Turbine Run-up System (ATRS), turbine supervisory control or coordinated control system, and no v.
time delays shall be deliberately introduced. In the case of a renewable energy generating unit, a reactive power limiter or power factor controller or voltage limiter shall not suppress the primary frequency response within its capabilities. The inherent dead band of a generating unit or frequency controller shall not exceed +/- 0.03 Hz.
The governor shall be set with respect to a reference frequency of 50.000 Hz and response outside the dead band shall be with respect to a total change in frequency.
vi.
The thermal and hydro generating units shall not resort to Valve Wide Open (VWO) operation to make available margin for providing governor action.
vii.
The PRAS shall start immediately when the frequency deviates beyond the dead band as specified in sub-clause (v) of this Regulation and shall be capable of providing its full PRAS capacity viii.
obligation within 45 seconds and sustaining at least for the next five (5) minutes.
SLDC shall assess its frequency response characteristics and share with the WRLDC along with high-resolution data of at least 1 (one) second for State/Regional Entity Generating Stations and ix.
Energy Storage Systems and 10 (ten) seconds for the State control area.
The SLDC shall calculate actual frequency response characteristics of all Intra-State entities within State. The performance of each Intra-State entity in providing frequency response characteristics x.
shall be calculated for each reportable event as per Annexure-3.
SLDC shall grade the median Frequency Response Performance (FRP) annually, considering at least 10 reportable events. In case the median Frequency Response Performance is less than 0.75 as xi.
calculated as per Annexure- 3, SLDC after analysing the FRP, shall direct the concerned entities to take corrective action. All such cases shall be reported to the SOCC for its review.
3. Secondary Control:
a. Secondary control is a centralized automatic function to regulate the generation or load in a control area to restore the frequency within the allowable band or replenish deployed primary reserves.
b. Secondary Control shall be provided by a generating station or an entity having energy storage resource or an entity capable of providing demand response, on a standalone or aggregated basis, connected to an inter-State transmission system or an Intra-State transmission system, as a Secondary Reserve Ancillary Service (SRAS) Provider, as specified in the Ancillary Services Regulations of CERC and / or the Commission, as applicable.
c. Secondary control signals shall be automatically generated from SLDC and shall be transmitted to SRAS Providers for desired automated response when the Area Control Error (ACE) for Intra-State entities goes beyond the minimum threshold limit as decided and reviewed by SLDC from time to time based on the review of the performance of SRAS:
Provided that as and when the bi-directional communication system of SRAS providers with SLDC is fully established, secondary control signals shall be automatically generated from the SLDC.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-75d. ACE of State control area, shall be auto calculated at the control centre of SLDC, based on telemetered values, and external inputs, namely, the Frequency Bias Coefficient and Offset referred to in sub-clauses (e) and (f) respectively of this Regulation as per the following formula:
ACE = (Ia– Is) – 10 * Bf * (Fa – Fs) + Offset
Where,
Ia = Actual net interchange in MW (positive value for export)
Is = Scheduled net interchange in MW (positive value for export)
Bf = Frequency Bias Coefficient in MW/0.1 Hz (negative value)
Fa = Actual system frequency in Hz
Fs = Schedule system frequency in Hz
Offset = Provision for compensating measurement error
e. Frequency Bias Coefficient (Bf) shall be assessed and declared by SLDC for the State. Frequency Bias Coefficient shall normally be based on the median Frequency Response Characteristics (FRC) observed during the previous financial year for State control area and refined from time to time.
f. Offset shall be used to account for measurement errors and shall be decided by SLDC.
g. Secondary control may be operated under tie-line bias control, flat frequency control or flat tie-line control mode depending on grid requirements:
Provided that Secondary control may be suspended due to system maintenance or grid security or for any other reasons to be recorded in writing:
Provided further that SLDC shall lay down in the detailed operating procedure after stakeholder consultation, the conditions during which a particular mode shall be chosen and shall document the reasons for operating in a particular mode:
Provided also that the coordinated operation of AGC by the nested control areas shall be adopted based on mutually agreed protocols.
h. Schedule system frequency (Fs) shall be a reference frequency of 50 Hz unless otherwise specified by NLDC under certain conditions to be recorded in writing.
i. SLDC shall compute the ACE of State control area in real time based on telemetered data. ACE data shall be archived at an interval of 10 seconds or less. SLDC shall share the data with the WRLDC and NLDC.
j. The SRAS Providers shall start responding to SRAS signals within thirty (30) seconds of receipt of the signal and shall be capable of providing the entire SRAS capacity obligation within fifteen (15) minutes and sustaining it at least for the next thirty (30) minutes. The secondary reserves shall be gradually replaced by tertiary reserves within 30 minutes.
k. With due regard to the requirement of planning reserve margin and resource adequacy referred to in these Regulations and based on the following methodologies, the secondary reserve capacity requirements shall be estimated by SLDC for the State control areas:
The positive and negative secondary reserve capacity requirements for control area for a calendar year shall be equal to the 99 percentiles of positive and negative ACE respectively of control area during the previous financial year.
SLDC shall prepare the detailed procedure for assessment of Secondary and Tertiary Reserves and obtain the Commission's approval for the same.
OR
The secondary reserve capacity requirement for control area shall be equal to the 110 % of the largest unit size in state control area plus load forecast error plus wind forecast error plus solar forecast error during the previous calendar year.
OR
Such other methodology as may be stipulated by SLDC after obtaining the due approval of the Commission.
533-76 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-Cl. Unless otherwise specified by the Commission, the methodology specified in sub-clause (k) of this Regulation shall be adopted by the SLDC to estimate the secondary reserve capacity requirement in their respective control areas.
m. The reserve capacity requirement as per the methodology mentioned in sub-clauses (k) and (l) of this Regulation shall be estimated by SLDC by 15th January every year for the next financial year and submitted to NLDC.
n. Secondary reserve capacity requirement for the State control area shall be estimated by SLDC based on reference contingency and other factors such as forecast errors.
o. SLDC shall re-assess the quantum of requirement of secondary reserves required at the State control area three days before the day of scheduling and communicate the same to the Intra-State entities.
p. SLDC shall ensure the availability of the quantum of secondary reserve at the State control area with due regard to the secondary reserves estimated and allocated for the State as published by NLDC and inform the same to the concerned entities two days before the day of scheduling.
q. SLDC shall re-assess the quantum of the requirement for secondary reserves at the State control area and the need to replenish primary reserves two days before the day of scheduling inter-alia to identify reserves to be brought on bar under SCUC and as per the provision of these Regulations.
r. SLDC shall further re-assess the quantum of the requirement for secondary reserve at the State level on day ahead basis and also on a real time basis.
s. If concerned entity falls short of maintaining Secondary Reserve capacity as allocated to it, SLDC shall procure such Secondary Reserve capacity on behalf of the concerned entity under advance intimation and allocate the cost of procurement of such capacity to that entity based on the methodology as per the detailed procedure to be issued by the SLDC after approval of the Commission.
t. SLDC shall indicate the shortfall in secondary reserves, if any, and announce emergency alerts for such periods.
u. Secondary reserves shall be procured by the SLDC from a generating station or an entity having energy storage resources or an entity capable of providing demand response, on a standalone or aggregated basis, connected to the Intra-State transmission system in accordance with these Regulations.
v. All thermal generating stations having a capacity of more than 200 MW and hydro generating stations having a capacity of more than 25 MW shall make arrangements to enable automatic operation of the plant from the appropriate load despatch centre by integrating the controls and telemetering features of their system into the automatic generation control in accordance with the CEA Technical Standards for Construction and the CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity. The communication system shall be established in accordance with the CEA Communication Regulations as amended from time to time.
w. All renewable energy generating stations and ESS shall be equipped with the facility to control active power injection in accordance with the CEA Connectivity Standards and the communication system shall be established in accordance with the CEA Technical Standards for Communication.
x. SRAS shall have a bi-directional communication system along with metering and SCADA telemetry in place as per the requirements stipulated in the Detailed Procedure to be issued by SLDC with the approval of the Commission.
4. Tertiary Control:
a. Tertiary reserve requirement for the State control area, shall be estimated by SLDC with due regard inter- alia to the requirement of planning reserve margin and resource adequacy as referred to in these Regulations and its amendments, so as to take care of contingencies and to cater to the need for replacing secondary reserves estimated as per Regulation 8.10 (3)(k) of these Regulations by 25th January every year, which will be implemented for the next financial year from 1st April onwards by the State control areas.
b. SLDC shall allocate such tertiary reserve capacity, to be maintained at State control areas, based on the estimated reserves as per IEGC and publish the information on its website by 25th January every year.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-77c. NLDC through RLDC will re-assess the quantum of requirements for tertiary reserves required at the State control area three (3) days before the day of scheduling and communicate the same to the SLDC.
Same shall be apportioned to their control area of Distribution Licensee by SLDC.
d. Distribution licensee/s shall ensure the availability of the quantum of tertiary reserve at their control area with due regard to the tertiary reserves estimated and allocated for the State as published by NLDC in terms of sub-clauses (b) and (c) of this Regulation and inform the same to the SLDC two (2) days before the day of scheduling.
e. SLDC shall ensure availability of the quantum of tertiary reserve at the State control area on day ahead basis with due regard to the tertiary reserves estimated and allocated to the State by NLDC and inform the concerned entities.
f. SLDC shall re-assess the quantum of requirements for tertiary reserve at the State level with due regard to the estimation inter-alia of tertiary reserves maintained at State control area and the need to replace secondary reserves, three days before the day of scheduling inter alia to identify reserves to be brought on bar under SCUC and as per the provisions of these Regulations.
g. SLDC shall further re-assess the quantum of the requirement for tertiary reserve on day ahead basis and also on a real time basis.
h. If entity falls short of maintaining tertiary reserve capacity as allocated to it, SLDC shall procure such tertiary reserve capacity on behalf of the said entity under advance intimation and allocate the cost of procurement of such capacity to that entity based on the methodology as per the detailed procedure to be issued by the SLDC after approval of the Commission.
i. Tertiary reserves shall be procured by the SLDC from a generating station or an entity having energy storage resourced or an entity capable of providing demand response, on a standalone or aggregated basis, connected to an Intra-State transmission system in accordance with these Regulations.
j. Tertiary reserves to be provided by the TRAS provider shall be capable of providing TRAS within fifteen (15) minutes of despatch instructions from SLDC and shall be capable of sustaining the service for at least the next 60 minutes. TRAS shall be activated and deployed on account of the following events:
To replenish the secondary reserve, in case the secondary reserve has been deployed continuously in one direction for fifteen (15) minutes for more than 100 MW or such other volume limit as may i.
be specified by the Commission.
Generation unit or transmission line outages.
Any such other event affecting the grid security.
ii.
k. The quantum of reserves procured by SLDC shall be communicated to the concerned entities.
iii.
l. The modalities for information exchange and timelines in respect of tertiary reserves shall be as per detailed procedure prepared by SLDC. The control area wise performance of SRAS, TRAS providers shall be evaluated in accordance with the Detailed Procedure prepared by SLDC.
8.11. Operation Planning
8.11.1. Time Horizon
(a) Operational planning shall be carried out in advance by SLDC with Monthly and Yearly time horizons in co-ordination with Distribution Licensees, STU and other entities, as applicable.
(b) Operational planning shall be carried out in advance by SLDC on Intra-day, Day Ahead, Weekly time horizons.
(c) SLDC shall issue procedures and formats for data collection to carry out:
(i) Operational planning analysis.
(ii) Real-time monitoring;
(iii) Real-time assessments.
(d) SLDC may also issue procedures and formats for data collection for the above purposes and review the same from time to time.
533-78 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C8.11.2. Adequacy of Resources
(a) Distribution Licensees and other entities in the State in coordination with SLDC shall estimate and ensure the adequacy of resources, identify generation reserves, demand response capacity and generation flexibility requirements with due regard to the resource adequacy framework as specified under these Regulations.
(b) SLDC shall prepare time block-wise information for the following day in respect of all Intra-State entities to validate the adequacy of resources with due regard to the following:
i. Aggregated Demand forecast by State entities.
ii. Renewable energy generation forecast.
iii. Injection schedule for Intra-State entity generating station.
iv. Requisition from regional entity generating stations.
v. Secondary and planned procurement through Tertiary reserve requirement.
vi. Planned procurement of power through other bilateral or collective transactions, if any.
(c) The required contingency reserve shall be decided by the SLDC on the basis of historical trends in the reduction of availability of the generating companies, imports through inter- State tie lines and increases in demand forecast during real time operation.
(d) Whenever the contingency reserve is to be held by a thermal power station, the SLDC shall include the same in the Indicative running notification and/or subsequent dispatch. Instructions by which the generating company is notified of and/or instructed, that the generating unit shall be operated in the contingency reserve mode.
8.11.3. Operational Planning Study
Based on the operational planning analysis data, operational planning study shall be carried out by various agencies for different time horizons as under:
Table 7: Time Horizon for Operational Planning Study
| Time horizon of operational planning study | Agency | Means for carrying out study |
| Real time and Intra-day | SLDC | For various operating conditions using online/offline SCADA/EMS system |
| Day-ahead | SLDC | For various operating conditions using offline tools |
| Weekly | SLDC | For various operating conditions using offline tools |
| Monthly/Yearly | SLDC and STU | For various operating conditions using offline tools |
| Note: The Critical transmission element outages shall not be processed without conducting the operational studies. |
1. SLDC shall utilize network estimation tool integrated in their EMS and SCADA systems for the real time operational planning study. All Users shall make available at all times real time error free operational data for the successful execution of network analysis using EMS/SCADA. Failure to make available such data shall be immediately reported to the SLDC along with a firm timeline for restoration. The performance of online network estimation tools shall be reviewed in SOCC. Any telemetry related issues impacting the online network estimation tool shall be monitored by SOCC for their early resolution.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-792. SLDC shall perform day-ahead, weekly, monthly and yearly operational studies for the State for:
a. Assessment and declaration of total transfer capability (TTC) and available transfer capability (ATC) for the import or export of electricity by the State.
b. TTC and ATC shall be revised from time to time based on the commissioning of new elements and other grid conditions and shall be published on SLDC website with all the assumptions and limiting constraints:
i. planned outage assessment.
ii. special scenario assessment.
iii. system protection scheme assessment.
iv. natural disaster assessment; and
v. any other study relevant in operational scenario.
c. SLDC shall assess State level TTC and ATC and submit them to WRLDC. TTC and ATC shall be revised from time to time based on the commissioning of new elements and other grid conditions and shall be published on the websites of the SLDC with all the assumptions and limiting constraints.
d. Operational planning study shall be done to assess whether the planned operations shall result in deviations from any of the system operational limits defined under these Regulations and applicable CEA Standards. The deviations, if any, shall be reviewed in the SOCC meeting and significant deviations shall be monitored for early resolution.
e. SLDC shall maintain records of the completed operational planning study, including date specific power flow study results, the operational plan and minutes of meetings on operational study.
f. SLDC shall have operating plans to address potential deviations from system operational limit identified as a result of the operational planning study. These operating plans shall be communicated to Users in advance so that they can take corrective measures. In case any user is unable to adhere to such an operating plan, it shall inform the SLDC in advance with detailed reasons and explanations for the non- adherence. These detailed reasons and explanations shall be discussed in the SOCC meeting.
g. SLDC shall undertake a study on the impact of new elements to be commissioned in the Intra-State System in the next six (6) months on the TTC and ATC for the State and share the results of the studies with WRLDC.
h. SLDC shall compare the results of the studies of the impact of new elements on the system and transfer capability addition with those of the interconnection and planning studies by CTU and STU, and any significant variations observed shall be communicated to CEA, WRPC, CTU and STU for immediate and long-term mitigation measures.
i. Defence mechanisms like system protection scheme, load-rejection scheme, generation run-back, islanding scheme or any other scheme for system security shall be proposed by the concerned user or SLDC and shall be deployed as finalized by SLDC / STU / WRPC.
8.12. System Restoration
1. SLDC shall prepare restoration procedure for the State grid, which shall be updated every year by SLDC taking into account changes in the configuration of State power systems.
2. SLDC in consultation with the WRLDC, STU, RPC and Users shall prepare detailed procedures for restoration of the State grid under partial and total blackouts, which shall be reviewed and updated annually by the SLDC.
3. Detailed procedures for restoration post partial and total blackout of each user system within a region shall be prepared by the concerned user in coordination with the SLDC. The concerned user shall review the procedure every year and update the same.
4. SLDC shall carry out a mock trial run of the procedure for different sub-systems including black-start of generating units along with grid forming capability of inverter based generating station and VSC based HVDC black-start support at least once a year under intimation to the WRLDC.
533-80 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C5. Diesel generator sets and other standalone auxiliary supply sources to be used for black start shall be tested on a weekly basis and the user shall send the test reports to SLDC on a quarterly basis.
6. Simulation studies shall be carried out by each user in coordination with SLDC for preparing, reviewing and updating the restoration procedures considering the following:
Black start capability of the generator.
Ability of black start generator to build cranking path and sustain island.
a.
Impact of block load switching in or out.
b.
Line/transformer charging.
c.
Reduced fault levels.
d.
Protection settings under restoration condition.
e.
7. The thermal and nuclear generating stations shall prepare themselves for house load operation as per design.
f.
The concerned user and SLDC shall report the performance of house load operation of a generating station in the event where such operation was required.
8. SLDC shall identify the generating stations with black start facility, grid-forming capability of inverter based generating stations, house load operation facility, inter-State or inter-regional ties, synchronizing points and essential loads to be restored on priority.
9. During the restoration process following a blackout, SLDC is authorized to operate with reduced security standards for voltage and frequency and may direct the implementation of such operational measures, namely, suspension of secondary or tertiary frequency control, power market activities, defence schemes, reduced governor droop setting as necessary, in order to achieve the fastest possible recovery of the grid.
10. All communication channels required for restoration process shall be used for the operational communication only till the grid normalcy is restored.
11. Distribution Licensees or Users with essential loads shall separately identify non-essential components of such loads, which may be kept off during system contingencies. Distribution Licensees shall draw up an appropriate schedule with corresponding load blocks in each case and assign relative priority in the restoration of essential loads. The non-essential loads shall be put on only when system normalcy is restored, as advised by SLDC.
12. SLDC shall carry out the post-disturbance analysis of all major grid disturbances resulting into total or partial system blackout or system split and desynchronization of any part of the State Grid. All Users shall coordinate and furnish the data pertaining to the system disturbance to enable SLDC to analyse the system disturbance and furnish a report to RLDC in accordance with the provisions of IEGC, as amended from time to time.
13. PCC shall also review the data collected and analyse the failure of protection system either of In-STS or any User and recommend modification and/or improvement in the protection system or relay setting schemes if any.
14. Any entity extending black start support by way of injection of power as identified in these Regulations shall be paid for actual injection @ 110 % of the normal rate of charges for deviation in accordance with CERC DSM Regulations as amended from time to time for the last block in which the grid was available. The procedure in this regard as prepared by NLDC shall be followed.
8.13. System Operation and Despatch:
1. The estimation of daily load demand on a day-ahead basis shall be carried out, in general, and furnished to the
SLDC by the Intra-State entities, keeping in view the following aspects:
(a) Outage Planning/scheduled rostering,
(b) Historical data of load for the same month/day/time,
(c) Previous day's demand,
(d) Present weather conditions and meteorological reports,
(e) Requirement of meeting important loads on festivals, etc.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-81
(f) Force Majeure conditions such as cyclones, earthquake, riots, etc.,
(g) Vacations, Sundays and other holidays,
(h) Number and frequency of breakdowns and their recovery period.
2. The State grid normally operates in synchronism with the western grid and the WRLDC has the overall responsibility of enforcing the grid discipline and managing the frequency in the region. SLDC shall follow the instructions of WRLDC in this regard for backing down / shutting down generation, regulating the load flow, etc., to meet the objective. SLDC shall accordingly instruct the generating companies to regulate their generation and hold reserves, if any, of Active and Reactive Power within their respective declared parameters to ensure that the grid frequency remains in the frequency band of 49.900- to 50.050 Hz. (frequency band as per prevailing IEGC).
3. The SLDC shall also regulate the load as may be necessary to meet this objective. The transmission system voltage levels can be affected by regional operation. STU shall optimize voltage management by adjusting the transformer taps to the extent available and switching the capacitors/reactors and take such other operational steps indicated in the GERC Power System Management Standards, 2005, with all its amendments. SLDC shall also instruct the generators, including RE generators, to regulate the MVAr injection / absorption within their declared parameters. SLDC shall also instruct the Distribution Licensees and other entities to regulate their demand if necessary. The Distribution Licensees and other entities shall also participate in the voltage management by regulating their drawal and by installing compensatory equipment, as may be required. If acceptable voltage levels are still not reached by these measures, the Transmission Licensee shall take necessary steps to augment the voltage level such as strengthening of the Transmission System and/or installation of requisite reactive compensation equipment, building new lines, etc., to meet the voltage criteria.
4. The Distribution Licensee and other entities shall maintain a power factor of not less than 0.90 lag as required in the Distribution Code and furnish all the data required by the SLDC to ascertain the Reactive Power flow to their system. The SLDC may also instruct the Distribution Licensees and other entities to maintain appropriate power factor and take all measures in this regard.
5. WAMS for SLDC: WAMS is needed to keep up pace with the current technology as per need of time. It is essential for SLDC to establish full-fledged WAMS in line with SCADA, reliable multithread communication and IT infrastructure.
The outline of WAMS shall be:
(a) Phasor Measurement Unit (PMU) at critical locations and to ensure complete grid observability,
(b) Broadband communication between PMU at S/s and Phasor Data Concentrator (PDC) at SLDC,
(c) PMU data collection, analysis and observation utility,
(d) Advance application package like oscillation stability, transient stability, voltage stability and dynamic State Estimator to observe dynamic behaviour of the system.
8.14. Metering and Protection
1. The metering and protection to be provided at the generating stations, sub-stations and the distribution systems shall meet the specific requirements of the Metering Regulations of CEA and Protection Standard under "Annexure 4". This standard also forms an integral part of these Regulations. All Users shall cooperate with the STU to ensure correct and appropriate settings of protection to achieve an effective, discriminatory removal of faulty equipment within the target clearance time specified in this standard. Protective Relay settings shall not be altered, or protection bypassed and/or disconnected, without consultation and agreement of all the affected Users. In case where protection is bypassed and/or disconnected by agreement, then the cause must be rectified and protection shall be restored to normal condition, as quickly as possible. If agreement has not been reached, the electrical equipment shall be removed from service forthwith in case it is affecting the security of the system.
2. Fire Protection:
All adequate precaution shall be taken, and protection shall be provided against fire hazards to all apparatus in the system conforming to the relevant Indian Standard Specifications and/or provisions of CEA (Measures Relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2023 as amended from time to time.
533-82 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C8.15. Monitoring of Generation and Drawal
8.15.1. Monitoring Procedure
1. For the effective operation of the Transmission System, it is important that the declared availability of the generating company is realistic. SLDC shall continuously monitor the generating unit outputs and bus voltages. More stringent monitoring shall be performed at any time when there are reasons to believe that the generating company's declared availability may not match with the actual availability, or declared output does not match with the actual output.
2. STU/ Transmission Licensee shall inform the generating company, in writing, if continual monitoring demonstrates an apparent persistent or material mismatch between the despatch instructions and the Generating Unit output or breach of the connection conditions. Further, more stringent monitoring shall be carried out by the SLDC, if agreement is not reached between the concerned parties on the performance of the generating unit. The results of stringent monitoring shall be reported by the SLDC to the generating company. Continual discrepancies shall be reported to the Commission for resolution.
3. The generating companies shall provide real time automatic data transfer facility to the sub-SLDC and should be compatible with the existing SCADA of sub-LDC. However, the generating companies shall provide to the SLDC, quarter-wise hourly generation summation outputs wherever no automatic transmitting metering or SCADA equipment exists. All the CPPs and RE generators with and without ESS (capacity above 1 MW) shall provide to the SLDC quarter-wise hourly export/import MW and MVAr. The generating company shall provide other logged readings, which the SLDC may reasonably require, for monitoring purposes wherever SCADA data is not available.
8.16. Monitoring of Drawal by the SLDC
1. The SLDC shall continuously monitor actual MW drawl (import/export) against the scheduled drawl from the generating companies, by the use of SCADA equipment wherever available, or otherwise using available metering. The SLDC shall request the WRLDC and adjacent states, as appropriate, to provide any additional data required to enable this monitoring to be carried out.
2. The SLDC shall also monitor the actual MVAr import/export. This will be used to assist in the voltage management in the Transmission System.
8.17. Generating Unit Trippings
1. The generating companies shall promptly inform the tripping of a generating unit and restrictions to generate full load, with reasons, to the SLDC in accordance with the guidelines given in the operational event/accident reporting Chapter. The approximate and expected time of re-synchronisation with grid shall be informed to the SLDC. The SLDC shall keep a written log of all such trippings, including the reasons for the purpose of demonstrating the effect on system performance and identifying the need for remedial measures. The generating companies shall submit a detailed report of their unit trippings to the SLDC every month. While restoring the tripped units, SLDC shall be informed.
8.18. Data Requirements
1. The generating companies and the CPPs and RE generators with and without ESS shall submit the following data on monthly basis to the SLDC in the first week of every succeeding month:
(a) Generating Companies:
(i) Quarter-hourly generation and summation on real time basis,
(ii) Logged readings of generating units as required,
(iii) Detailed report of the generator unit trippings.
(b) CPPs and RE generators with and without ESS (above 1 MW): Quarter hourly export/import MW on real time basis.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-838.19. Real Time Operation
1. System state:
Power system shall be categorized under normal, alert, emergency, extreme emergency and restoration state depending on the type of contingencies and value of operational parameters of the power system by RLDC, NLDC or SLDC, as the case may be.
a. Normal state
Power system shall be categorized under normal state when the power system is operating with operational parameters within their respective operational limits and equipment are within their respective loading limits. Under normal state, the power system is secure and capable of maintaining stability under contingencies defined in the CEA Transmission Planning Criteria.
b. Alert state
Power system shall be categorized under alert sate when the power system is operating with operational parameters within their respective operational limits, but a single contingency ('N-1') leads to a violation of security criteria. The power system remains intact under such alert state. However, whenever the power system is under alert state, the system operator shall take corrective measures to bring it back to a normal state.
c. Emergency state
Power system shall be categorized under emergency state when the power system is operating with operational parameters outside their respective operational limits or equipment are above their respective loading limits. Emergency state can arise out of multiple contingencies or any major grid disturbance in the system. The power system remains intact under such emergency state. However, whenever the power system is under emergency state, the system operator, to bring back the power system to alert/normal state, shall take corrective measures such as:
(i) Extreme measures such as load shedding, generation unit tripping, line tripping or closing,
(ii) Emergency control action such as HVDC Control, Excitation Control, HP-LP Bypass, tie line flow rescheduling on critical lines, and
(iii) Automated action such as system protection scheme, load curtailment scheme and generation run- back scheme.
d. Extreme Emergency state
Power system shall be categorised under extreme emergency state if the control actions taken during the emergency state are not able to bring the system either to an alert state or a normal state and operational parameters are outside their respective operational limits or equipment are critically loaded. Extreme emergency state may arise due to high impact low frequency events like natural disasters. The power system may or may not remain intact (splitting may occur) and extreme events like generation plant tripping, bulk load shedding, under frequency load shedding (UFLS) and under voltage load shedding (UVLS) operation may occur.
e. Restorative State
Power system shall be categorized under restorative state when control action is being taken to reconnect the system elements and restore system load. The power system transits from a restorative state to either an alert state or a normal state, depending on the system conditions.
2. SLDC shall carry out the study based on historical data and grid incidences and evolve detailed criteria to categorise the power system in terms of the above states. The detailed criteria shall be included in the Detailed Operating Procedure to be issued by SLDC.
3. SLDC shall maintain the grid in the normal state by taking suitable measures. In case the power system moves away from the normal state, appropriate measures shall be taken to bring the system back to the normal state.
In case the power system has moved to an extreme emergency state, SLDC shall take emergency action and initiate restorative measures immediately.
533-84 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C4. Procedure to be followed during an event
In the case of an event on the Intra-State Transmission system that may significantly impact the inter- State Transmission system, the SLDC shall immediately inform the WRLDC.
a.
Any warning in respect of system security issued by SLDC shall be taken note of immediately by the concerned Users who shall take the necessary action to withstand the said event or to minimize its effect.
b.
5. Operational coordination
a. For operational coordination, each Intra-State transmission licensee, generating station and QCA shall have a control centre or coordination centre for round the clock coordination as specified in these Regulations.
b. Any planned operation activity in the Intra-State transmission system [such as generating unit synchronization or de-synchronization, transmission element opening or closing (including breakers), protection system outage, SPS outage and testing etc.] shall be done by taking unique code from SLDC.
This unique code shall have validity period of sixty (60) minutes from the time of issue. In case such operation activity does not take place within the validity period of the code, the entity shall obtain a fresh unique code from SLDC.
8.20. Post Despatch Analysis
8.20.1. Operational analysis
1. SLDC shall analyse the following:
a. Pattern of demand met, under drawls and over drawls, frequency profile, voltage and tie-line flows, angular spread, area control error, reserve margin, load and RE forecast errors, ancillary services despatched, transmission congestion and (n-1) violations.
b. Generation mixes in terms of source and station-wise generation.
c. Irregular pattern in any of the system parameters mentioned in Sub-Clauses 1 (a) and 1 (b) of this Regulation and reasons thereof; and
d. Extreme weather events or any other event affecting grid security.
2. Such analysis shall be disclosed on SLDC website.
3. SLDC shall prepare a quarterly report that shall bring out the system constraints, reasons for not meeting the requirements, if any, of security standards and quality of service, along with details of actions taken, including by those responsible for causing disturbances in the system parameters.
4. SLDC shall also provide such a report to the STU, WRLDC / WRPC.
5. For the purpose of analysis and reporting, telemetered data shall be archived with a granularity of not more than five (5) minutes and higher granularity for special events. Such data shall be stored by SLDC for at least fifteen (15) years and reports shall be stored for twenty-five (25) years for operational analysis.
8.20.2. Event reporting
1. Event reporting shall make available adequate data to facilitate event analysis.
a) Immediately following an event (grid disturbance or grid incidence as defined in the CEA Grid Standards) in the system, the concerned user shall inform to SLDC through voice message.
b) The concerned user within the timeline specified in Table 8 below shall submit written flash report to SLDC.
c) Disturbance Recorder (DR), station Event Logger (EL), Data Acquisition System (DAS) shall be submitted within the timeline specified in Table 8 below.
d) SLDC shall report the event (grid disturbance or grid incidence) to WRPC and WRLDC within twenty- four (24) hours of receipt of the flash report.
e) After a complete analysis of the event, the user shall submit a detailed report in the case of grid disturbance or grid incidence within one (1) week of the occurrence of event to SLDC.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-852. SLDC shall prepare a draft report of each grid disturbance or grid incidence including simulation results and analysis, which shall be discussed and finalized at the Protection sub-committee of RPC as per the timeline specified in Table below:
Table 8: Report Submission Timeline
| Sr. No. | Grid Event^ (Classification) | Flash report submission deadline (Users/ SLDC) | Disturbance record and station event log submission deadline (Users/ SLDC) | Detailed report and data submission deadline (Users/ SLDC) | Draft report submission deadline (RLDC/ NLDC) | Discussion in protection committee meeting and final report submission deadline (RPC) |
| 1 | GI-1/GI-2 | 8 hours | 24 hours | +7 days | +7 days | +60 days |
| 2 | Near miss event | 8 hours | 24 hours | +7 days | +7 days | +60 days |
| 3 | GD-1 | 8 hours | 24 hours | +7 days | +7 days | +60 days |
| 4 | GD-2/GD- 3 | 8 hours | 24 hours | +7 days | +21 days | +60 days |
| 5 | GD-4/GD- 5 | 8 hours | 24 hours | +7 days | +30 days | +60 days |
^The classification of Grid Disturbance (GD)/Grid Incident (GI) shall be as per the CEA Grid Standards.
a) The implementation of the recommendations of the final report shall be monitored by SLDC. SLDC shall disseminate the lessons learnt from each event to all Users for necessary action.
b) Any additional data such as single line diagram (SLD) of the station, protection relay settings, HVDC transient fault record, switchyard equipment and any other relevant station data required for carrying out analysis of an event by SLDC shall be furnished by the Users within forty- eight (48) hours of the request. All Users shall also furnish high-resolution analog data from various instruments including power electronic devices like HVDC, FACTS, renewable generation (inverter level or WTG level) on the request of SLDC.
c) Triggering of STATCOM, TCSC, HVDC run-back, HVDC power oscillation damping, generating station power system stabilizer and any other controller system during any event in the grid shall be reported to the SLDC, if connected to the Intra-State system. The transient fault records and event logger data shall be submitted to the SLDC within 24 hours of the occurrence of the incident. Generating stations shall submit 1-second resolution active power and reactive power data recorded during oscillations to the SLDC within 24 hours of the occurrence of the oscillations.
d) A monthly report on events of unintended operation or non-operation of the protection system shall be prepared and submitted by each user to SLDC within the first week of the subsequent month.
8.21. Load Crash
1. In the event of load crash due to weather disturbance or any other reasons, SLDC shall control the situation by getting the following methods implemented by Distribution Licensee(s) and other Users in descending priorities:
a) Lifting of the load restrictions, if any.
b) Switching off BESS, if it is in discharge mode
c) Backing down of thermal stations with a time lag of 5-10 minutes for a short period in merit order.
d) Closing/Backing down of hydropower units (subject to non-spilling of water and effect on irrigation) keeping in view the inflow of water into canals and safety of canals/hydel channels.
e) Backing down of hydel stations for short period immediately
f) Backing down of Renewable Energy Power Plants:
533-86 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-CProvided that any other instruction issued by WRLDC shall assume priority over such methods:
Provided further that such methods shall be reviewed from time to time by SOCC.
8.22. Periodic Reports
1. Daily/Monthly reports covering the performance of the integrated grid shall be prepared by SLDC.
The reports shall, inter-alia, contain the following:
(a) Frequency profile. (b) Source wise generation for each control area. (c) Drawal from the ISTS grid and area control error. (d) Demand and supply situation. (e) Demand met (peak, off-peak and average). (f) Demand/Energy unserved in MW and MWh. (g) Instances of inordinate delays in restoration of transmission elements and generating units. (h) Instances and quantum of curtailment of renewable energy. (i) Voltage profile of important substations and sub-stations normally having low or high voltage. (j) Lines/Substations operating near thermal rating or rated capacity. (k) Major generation and transmission outages. (l) Constraints and instances of congestion in the transmission system. (m) Instances of persistent / significant non-compliance with the Grid Code. (n) Status of reservoirs. (o) Summary of ISTS transactions and In-STS Open Access transactions. (p) Any other report as stipulated by the Commission from time to time.
2. SLDC shall provide operational feedback for grid planning and submit it to the STU.
8.23. Reactive Power Management
1. All Users shall endeavour to maintain the voltage at the interconnection point in the range specified in the Grid Code.
2. All generating stations shall be capable of supplying reactive power support to maintain power factor at the point of interconnection within the limits of 0.95 lagging to 0.95 leading as per the CEA Connectivity Standard Regulations.
3. All generating stations connected to the grid shall generate or absorb reactive power as per instructions of the SLDC within the capability limits of the respective generating units, where capability limits shall be as specified by the OEM.
4. The reactive interchange of the Users shall be measured and monitored by the SLDC.
5. SLDC may direct the Users about reactive power set points, voltage set points and power factor control to maintain the voltage at interconnection points.
6. SLDC shall assess the dynamic reactive power reserve available at various substations or generating stations under any credible contingency on a regular basis based on technical details and data provided by the Users, as per the procedure specified by SLDC.
7. SLDC shall take appropriate measures to maintain the voltage within limits, inter-alia, using the following facilities, and the facility owner shall abide by the instructions of SLDC:
(i) Shunt reactors,
(ii) Shunt capacitors (excluding HVDC automatic control),
(iii) TCSC,
(iv) VSC based HVDC,
(v) Synchronous/non-synchronous generator voltage control including inverter based reactive power support,PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-87 (vi) Synchronous condenser,
(vii) Static VAR compensators (SVC), STATCOM and other FACTS devices,
(viii) Transformer tap change: generator transformer and inter-connecting transformer,
(ix) HVDC power order or HVDC controller selection to optimize filter bank.
8. Reactive power facility shall be in operation at all times and shall not be taken out without the permission of the SLDC.
9. Periodic or seasonal tap changing of power transformers and generator transformers shall be carried out to optimize the voltages, subject to technical feasibility, and where ever necessary, other options such as tap staggering may be carried out in the network.
10. Hydro and gas generating units having this capability shall operate in synchronous condenser mode operation as per instructions of SLDC. Standalone synchronous condenser units shall operate as per the instructions of SLDC. The compensation for such synchronous condenser mode operation shall be included in the procedure to be submitted by SLDC to the Commission for approval.
11. Any commercial settlement for reactive power shall be governed as per the regulatory framework specified by the Commission.
12. If voltages are outside the limit as specified in this Regulation and the means of voltage control set out in sub-clause (7) of this Regulation are exhausted, SLDC shall take all reasonable actions necessary to restore the voltages so as to be within the relevant limits including switching ON or OFF of lines considering the security of the system.
13. Notwithstanding the above, SLDC may direct the State entities to curtail VAr drawl/injection in case the security of grid or safety of any equipment is endangered.
14. In general, the State entities shall endeavour to minimize the VAr drawl at an interchange point when the voltage at that point is below 95% of rated voltage and shall not return VAr when the voltage is above 105%. Transformer taps at the respective drawl points may be changed to control the VAr interchange only as per the instructions of SLDC.
15. Switching in/out of 400 kV bus and line reactors in the Intra-State transmission grid shall be carried out as per instructions of RLDC/SLDC. Tap changing of all identified transformers shall be carried out as per SLDC instructions.
16. The Generating Station shall inject/absorb the reactive energy into the grid on the basis of machine capability as per the directions of SLDC:
Provided that in case injection/absorption of reactive energy is due to SLDC instructions, then commercial considerations shall be kept in abeyance for such period only in the case the SLDC instructions are given due to exigencies of the grid:
Provided further that the SLDC shall submit a monthly Report of all exigencies and the instances when the commercial considerations are required to be kept in abeyance.
17. The generating station shall change generator transformer taps and generate/absorb Reactive power as per the instructions of SLDC within the capability limits of the respective generating units, i.e., without sacrificing the active generation required at that time.
18. Wind generating stations connected to InSTS shall be capable of supplying dynamically varying reactive power support, so as to maintain power factor at their grid inter-connection point for all dispatch scenarios by providing reactive compensation as specified by the Authority from time to time.
19. STU and/or SLDC shall carry out load flow studies to predict where voltage problems may be encountered based on the operational data and identify appropriate measures to ensure that voltages remain within the defined limits. On the basis of these studies, SLDC may issue specific instructions to Users to maintain voltage level at interconnecting points within permissible limits. SLDC shall take appropriate measures to control InSTS voltages, which may include but not limited to power transformer tap changing, capacitor/reactor switching including capacitor switching by the distribution licensees at 66 kV and above, operation of hydro unit as synchronous condenser and use of MVAR reserves with generating stations within the technical limits agreed to between the STU and generators.
20. Generating Stations shall provide up to date capability curves for all Generating Units to the SLDC indicating any restrictions to allow accurate system studies and effective operation of the InSTS.
533-88 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C8.24. Periodic Testing
1. There shall be periodic tests, as required under clause (3) of these Regulations, carried out on power system elements for ascertaining the correctness of mathematical models used for simulation studies as well as ensuring desired performance during an event in the system.
2. General provisions
a. The owner of the power system element shall be responsible for carrying out tests as specified in these Regulations and for submitting reports to STU and SLDC for Intra-State elements.
b. All equipment owners shall submit a testing plan for the next year to the SLDC by 30th September to ensure proper coordination during testing as per the schedule. In case of any change in the schedule, the owners shall inform SLDC in advance.
c. The tests shall be performed once every five (5) years or whenever major retrofitting is done. If any adverse performance is observed during any grid event, then the tests shall be carried out even earlier, if so advised by SLDC as the case may be.
d. The owners of the power system elements shall implement the recommendations, if any, suggested in the test reports in consultation with SLDC and STU.
3. Testing requirements
The following tests shall be carried out on the respective power system elements:
Table 9: Tests Required for Power System Elements
| Power System Elements | Tests | Applicability |
| Synchronous Generator | (1) Real and Reactive Power Capability assessment. (2) Assessment of Reactive Power Control Capability as per CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity (3) Model Validation and verification test for the complete Generator and Excitation System model including PSS. (4) Model Validation and Verification of Turbine/Governor and Load Control or Active Power/ Frequency Control Functions. (5) Testing of Governor performance and Automatic Generation Control. | Individual Unit of rating 100 MW and above for Coal/lignite, 50 MW and above gas turbine, and 25 MW and above for Hydro. |
| Non- synchronous Generator (Solar/Wind) | (1) Real and Reactive Power Capability for Generator (2) Power Plant Controller Function Test (3) Frequency Response Test (4) Active Power Set Point change test. (5) Reactive Power (Voltage / Power Factor / Q-Set Point change test | Applicable as per CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity. |
| HVDC/FACTS Devices | (1) Reactive Power Controller (RPC) Capability for HVDC/FACTS (2) Filter bank adequacy assessment based on present grid condition, in consultation with NLDC. (3) Validation of response by FACTS devices as per settings. | To all ISTS HVDC as well as Intra-State HVDC/FACTS, as applicable |
8.25. Capacity Building and Certification
Capacity building, skill upgradation, and certification of the personnel deployed in load despatch centres shall be done periodically under an institutional framework through accredited certifying agency(ies).
9. Flexible Operation of Coal based Thermal Power Generating Units
9.1. Minimum power level capabilities of coal based thermal power generating units for flexible
operation:
1. All coal based thermal power generating units owned or under control of the Central Government, State Governments or owned by any private company, connected with the grid and to the load despatch centres shall be capable of providing the flexible operation as per Regulation (6) of the Central Electricity Authority (Flexible Operation of Coal based Thermal Power Generating Units) Regulations, 2023 as amended from time to time.
2. SLDC shall schedule the coal based thermal power generating units, under its jurisdiction, considering the flexible operation capabilities as specified in the CEA (Flexible Operation of Coal based Thermal Power Generating Units) Regulations, 2023 as amended from time to time.
9.2. Ramp rates capabilities of coal based thermal power generating units for flexible operation
The coal based thermal power generating units shall have ramp rate capability as per the Regulation (7) of the Central Electricity Authority (Flexible Operation of Coal based Thermal Power Generating Units) Regulations, 2023 as amended from time to time.
9.3. Technical Minimum Schedule for operation of State Generating stations:
1. The technical minimum for operation in respect of a generating unit or units connected with Intra-State transmission system shall be 55% of MCR of the said unit or such other minimum power level loading or installed capacity of the unit of generating station as specified in the CEA (Flexible Operation of coal based Thermal Generating Units) Regulations, 2023, as amended from time to time.
2. The Intra-State thermal generating stations whose tariffs are determined under Section 62 shall be compensated for variation in Station Heat Rate, Auxiliary Consumption, and Secondary Fuel Oil Consumption on account of part load operation, that is, for generation below the normative level of operation, at the time of true-up for the respective year, in accordance with the compensation mechanism specified in the CERC Tariff Regulations for such stations, as amended from time to time:
Provided also that such compensation shall also be applicable for PPA-based Intra-State thermal generating stations whose tariffs are determined under Section 62, at the time of true-up for the respective year:
Provided also that in case of Intra-State thermal generating stations covered under Section 63 of the Electricity Act 2003, the compensation for part load operation shall be governed as per the provisions of contract entered into by such generating stations with the beneficiaries or buyers:
Provided also that in case of Intra-State thermal generating stations covered under Section 63 of the Electricity Act 2003, where the relevant contract with the beneficiary does not provide for such compensation, the compensation to such generating stations for part load operation shall be allowed in accordance with the compensation mechanism specified for such stations in the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission (Indian Electricity Grid Code) (First Amendment) Regulations, 2024 dated 23.10.2024, as amended from time to time.
3. Where the scheduled generation falls below the technical minimum schedule, the State generators shall have the option to go for reserve shut down and, in such cases, cost of secondary fuel oil for over and above seven (7) start / stop in a year shall be allowed as additional compensation in accordance with the methodology specified in Regulation 9.3.2 above.
4. In case of gas based Intra-State Generating Station, compensation shall be decided based on the characteristic curve provided by the manufacturer and after prudence check of the actual operating parameters of Station Heat Rate, Auxiliary Energy Consumption, etc., subject to provisions of GERC (MYT) Regulations, 2024 as amended from time to time and PPA with the beneficiary.
5. There shall be reconciliation of the compensation at the end of the financial year in due consideration of actual weighted average operational parameters of station heat rate, auxiliary energy consumption and secondary oil consumption.
6. In case of a generating station whose tariff is neither determined nor adopted by the Commission, the concerned generating company shall have to factor the above provisions in the PPAs entered into by it for sale of power in order to claim compensations for operating at the technical minimum schedule.
7. The generating company shall keep the record of the emission levels from the plant due to part load operation and submit a report for each year to the Commission by 31st May of the year.
533-90 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C10. Scheduling and Despatch Code
10.1. Scope
These Regulations will be applicable to SLDC, ALDC/ALDCs and all Intra-State entities including conventional and RE Generators with or without ESS/ Captive Generating Plants CGP)/Independent Power Producers (IPPs) / Discoms / State transmission Utility (STU)/ Transmission licensees/ Standalone ESS and other beneficiaries of the State grid:
1. All Seller(s)/Generator(s), captive generators, Open Access generators, RE generators other than WS seller connected to In-STS having installed generating capacity of 5 MW and above of Unit or Combined capacity of all units in the generating station (or such other threshold capacity specified by the Commission from time to time).
Provided In case of WS seller connected to in-STS, the matter related to Forecasting, Scheduling and deviation settlement related matters regarding wind and solar generation, wind-solar hybrid connected with or without ESS shall be governed as per the provisions of "GERC (Forecasting, Scheduling, Deviation Settlement and Related Matters of Solar and Wind Generation Sources) Regulations 2019" and its amendments thereof.
2. All Buyer(s) including distribution licensee(s), deemed distribution licensee(s) located in the State and open access consumers connected to In-STS.
3. This Scheduling and Despatch code shall apply to all Intra-State Entity(ies), i.e., Buyers and Sellers connected to or using InSTS under its control area as defined in these Regulations.
10.2. Control Area Jurisdiction of Load Despatch Centre
1. The SLDC shall be responsible for optimum scheduling and despatch of electricity, monitoring of real time grid operations and management of the reserves including energy storage systems and demand response within State control area, supervision and control over the Intra-State Transmission system, processing of interface energy meter data and coordinating the accounting and the settlement of State pool account, as may be specified by the Commission.
2. The entities connected exclusively to the Intra-State Transmission systems shall be under the control area jurisdiction of SLDC for scheduling and despatch of electricity.
3. Entities connected to both inter-State transmission systems and Intra-State transmission systems shall be under the control area jurisdiction of RLDC, if more than or equal to 50% of the quantum of connectivity is with ISTS, and if more than 50% of the quantum of connectivity is with Intra-State transmission system, it shall be under the control area jurisdiction of SLDC.
4. In case an entity is connected to both Inter-State transmission systems and Intra-State Transmission systems, the load despatch centre responsible for scheduling such entities shall coordinate with the concerned RLDC or SLDC, as the case may be, for ensuring grid security.
5. Unless otherwise decided by the Commission, the entities that have already declared COD as on the date of coming into force of these Regulations, shall continue to remain under the control area of the SLDC or the RLDC, as the case may be, as existing before the date of coming into force of these Regulations.
6. The entities participating in Ancillary Services must be capable of receiving the load set point signals from the WRLDC/SLDC or the NLDC as per CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity, or in terms of Ancillary Service Regulations, as applicable.
10.3. Roles and Responsibilities of SLDC
1. In accordance with Section 33 of the Act, SLDC may give such directions and exercise such supervision and control as may be required for ensuring the integrated grid operations and for achieving the maximum economy and efficiency in the operation of power system in the State.
2. Every licensee, Generating Company, Generating Station, Substation, User and any other person connected with InSTS shall comply with the directions issued by the SLDC under subsection (1) of Section 33 of the Act. The SLDC shall comply with the directions of the RLDC.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-913. The SLDC in discharge of its functions under the Act and for stable, smooth and secure operation of the integrated grid, shall be responsible for the following in its control area:
(a) Prepare, publish and maintain various Energy Accounts and any other account as specified by the Commission from time to time.
(b) Optimum Scheduling and despatch for the entities in the State control area in accordance with contracts.
(c) Forecasting demand for its control area for each time block on a day-ahead and intra-day basis.
(d) Forecasting/planning of generation from wind, solar and other RE generating stations with or without ESS, which are Intra-State entities, for each time block on day-ahead and Intra-day basis:
Provided that such forecasts may be used by such generating stations at their own risk and discretion, along with all commercial liabilities arising out of them.
(e) Scheduling and despatch for all such generators located within the State and each entity in the State control area in accordance with contracts, which are not scheduled by RLDC.
(f) Secure operation of the grid by balancing demand and supply to minimize Area Control Error (ACE) for the State.
(g) Maintaining and dispatching reserves in accordance with relevant orders / Regulations.
(h) Real time monitoring of generating station's operation.
(i) Revision of availability declaration/requisition/demand/contracts and injection / drawal schedule.
(j) Switching instructions, outage planning.
(k) Metering and energy accounting and issuance of state energy account on monthly basis and deviation settlement mechanism account on weekly basis as per the prevailing Regulations.
(l) Collection and disbursement of various State energy accounts.
(m) Declaring Total Transfer Capability (TTC) and Available Transfer Capability (ATC) in respect of import and export of electricity of its control area with Inter-State Transmission systems in coordination with the Central Transmission Utility, State Transmission Utility, and WRLDC and revising the same from time to time based on grid conditions. Assessment of TTC and ATC shall be done on a continuous basis at least three (3) months in advance and revised based on contingencies from time to time.
(n) Incorporation of schedules for Intra-State entities under Open Access transactions.
(o) Incorporation of schedules under the Ancillary Services Regulations.
(p) Optimization of scheduling inter-alia through Security Constrained Economic Despatch (SCED).
(q) Running a Security Constraint Unit Commitment (SCUC) for Intra-State Generating Stations.
(r) In case, the Sellers/Buyers fail to furnish declared capacity/schedule within the prescribed time limits to SLDC, the SLDC may treat declared capacity/ schedule of such Sellers/Buyers as Zero.
10.4. Roles and Responsibilities of Generating Stations/Sellers & DISCOMs/Buyers:
1. Generating Station / Sellers:
Sellers shall be responsible for power generation/power injection as per the time block wise schedules finalized by SLDC in accordance with the provisions of these Regulations.
2. DISCOMs / Buyers:
a. Provisions of this scheduling and despatch code shall be applicable for all Buyer(s) including distribution licensee(s), deemed distribution licensee(s), located in the State, and open access consumers connected to Intra-State transmission system.
533-92 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-Cb. Buyers shall regulate their loads in a manner consistent with the provisions of the IEGC and the provisions of these Regulations.
c. Buyer(s) or Seller(s) may request for revision of their schedule during intra-day operation in accordance with these Regulations.
d. Buyers shall inform to SLDC, details of all contracts they have entered into for exchange of energy.
e. Buyers including Distribution Licensees shall regularly carry out the necessary exercises regarding short- term Load estimation for their respective area, to enable them to plan in advance as to how they would meet their consumers' load without overdrawing from the grid.
f. Buyers including Distribution Licensees shall furnish details of bilateral power they have contracted on short-term, medium-term, and long-term basis.
g. Buyers shall furnish the details of their bi-lateral purchases and sources of power supply to SLDC.
h. Buyers shall forecast the generation requirement for day ahead on 15-minute time block basis considering the availability declared by the Sellers with whom they have contractual arrangement.
i. Buyers shall adhere to their schedule, if any deviation from it, SLDC may impose the restriction on drawl during system contingencies.
3. The system of each Discom shall be treated and operated as a notional control area. The algebraic summation of scheduled drawl from Generating stations and ISGS and any bilateral inter-change shall provide the drawl schedule of each Discom, and this shall be determined in advance on daily basis. The Discoms would generally be expected to regulate their consumers' load so as to maintain their actual drawl from the State grid close to the above schedules. The Discoms may, at their discretion, deviate from the drawl schedule, as long as such deviations do not cause system parameters to deteriorate beyond permissible limits and/or do not lead to unacceptable line loading and unacceptable over drawl or under drawl.
4. The Discoms shall regularly carry out the necessary exercises regarding short-term and long-term demand estimation for their area. Every DISCOM has to submit to SLDC the load forecast on Daily basis /Weekly/Monthly/Yearly basis for 15 or 5 minutes or any other time interval as may be specified under the IEGC from time to time in advance, as to how they would meet their consumers' load without deviation from the schedule.
5. The Intra-State Generating Stations (SGS/ IPP/ CGP/RE/ESS, if scheduled) shall be responsible for power generation according to the daily schedules advised to them by the SLDC on the basis of the requisitions/demand received from the DISCOMs, and for proper operation and maintenance of their Generating Station, such that these stations achieve the best possible long-term availability and economy.
6. Each Intra-State entity shall regulate its generation or demand or both, as the case may be, so as to adhere to the schedule of net injection into or net drawl from the Intra-State transmission system.
7. Entitlement of a buyer and beneficiary:
a. In cases of allocation of power from a central generating station by the Central Government and for State generators by GUVNL Holding Company, each beneficiary shall be entitled to MW despatch out of the declared capacity of such a generating station, in proportion to its share allocation given by GUVNL.
b. For all other cases not covered as above of this Regulation, the buyer shall be entitled to MW despatch out of the declared capacity of Intra-State generating station as per the contracts between seller and buyer.
c. The entitlement from the regional and Intra-State generating station shall be rounded off up to two decimal points for the purposes of scheduling and accounting.
8. Requirement for Commencement of Scheduling:
Following documents shall be submitted to SLDC by generators/sellers or buyers as the case may be, before commencement of scheduling of transaction under LTOA/MTOA.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-93(a) For all generators other than RE-
(i) Technical details of the plant:
(ii) Plant name
(iii) Number of Generating Units and their capacity
(iv) Total Installed Capacity (MW)
(v) Maximum possible Ex-bus injection (MW)
(vi) Auxiliary consumption in percentage (%)
(vii) Minimum turn down level (MW) and in percentage (%)
(viii) Type of fuel
(ix) Fixed Cost (paise / kWh)
(x) Variable Cost (Paise / kWh)
(xi) Ramp-Up Rate (MW/Min) for each unit
(xii) Ramp-Down Rate (MW/Min) for each unit
(xiii) Start- up Time from Cold Start, Hot start and Warm Start of each unit (in Min)
(xiv) OEM document regarding all technical parameters justification
(xv) PPA /contract copy with effective date and its amendments if any with effective date.
(xvi) Connectivity agreement / BPTA.
(xvii) COD Certificate.
(b) For Wind, Solar, Wind-Solar Hybrid Generators, with or without ESS
The following documents shall be submitted to SLDC before proposed date of commencement of first-time charging activities by Generators/QCA:
(i) Covering letter including documents/details listed under (ii) to (xxvi).
(ii) Name of Pooling Station installed capacity of project and storage, if any, Name of connected Sub- Station of GETCO/Transmission Licensee.
(iii) Proposed date of synchronization of pooling station with Intra-State grid.
(iv) Details of contact person, i.e., Name, Designation, Mobile No., Email for day-to-day as well as commercial communication purpose.
(v) Details of first-time grid connection charge paid to SLDC through online mode.
(vi) Name of DISCOM for allocation of power from the project / type of contract in detail.
(vii) Copy of application to GEDA for granting registration of Wind, Solar Hybrid, with or without ESS, as the case may be.
(viii) Project, details of pooling station and specific details regarding under which Policy/ Order/ Regulation, the Wind, Solar, Wind-Solar Hybrid Project, as the case may be, is installed.
(ix) Approval obtained from various statutory agencies, i.e., STU/GEDA/DISCOM for installation and feasibility of pooling station of the project, as applicable.
(x) Parallel connectivity approval from STU/DISCOM, as applicable.
(xi) Approved metering scheme, ABT meter details, commissioning /MOM, as applicable.
(xii) Connectivity agreement with GETCO/ Discom or Transmission and /or Wheeling Agreement, as applicable.
(xiii) Copy of PPA/Wheeling agreement/Agreement for Third Party Sale with beneficiary, if any.
533-94 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C(xiv) Registration certificate of the generating unit or station in the registry maintained by CEA on e- portal https://egen.cea.gov.in as per applicable CEA standards.
(xv) Copy of letter allocating seven-digit ABT Meter Serial Number along with duly notarized undertaking as applicable.
(xvi) RTU commissioning report/MOM- for communication of real time data up to sub SLDC/SLDC and RTU payment receipt/, as applicable.
(xvii) Registration of renewable generators with SLDC through self/lead generator/QCA, as per approved procedure of Notification No. 1 of 2019 Dated. 19.01.2019 and any amendment from time to time, including sub-clauses (xviii), (xix), (xx), (xxi), (xxiii).
(xviii) Application for registration with registration charges/Consent from renewable generators (in case of QCA) /Undertaking from QCA (in case of QCA)/ Authorization to lead generator (in case of group generator)
(xix) Details of Payment Security provided by the project developer
(xx) Static Data of Renewable Energy Generator and Other supporting documents, as per requirement
(xxi) Consent / Concurrence letter for "Generator Name" being Lead Generator by all Generators, if applicable.
(xxii) In the case of Solar Project details of ALMM certificate issued by concerned authority, if applicable.
(xxiii) QCA appointment letter, as applicable.
(xxiv) On commissioning of Wind, Solar, Wind-Solar Hybrid Project with or without ESS, as the case may be, as per the certificate issued by GEDA and also signed by Discoms and/or Transmission Licensee/STU representatives, the details of plant with commissioning date, installed capacity (AC/DC both), DISCOM name for allocation of power, in tabular format with covering letter, to be submitted.
(xxv) C.O.D. letter of GEDA.
(xxvi) Any other information may be required by SLDC as per the provisions of applicable Order/Regulations of the Commission.
9. Scheduling of the generating station or unit thereof shall start from 00:00 hours of D+2 day (where D is the intimation of commercial operation date to SLDC of the said generating station or unit thereof).
10. Adherence to Schedule:
Each Intra-State entity shall regulate its generation, demand, or both, as the case may be, to adhere to the schedule of net injection into or net drawl from the Intra-State transmission system for Intra-State transaction and from inter-State transmission system for inter-State transactions.
11. The SLDC shall keep their Area Control Error close to zero (0) by rescheduling, deploying reserves and automatic demand management scheme.
12. Declaration of Declared Capacity by state entity generating stations:
The State generating station other than the Wind, Solar, Wind-Solar Hybrid Generators with or without ESS shall declare ex-bus Declared Capacity limited to 100% MCR less auxiliary power consumption, on day ahead basis:
Provided that the Hydro Generating Stations may declare ex-bus Declared Capacity more than 100% MCR less auxiliary power consumption limited to overload capability.
13. Wind, solar, wind-solar hybrid, with or without ESS generator, shall declare the available capacity /schedule on day ahead basis, as well as intra-day as per the provisions in GERC (Forecasting, Scheduling, Deviation Settlement and Related Matters of Solar and Wind Generation Sources) Regulations, 2019 as amended from time to time.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-9514. The Intra-State generating stations other than Wind, Solar, Wind-Solar Hybrid, with or without ESS may be required to demonstrate the declared capacity of their generating stations as and when directed by SLDC. For this purpose, SLDC, in coordination with its beneficiaries, shall schedule the Intra-State generating station up to its declared capacity as declared on day ahead basis.
15. The schedule issued by the SLDC shall be binding on the beneficiaries for such testing of the declared capacity of the State generating station. In case the generating station fails to demonstrate the declared capacity, it shall be treated as a mis-declaration for which charges shall be levied on the generating station as follows:
The charges for the first mis-declaration for a block or multiple blocks in a day shall be the charges corresponding to two days' fixed charges at normative availability. For the second mis-declaration, the charges shall correspond to four days' fixed charges at normative availability, and for subsequent mis-declarations, the charges shall increase in a geometric progression over a period of a month.
10.5. Ramping Rate to be Declared for Scheduling:
The Intra-State generating station shall declare the ramping rate in the following manner, which shall be accounted for in the preparation of generation schedules:
i. Coal or lignite fired plants shall declare a ramp up or ramp down rate of not less than 1% of ex-bus capacity corresponding to MCR on bar per minute.
ii. Gas power plants shall declare a ramp up or ramp down rate of not less than 3% of ex-bus capacity corresponding to MCR on bar per minute.
iii. Hydro power plants shall declare a ramp up or ramp down rate of not less than 10% of ex-bus capacity corresponding to MCR on bar per minute.
iv. Renewable Energy generating stations shall declare a ramp up or ramp down rate as per CEA Connectivity Standards.
v. All the generators have to declare and intimate to SLDC in advance the ramp up/down per blocks of 15 minutes / 5 Minutes and have to follow the same strictly.
10.6. Optimum Utilization of Hydro Energy:
During high inflow and water spillage conditions, for Storage type generating station and Run–of-River Generating Stations with or without Poundage, the declared capacity for the day may be up to the installed 1.
capacity plus overload capability (up to 10% or such other limit as certified by the OEM and approved by CEA) minus auxiliary consumption, corrected for the reservoir level. In case, the overload capability of such a station is more than 10% as approved, such a station shall declare the overload capability in advance.
During high inflow and water spillage conditions, SLDC shall allow scheduling of power from hydro generating stations for overload capability up to 10% of Installed Capacity or any other limit as per sub- 2.
clause (1) of this Regulation, subject to the availability of margins in the Intra-State transmission system.
10.7. Minimum turndown level for Intra-State generating stations:
1. The minimum turndown level for operation in respect of a thermal generating unit of a Intra-State generating station shall be 55% of the MCR of the said unit or such other minimum power level as specified in the CEA (Flexible Operation of coal based Thermal Generating Units) Regulations, 2023, as amended from time to time, whichever is lower:
Provided that the Commission may fix through an order a different minimum turndown level of operation in respect of specific unit(s) of a state generating stations.
Provided that such generating station on its own option may declare a minimum turndown level below the minimum turndown level specified in this Regulation.
Provided further that the compensation for part load operation of a unit of a Intra-State Thermal Generating Stations shall be allowed in accordance with the provisions of the Regulation 9.3 of these Regulations.
533-96 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C2. The drawl of power requirements during non-generation hours, whether before or after COD, a generating station, including renewable energy generating station, shall be governed by the applicable Order/ Regulations of the Commission.
10.8. SECURITY CONSTRAINED UNIT COMMITMENT (SCUC)
1. The objective of Security Constrained Unit Commitment (SCUC) is to commit a generating station or unit thereof, for the maximization of reserves in the interest of grid security, without altering the entitlements and schedule of the buyers of the said generating station in the day ahead time horizon.
2. At 10:00 Hrs of (D-1) day, SLDC will decide the running of generating units to be on bar for the next day (D Day) with assured technical minimum schedule of the Intra-State generators.
3. Based on the load forecast given by ALDCs of Distribution Licensee or other entity, in case SLDC anticipates the reserves for the next day is not sufficient to mitigate the demand, SLDC may instruct the generating station to take on bar based on the cold, warm, hot condition of the generator and generator has to give the precise declared capacity and schedule, considering the ramp rate of the generator.
4. For the Interstate transactions, the provision of IEGC 2023 as amended from time to time shall be applicable.
5. Unit Reserved Shut Down:
(a) Based on the load assessment, as per submission by ALDCs of distribution licensees or other entity, if any generation is more than required, then SLDC can withdraw the running generating units under shut down.
(b) If there is sudden load drop or in case of sudden increase in RE generation or observing high RE generation trend, then SLDC may withdraw running generating units.
(c) In case of emergency conditions, for reasons of grid security, a generating station or unit thereof, which is under USD may be directed by SLDC or RLDC, as the case may be to come on bar, and in such event, the generating station or unit thereof shall come on bar under hot, warm and cold conditions as per the time period specified by the respective OEM, which shall be declared by generators and documented by SLDC.
10.9. Scheduling from Alternate Source of Power by a Generating Station:
A generating station may supply power from alternate source of power in case of forced outage of generators for beneficiaries.
1.
It is compulsory to arrange power from alternative source when the generators /generating station goes under forced outage which is having inter-State bilateral as well as collective transactions to avoid unscheduled 2.
deviation at State periphery.
The methodology for the above incident, the generating station has to follow the following steps:
a) The generating station may enter into contract with alternate supplier under bilateral transaction or 3.
collective transaction through SLDC.
b) In case of bilateral transaction, the generating station shall request SLDC to schedule power from such alternate supplier to its beneficiaries, which shall become effective from 7th/ 8th time blocks, as the case may be.
c) In case unit goes under forced outage having liabilities to supply contracted capacity to beneficiaries and if the generating station approaches SLDC for allowing supply from the alternate State power source, the same shall be effective from 7th / 8th time block.
d) If the alternative power source is outside the State, then generators can request to RLDC with intimation to SLDC to schedule power from such alternate supplier to its beneficiaries, i.e., concerned state drawal, which shall become effective from 7th/ 8th time blocks, as the case may be, as per provision in IEGC –2023, as amended from time to time.
e) The power scheduled from alternate supplier shall be reduced from the schedule of the concerned generating station.
f) In case alternate supply is arranged through collective transactions, the transacted quantum shall be reduced from the scheduled generation of the generating station.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-97g) In case of a generating station whose tariff is determined by the Commission under Section 62 of the Act, supply of power by such generating station to its buyer from an alternate source, shall be as per provisions of Tariff Regulations and until a provision is made in the applicable MYT Regulations as amended from time to time, in accordance with the agreement between buyer and seller.
h) In case of a generating station other than whose tariff is determined by the Commission under Section 62 of the Act, supply of power by such generating station to its buyer from an alternate source shall be in accordance with the contract with the buyer and in the absence of a specific provision in the contract, in terms of mutual consent including on sharing of net savings between the generating station and the buyer.
i) The generating station shall not be required to pay the transmission charges and losses for such purchase of power to supply to the buyer from alternate sources, subject to the condition that the original contract has attracted payment of transmission charges and losses.
10.10. Security Constrained Economic Despatch (SCED)
1. The objective of Security Constrained Economic Despatch (SCED) is to optimize generation despatch after gate closure in the real time market and after finalization of schedules under real time market, by incrementing generation from the generating stations with cheaper charge and decrementing commensurate generation from the generating station with higher charge, after considering the operational and technical constraints of generation and transmission facilities.
2. SLDC shall be the nodal agency for implementing SCED for the generating stations connected to Intra-State transmission system, which are willing to participate under SCED
3. The SLDC shall prepare a detailed procedure for implementation of SCED for the State and submit the same to the Commission for approval.
10.11. Margins for primary response:
1. For ensuring primary response, SLDC shall not schedule the generating station or unit(s) thereof beyond ex-bus generation corresponding to 100% of the Installed capacity of the generating station or unit(s) thereof. The generating station shall not resort to Valve Wide Open (VWO) operation of units, whether running on full load or part load, and shall ensure that there is margin available for providing governor action as primary response.
2. In case of gas or liquid fuel-based units, suitable adjustment in Installed Capacity shall be made by SLDC, as the case may be, for scheduling in due consideration of the prevailing ambient conditions of temperature and pressure vis-à-vis site ambient conditions on which installed capacity of the generating station or unit(s) thereof have been specified:
Provided that the hydro generating stations shall be permitted to schedule ex-bus generation corresponding to 110% of the installed capacity or any other overload capability during high inflow periods to avoid spillage.
10.12. Procedure for Scheduling and Despatch for Intra-State Transactions:
1. This section deals with the procedure for scheduling and despatch for Long-Term, Medium-Term and Short- Term Open Access (to be read with provisions of GERC Open Access Regulations, 2011 as amended from time to time).
2. The scheduling procedure for Medium-Term Open Access transactions shall be similar to the scheduling procedure for Long-Term Access transactions and as given below, except where it is specifically mentioned for collective transactions and inter-State bilateral transactions.
3. All Intra-State generating stations (SGS) shall be duly listed on the SLDC websites. The station capacities and allocated/contracted shares of different beneficiaries shall also be listed out.
4. The following scheduling related activities shall be carried out daily for State/Regional Entities, on day ahead basis, 'D-1' day, for supply of power on 'D' day, as follows:
(a) Declaration of Declared Capacity by Generating Stations:
I. The generating station based on coal and lignite shall submit the following information for 0000 hours to 2400 hours of the 'D' day, by 6:00 AM on 'D-1' day:
533-98 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C(i) Time blocks wise Unit wise status
(ii) Time block-wise On-bar Ex-bus Declared Capacity (MW) for on-bar units (iii) Time block-wise Off-bar Ex-bus Declared Capacity (MW) for off-bar units (iv) Time block-wise Ramp up rate (MW/min) for on-bar capacity
(v) Time block-wise Ramp down rate (MW/min) for on-bar capacity
(vi) MWh capability for the day
(vii) Minimum turndown level (MW) and in percentage (%) of ex-bus capacity on-bar.
II. The generating station based on hydro energy shall submit the following information for 0000 hours to 2400 hours of the "D" day, by 6 AM on "D-1" day:
(i) Time block-wise ex-bus declared capacity.
(ii) MWh capability for the day.
(iii) Ex-bus peaking capability in MW and MWh.
(iv) Time block-wise Ramp up rate (MW/min) for on-bar capacity.
(v) Time block-wise Ramp down rate (MW/min) for on-bar capacity.
(vi) Unit-wise forbidden zones in MW and percentage (%) of ex-bus installed capacity.
(vii) Minimum MW and duration corresponding to requirement of water release for irrigation, drinking water and other considerations.
(viii) Unit wise maximum MW along with probable combination of unit maximum in case adequate water is not available.
III. The generating station based on gas or combined cycle generating station shall submit the following for 0000 hours to 2400 hours of the "D" day, by 6 A.M. on "D-1" day
(i) Time block-wise On-bar Declared Capacity (DC) for the station in MW separately for each fuel such as domestic gas, RLNG or liquid fuel and On-bar units.
(ii) Time blocks wise Off-bar Declared Capacity (MW) and off-bar units.
(iii) MWh capability (fuel-wise) for the next day.
(iv) Time blocks wise Ramp up rate (MW/min) for on-bar capacity.
(v) Time blocks wise Ramp down rate (MW/min) for on-bar capacity.
(vi) Minimum turndown level (MW) and in percentage (%) of ex-bus capacity on-bar.
IV. The State connected entity renewable energy generating station with or without ESS, individually or represented by a lead generator or QCA, covered under GERC (Forecasting, Scheduling, Deviation Settlement and Related Matters of Solar and Wind Generation Sources) Regulations, 2019 as amended from time to time, shall submit aggregate available capacity of the pooled generation and aggregate schedule along with contract category-wise breakup for each time block for 0000 hours to 2400 hours of the "D" day, by 6:00 AM on "D-1" day. The source wise breakup of aggregate available capacity of the pooled generation shall also be furnished as provided under GERC (Forecasting, Scheduling, Deviation Settlement and Related Matters of Solar and Wind Generation Sources) Regulations, 2019 and amendments from time to time.
V. ESS including pumped storage plant, individually or represented by the lead ESS or QCA on their behalf, shall submit aggregate available capacity of the pooled generation and aggregate schedule along with contract category-wise breakup for each time-block for 0000 hours to 2400 hours of the 'D' day, by 6:00 AM on 'D-1' day. The source-wise breakup of aggregate available capacity of the pooled generation shall also be furnished.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-99VI. The availability declaration by State entity generating station shall have a resolution of two decimal (0.01) MW and three decimal (0.001) MWh.
(b) Entitlement of each beneficiary or buyer:
(i) For generating station, where State own generators, IPPs, UMPPs having agreement with concerned DISCOMs for allocation of power from such generating stations, each DISCOM shall be entitled to a MW despatch up to its Share in the station's declared capacity (including On-bar Declared Capacity and Off-bar Declared Capacity) for the day. Accordingly, based on declared capacity of such generating station, SLDC shall declare entitled share of each beneficiary or buyer for 0000 hours to 2400 hours of the 'D' day, by 7:00 AM on 'D-1' day.
(ii) The generating station other than those having allocation of power under PPA with DISCOMs shall indicate the declared capacity along with respective share of the beneficiary (ies) or user embedded to DISCOMs, in accordance with the contracts / arrangements entered with them. Based on the declared capacity of such generating station and share of the beneficiaries or buyers as indicated by such generating station, SLDC shall declare share of each beneficiary or buyer for 0000 hours to 2400 hours of the 'D' day, by 7:15 AM on 'D-1' day.
(iii) DISCOMs/ Beneficiaries/ user have to submit their Demand/Requisition to SLDC by 7:30 AM on 'D-1' day.
(c) The mutually agreed requisition for scheduling of Intra-State entities for Inter-State transaction shall be as submitted by the Regional Entity buyers or Regional Entity sellers in accordance with the contracts entered between them by 7:30 AM on 'D-1' day at RLDC.
(d) SLDC shall take into account the quantum of secondary and tertiary reserves in the State control area for the 'D' day by 8 AM of 'D-1' day, if any.
(e) The information regarding the foreseen availabilities of the generation from all types of generators and source and demand of the Intra-State entities which are drawee GNA grantees shall be furnished time block- wise requisition for drawl to SLDC in accordance with the contracts, by 7:30 AM of 'D-1' day for further submission to WRLDC.
(f) The SLDC on behalf of the Intra-State entities, which are drawee GNA grantees, as well as other drawee GNA grantees while furnishing time block-wise requisition under these Regulations shall subject to technical constraints, duly factor in merit order of the generating stations with which it has entered into contract(s):
Provided that the renewable energy generating stations shall not be subjected to merit order despatch, and subject to technical constraints shall be requisitioned first followed by requisition from other generating stations in merit order.
(g) Allocation of corridors by RLDC for GNA grantees:
(i) SLDC shall check if drawl schedules as requisitioned by drawee GNA grantees can be allowed based on available transmission capability:
Provided that in case of constraint in transmission system, the available transmission corridor shall be allocated to the drawee GNA grantees in proportion to their GNA within the region or from outside region, depending upon the transmission constraint, whether it is within the region or from outside the region, as the case may be. The same shall be intimated to drawee GNA grantees by 8.15 AM on 'D-1' day.
(ii) SLDC/ Drawee GNA grantees shall revise their requisition for drawl schedule based on availability of transmission corridors for such grantee by 8:30 AM on 'D-1' day, as applicable.
(iii) RLDC shall issue final drawl schedules for the State with incorporating drawl and injecting GNA grantees of the State by 9:00 AM on 'D-1' day.
533-100 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C(h) Requisition of schedule by T-GNA grantees at RLDC level:
(i) Based on the entitlement or otherwise, SLDC on behalf of Intra-State entities which are T-GNA grantees, shall furnish time block-wise requisition for drawl, to the RLDC in accordance with contracts by 9:00 AM of 'D-1' day.
(ii) Other drawee T-GNA grantees, who are Regional Entities, shall furnish time block-wise requisition for drawl to RLDC in accordance with contracts by 9:00 AM of 'D-1' day.
(iii) Allocation of corridors by RLDC for T-GNA grantees: RLDC shall check if drawl schedules as requisitioned by T-GNA grantees can be granted based on Available Transmission Capability after allocating corridors to the GNA grantees:
Provided that in case of constraint in transmission system, the available transmission corridor shall be allocated to the T-GNA grantees in proportion to their T-GNA by RLDC.
(iv) RLDC/SLDC shall issue final drawl schedules for T-GNA grantees by 9.45 AM of 'D-1' day.
(i) RLDC shall release the balance corridors after finalization of schedules for GNA and T-GNA grantees for day ahead collective transactions.
(j) The generating station whose tariff is determined under Section 62 of the Act, may sell its un-requisitioned surplus as available at 09:45 AM in the day ahead market. The sharing of net savings shall be as per provisions of Tariff Regulations and until a provision is made in the Tariff Regulations, in accordance with the agreement between buyer and seller.
(k) Scheduling of collective transactions:
The scheduling of collective transactions by State entities shall be in accordance with IEGC as amended from time to time, providing as under:
(i) Power Exchange(s) shall open bidding window for day ahead collective transactions and TRAS from 10.00 AM to 11:00 AM of 'D-1' day.
(ii) The power exchange shall submit the day-ahead provisional trade schedules along with net power interchange of each bid area and region to NLDC by 11:.45 AM of 'D-1' day.
(iii) NLDC shall validate the same from system security angle and inform the power exchange with revisions required, if any, due to transmission congestion or any other system constraint by 12:15 hrs of 'D-1' day.
(iv) The power exchange shall submit the final trade schedules to NLDC for regional entities and to SLDC for Intra-State entities by 13:00 hrs of 'D-1' day.
(l) RLDC shall release balance corridors after finalization of schedules under day ahead collective transactions by 13:00 hrs of 'D-1' day.
(m) RLDC shall process exigency applications received till 13:00 hrs of 'D-1' day for the 'D' day by 14;00 hrs of 'D-1' day.
(n) RLDC shall update the availability of balance transmission corridors, if any, after finalization of schedules for exigency applications by 14:00 hrs of "D-1" day on its website. The balance transmission corridor may be utilized by GNA grantees by way of revision of schedule, under any contract within its GNA or for exigency applications or in real time market on first cum first serve basis.
(o) In consideration with aforesaid provisions, the GNA Schedule and T GNA schedule of RLDC, collective transaction of Intra-State entities data received from power exchanges, SLDC shall issue final drawl schedule and injection schedule of the State entities on 13:30 Hrs. of D-1 day, incorporating as under:
(i) The ex-power plant despatch schedule to each of the generating stations, in MW for different time blocks, for the next day. The summation of the ex-power plant drawl schedules advised by all beneficiaries shall constitute the ex-power plant station-wise despatch schedule
(ii) The net drawl schedule to each Intra-State entity, in MW, for a different time block, for the next day.
The summation of the station-wise ex-power plant drawl schedule for all generating station andPART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-101 ISGS/SGS and drawl schedules consequent to bilateral inter-changes, after deducting the transmission losses (estimated) shall constitute the entity-wise drawl schedule.
(iii) While finalizing the above daily despatch schedule for the generating station, SLDC shall ensure that the same is operationally reasonable, particularly in terms of ramping rates and the ratio between minimum and maximum generation levels.
(p) ALDCs/Distribution Licensees shall inform any modifications/changes to be made in drawl schedule, if any, to SLDC by 13:45 hrs, or preferably earlier.
(q) Based on the submission of ALDCs/Distribution Licensees, SLDC shall review and submit the change in requisition, if any at 14:00 hrs from the inter-State generating station for Gujarat drawl.
(r) Since the variation of generation in run of river power stations shall lead to spillage, these shall be treated as must run stations. All renewable generators shall be treated as must run power generators and shall not be subjected to merit order despatch as conventional generators.
(s) While finalizing the drawl and despatch schedules as above, SLDC shall also check that the resulting power flow does not cause any transmission constraints. In case any transmission constraints are foreseen in the system, the SLDC shall moderate the schedule to the required extent, with intimation to concerned State entities.
(t) If SLDC observes that the ramp rate of pick up or pick down is not as per the prescribed ramp rate for picking up and picking down to generator, then the SLDC can instruct generator to take corrective actions accordingly.
(u) All State generators shall ramp up/down their generation corresponding to designed ramp rate or CEA prescribed ramp rate, whichever is higher, as per the injection schedule given by SLDC/RLDC, to avoid the DSM at boundary level of State.
(v) Procedure for scheduling of transaction in Real-time market (RTM):
The procedure for scheduling of transactions in Real-time market by State entities shall be in accordance with IEGC as amended from time to time, providing as under:
(i) All the entities participating in the real-time market including TRAS may place their bids and offers on the Power Exchange(s) for purchase and sale of power.
(ii) The window for trade in real-time market for day (D) shall open from 22:45 hours to 23:00 hours of (D-1) for the delivery of power for the first two time-blocks of 1st hour of day (D) i.e., 00:00 hours to 00:30 hours, and will be repeated every half an hour thereafter.
(iii) NLDC shall indicate to the Power Exchange(s) the available margin on each of the transmission corridors before the gate closure.
(iv) The power exchanges shall clear the real-time bids from 23:00 hours till 23:15 hours of 'D-1' day based on the available transmission corridor and the buy and sell bids for the real time market (RTM) for the specified duration and intimate the cleared bids to NLDC by 23:15 hours, for scheduling.
(v) NLDC shall finalize schedules under RTM, SCED and Ancillary Services by 23:30 hours of 'D- 1' day and RLDC shall publish the final schedules for dispatch by 23:35 hours of 'D-1'day. SLDC shall take into account the schedule released by the concerned RLDC for their Intra-State entities and finalize the Intra-State schedule by 23:50 hours of D-1 day for the D Day.
5. All requisitions and schedules shall be rounded off to the nearest two decimals for each of the transaction and shall have a resolution of 0.01 MW.
6. While making or revising its declaration of capability, except in case of run-off river (with up to three-hour pondage) hydro stations, the SGS shall ensure that the declared capability during peak hours should not be less than that during other hours. However, exception to this rule shall be allowed in case of tripping/re- synchronization of units as a result of forced outage of units. It shall be incumbent upon the generating station to declare the plant capabilities faithfully, i.e., according to their best assessment. In case, it is suspected that533-102 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C they have deliberately over/under declared the plant capability contemplating to deviate from the schedules given on the basis of their capability declarations (and thus make money either as undue capacity charge or as the charge for deviations from schedule), the SLDC may ask the generating station to explain the situation with necessary back-up data.
7. The quantum of penalty for the first mis-declaration for any duration/block in a day shall be the charges corresponding to two days' fixed charges. For the second mis-declaration, the penalty shall be equivalent to fixed charges for four days and for subsequent mis-declarations, the penalty shall be multiplied in geometrical progression over a period of a month.
8. In case of forced outage of unit, the SLDC shall revise the schedule on the basis of revised declared capacity.
The revised declared capacity and the revised schedule shall become effective from the 7th / 8th time block, as the case may be, counting the time block in which intimation of the revision is received from the generating station to be the first one.
9. In the event of a bottleneck in evacuation of power due to any constraint, outage, failure or limitation in the transmission system, associated switchyard and substations owned by the STU or any other transmission licensee involved in Intra-State transmission (as certified by the SLDC) necessitating reduction in generation, the SLDC shall revise the schedules, which shall become effective from the 7th / 8th time block, counting the time block in which the bottleneck in evacuation of power has taken place to be the first one. Also, during the 1st, 2nd and 3rd', 4th, 5th, and 6th time blocks of such an event, the scheduled generation of the generating station shall be deemed to have been revised to be equal to actual generation, and the scheduled drawls of the beneficiaries shall be deemed to have been revised accordingly.
10. In case of any grid disturbance, scheduled generation of all the generating stations and scheduled drawl of all the beneficiaries of Intra-State transactions shall be deemed to have been revised to be equal to their actual generation/drawl for all the time blocks affected by the grid disturbance. Certification of grid disturbance and its duration shall be done by the SLDC based on the certification done by WRPC for the same incident:
Provided that such relief shall be extended to Intra-State Generator only if Gujarat State is excluded for the DSM mechanism by WRPC/RLDC for the certified incident.
11. In case of any grid disturbance of GD-5 category as defined in CEA Grid Standards impacting inter-State bilateral or collective transactions of Intra-State entities, it shall be governed by the IEGC-2023 as amended from time to time.
12. Revision of declared capability by the generating station having two-part tariff with capacity charge and energy charge (except hydro stations) and requisition by beneficiary(ies) for the remaining period of the day shall also be permitted with advance notice, but only in case of a contingency. Revised schedules/ declared capability in such cases shall become effective from the 7th / 8th time block, or as amended from time to time in the Indian Electricity Grid Code, counting the time block in which the request for revision has been received by the SLDC to be the first one.
13. In case of forced outage of a unit having a short-term bilateral transaction (within Intra-State), the generator shall immediately intimate the same along with the requisition for revision of schedule and estimated time of restoration of the unit, to SLDC as the case may be. The consent of the buyer shall not be a pre-requisite for such revision of schedule. The schedule of the generator and the buyer shall be revised, accordingly. The revised schedules shall become effective from the 7th / 8th time block, counting the time block in which the forced outage is declared and intimated to SLDC for request of revision to be the first one. The SLDC shall inform the revised schedule to the seller and buyer. However, the transmission and operating charges shall continue to be paid as per original approval.
14. At any point of time, the SLDC observes that there is need for revision of the schedules in the interest of better system operation due to huge variation of load, or huge variation in generation of RE generators, it may do so on its own, and in such cases, the revised schedules shall become effective from the 2nd time block, counting the time block in which the revised schedule is issued by the SLDC to be the first one:
Provided that this clause shall cease to be effective once the Commission notifies the applicable Ancillary Service Framework for the State of Gujarat.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-10315. To discourage frivolous revisions, SLDC may, at its sole discretion, refuse to accept schedule/capability changes of less than two (2) percent of previous schedule/capability. The schedule of thermal generating stations indicating fuel shortage (including revision in gas supply) while intimating the declared capacity to the SLDC shall not be revised except in case of forced outage of generating unit.
16. Curtailment of scheduled transactions for grid security:
When for the reason of transmission constraints or in the interest of grid security, it becomes inevitable to curtail power flow on a transmission corridor, the transactions already scheduled may be curtailed with immediate effect by the SLDC/RLDC (keeping in view the transaction which is likely to relieve the threat to grid security) for required time period, as follows:
(i) Transactions under STOA/T-GNA shall be curtailed first followed by transactions under LTA/MTOA/ GNA:
Provided that the priority of curtailment for LTA/MTOA/GNA shall be as specified in the applicable Open Access/GNA Regulations notified by the Commission from time to time.
(ii) Transactions under STOA/T-GNA shall be curtailed in the following order:
a. Within transactions under STOA/T-GNA, bilateral transactions shall be curtailed first followed by collective transactions under day ahead market followed by collective transactions under real time market.
b. Within bilateral transactions under STOA/ T-GNA, curtailment shall be done first from generation sources other than Wind, Solar, Wind-Solar hybrid and run of the river Hydro plants with up to three hours pondage (in case of excess water leading to spillage), pro rata based on their STOA/T-GNA quantum.
c. The generation from Wind, Solar, Wind-Solar Hybrid and run of the river Hydro plants with up to three hours pondage (in case of excess water leading to spillage) shall be curtailed pro rata based on STOA/T-GNA, after curtailment of generation from other sources, within STOA/T-GNA.
d. Collective transactions under day ahead market shall be curtailed after curtailment of bilateral transactions under STOA/T-GNA.
e. Collective transactions under real time market shall be curtailed after curtailment of collective transactions under day ahead market.
17. Transactions under LTOA and MTOA shall be curtailed in the following order:
(i) Within transactions under LTOA and MTOA, curtailment shall be done first from generation sources other than Wind, Solar, Wind-Solar Hybrid and run of the river hydro plants with up to three hours pondage (in case of excess water leading to spillage), on pro-rata basis based on their LTOA and MTOA quantum.
(ii) The generation from Wind, Solar, Wind-Solar Hybrid and run of the river Hydro plants with up to three hours pondage (in case of excess water leading to spillage) shall be curtailed pro rata based on their LTOA and MTOA quantum, after curtailment of generation from other sources, within LTOA and MTOA.
18. After the operating day is over at 24:00 hours, the schedule finally implemented during the day (taking into account all before-the-fact changes in despatch schedule of conventional generating stations and drawl schedule of the Discoms) shall be issued by SLDC. These schedules shall be the datum for commercial accounting.
19. The procedure for final schedules issued by SLDC shall be open to all Intra-State entities and other Inter-State open access customer's entities for any checking/verification, for a period of five days. In case any mistake/omission is detected, the SLDC shall forthwith make a complete check and rectify the same.
20. If RLDC curtails a transaction at regional periphery, SLDC shall further incorporate the inter-se curtailment of Intra-State entities to implement the curtailment.
21. SLDC shall be responsible for certification of schedules for LTOA, MTOA, STOA Intra-State transactions and Inter-State transactions of Intra-State entities, and actual energy certification of RE Generators on monthly basis as a part of State Energy Account (SEA).
533-104 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C22. Availability declaration of generating station, entitlements, requisitions and schedules shall have resolution up to two decimal/ rounded off to the nearest two decimals at each control area boundary for each of the transactions, to have a resolution of 0.01 in MW and 0.001 in MWh.
23. Implementation of Regulation of Access/Contracts:
SLDC shall implement the regulation of Access/Contracts in accordance with the Late Payment Surcharge (LPS) Rules, 2022, issued by the Central Government, along with any subsequent amendments.
SLDC shall also implement the LPS Procedure and its amendments as approved by NLDC.
Further, any directions or advisories issued by NLDC/RLDC regarding the regulation of Access/Contracts for Intra-State entities (buyers/sellers) shall be duly implemented by SLDC.
10.13. Revision of schedules on request of buyers which are GNA grantees:
1. SLDC on behalf of Intra-State entities, Regional Entity as drawee entities, beneficiaries, regional entity buyers or cross-border buying entities may revise their schedules under GNA as per sub-clauses (1) and (2) of this Regulation in accordance with their respective contracts:
Provided that scheduled transactions under T-GNA once scheduled cannot be revised other than in case of forced outage as per Regulation 10.13 (3) of these Regulations.
2. Based on the request for revision in schedule made as per sub-clauses (1) of this Regulation, any revision in schedule made in odd time blocks shall become effective from 7th time block and any revision in schedule made in even time blocks shall become effective from 8th time block, counting the time block in which the request for revision has been received by the SLDCs (or RLDC, when RLDC approval is required) to be the first one.
3. Revision of Declared Capacity and schedule shall be allowed on account of forced outage of a unit of a generating station or ESS (as an injecting entity) only in case of bilateral transactions and not in case of collective transaction.
4. The generating station (other than lignite, gas based thermal generating station, and hydro generating station) or ESS (as Standalone entity) shall be allowed a maximum of 4 (four) revisions of Declared Capacity and schedule in a day subject to a maximum of 60 (sixty) revisions during a month, due to reasons such as a partial outage of the unit or variation of fuel quality or any other technical reason to be recorded in writing:
Provided that SLDC may allow upward revision of DC beyond the above limit keeping in view grid requirements.
5. The generating station based on lignite, gas, or hydro generating station shall be allowed 6(six) revisions of Declared Capacity and schedule in a day subject to a maximum of 120 (One hundred twenty) revisions during a month, due to reasons such as a partial outage of the unit or water availability for hydro generating stations or fuel quality or variations in the supply of gas for gas generating stations or any other technical reason to be recorded in writing:
Provided that SLDC may allow upward revision of DC beyond the above limit keeping in view grid requirements."
6. Such generating station or ESS (as injecting entity) or the electricity trader or any other agency selling power from the unit of the generating station or ESS shall immediately intimate the outage of the unit along with the requisition for revision of Declared Capacity and schedule and the estimated time of restoration of the unit, to SLDC or RLDC, as the case may be. The schedule of beneficiaries, sellers and buyers of power from this generating unit shall be revised on pro-rata basis for all bilateral transactions. The revised Declared Capacity and schedules shall become effective from the time block and in the manner as specified in Regulation 10.13 of these Regulations:
Provided that the generating station or ESS (as injecting entity) or trading licensee or any other agency selling power from a generating station or unit(s) thereof or ESS may revise its estimated restoration time once in a day and the revised schedule shall become effective from the 7th time block or 8th time block as per Regulation 10.15 of these Regulations, counting the time block in which the revision is informed by the generator or ESS to be the first one:
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-105Provided further that the SLDC or the RLDC as the case may be, shall inform the revised schedule to the seller and the buyer. The original schedule shall become effective from the estimated time of restoration of the unit.
10.14. Event of Forced Outage
In the event of forced outage of a generating station or unit thereof, the generating company owning the generating station or unit thereof shall fulfil its supply obligation to the beneficiaries, which made requisition from such generating station or unit thereof:
(i) by entering into contract(s) covered under Power Market Regulations as amended from time to time or
(ii) by arranging supply from any other generating station or unit thereof owned by such generating company subject to honouring of rights of the original beneficiaries of the said generating station or unit thereof from which the supply is arranged or
(iii) through SCED, as applicable.
10.15. Energy Metering and Accounting:
(i) The STU shall be responsible for providing Interface Energy Meters (IEMs) as per CEA Metering Regulations, 2006, as amended from time to time at all the InSTS interface points, points of connections between the Intra-State entities with grid and other identified points for recording of actual active and reactive energy interchanged in each time-block through those points, and its operation and periodic calibration shall be done by the respective entity. STU shall coordinate for replacement of faulty meters, if any.
(ii) The installation, operation, calibration and maintenance of Interface Energy Meters (IEMs) with automatic remote meter reading (AMR) facility shall be in accordance with the CEA Metering Regulations, 2006 as amended from time to time.
(iii) The time synchronization of metering system shall be through Global Positioning System with counter check from the State Energy Accounting Centre at SLDC.
(iv) The installation, operation, and maintenance of additional communication links, if any, required for the purpose of AMR facility shall be in accordance with CEA Communications Regulations as amended from time to time.
(v) Access to such metering data to the SLDC shall be in accordance with the CEA Metering Regulations 2006 as amended from time to time.
(vi) Entities in whose premises and/or ownership the IEMs are installed shall be responsible for (i) monitoring the healthiness of the CT and PT inputs to the meters, (ii) taking weekly meter readings for the seven (7) day period ending on the preceding Sunday 24:00 hrs and transmitting them to the SLDC by Tuesday noon, in case such readings have not been transmitted through automatic remote meter reading (AMR) facility, (iii) monitoring and ensuring that the time drift of IEM is within the limits as specified in CEA Metering Regulations 2006 as amended from time to time, (iv) promptly intimating the changes in CT and PT ratio and failure of CT and PT to SLDC, and (v) prior intimation regarding periodic testing of IEMs to SLDC:
Provided that in case of any dispute / ambiguity for communication of IEM data, SLDC decision will be final in regard to which entity is responsible to send data to SLDC.
(vii) SLDC shall, based on the IEM readings, compute time block wise actual net injection and drawl of Intra- State entities:
Provided that the computations done by SLDC shall be open to all Intra-State entities/QCA for a period of fifteen (15) days for checking and verification.
(viii) In case any error or omission is detected by self-analysis or brought to notice by an entity, SLDC, as the case may be, shall make a complete check and rectify the error and revise the energy accounts accordingly.
(ix) STU shall register all the interface points and interface meters in the MDAS software and share the meter data with SLDC registry for DSM computation. No change in the interface metering infrastructure shall be carried out by STU without prior approval of the SLDC and in case of any change, the same shall be suitably modified in the records of the registry in the MDAS software.
533-106 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C10.16. Reactive Power and Voltage Control:
1. Reactive power compensation should ideally be provided locally, by generating reactive power as close to the reactive power consumption as possible. The State entities are therefore expected to provide local Var compensation or generation such that they do not draw VARs from the State grid, particularly under low-voltage condition. To discourage VAr drawls by State entities, VAr exchanges with InSTS shall be priced as follows:
(i) The State entity pays for VAr drawl when voltage is below 97%
(ii) The State entity gets paid for VAr return when voltage is below 97%.
(iii) The State entity gets paid for VAr drawl when voltage is above103%.
(iv) The State entity pays for VAr return when voltage is above 103%.
Where all voltage measurements are at the interface point with InSTS.
2. The charge for VArs shall be at a rate prescribed under IEGC/Order/Regulations of the Commission as applicable and amended from time to time.
3. All the Inverter Based Resources (IBRs) covering Wind, Solar and Energy Storage shall ensure that they have the necessary capability, as per CEA Connectivity Standards, all the time including non-operating hours and night hours for solar.
4. For IBRs capacity not coming directly to the point of interconnection but through the pooling station, the Power Park Developer/ Project developer / Lead generator / QCA, as the case may be, shall act as aggregator for the Reactive Energy Charges for payments to and from the Pool Account at SLDC level. The de-pooling of Reactive Energy charges amongst the individual projects shall be the done by the concerned entity.
5. Notwithstanding the above, SLDC may direct a beneficiary to curtail its VAr drawl/injection in case the security of grid or safety of any equipment is endangered.
6. ln general, the beneficiaries shall endeavour to minimize the VAr drawl at an interchange point when the voltage at that point is below 95% of the rated voltage and shall not return VAr when the voltage is above 105%.
Transformer taps at the respective drawl points may be changed to control the VAr interchange as per the beneficiary's request to SLDC, but only at reasonable intervals. A beneficiary may also request the SLDC for increase/decrease of VAr generation at a generating station for addressing a voltage problem.
7. Switching in/out of any reactive compensation elements throughout the State grid shall be carried out as per instructions of SLDC. Tap changing on all transformers in Intra-State transmission system shall be done as per system requirement.
8. The generating station shall change generator-transformer taps and generate/absorb Reactive Power as per instructions of SLDC, within capability limits of the respective generating units; that is without sacrificing the active generation required at that time. SLDC will prepare and publish Intra-State Reactive energy account in line with the CERC with State specific issue if any with approval of the Commission.
10.17. Inspection of Records:
The operational logs and records of the Generating Stations and licensees shall be available for inspection and review by the SLDC.
10.18. Complementary Commercial Mechanisms:
1. The beneficiaries shall pay to the respective generating stations, capacity charges corresponding to plant availability and energy charges for the scheduled despatch, as per the relevant Regulations and Orders of the Commission. The bills for these charges shall be issued by the respective generating station to each beneficiary on a monthly basis.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-1072. The sum of the above two charges from all beneficiaries shall fully reimburse the generating station for generation according to the given despatch schedule. The deviation from the despatch schedule by generators shall be governed as per the order of the Commission approving the deviation settlement mechanism from time to time.
3. The summation of station-wise ex-power plant despatch schedules from each generating station and any bilaterally agreed interchanges of each beneficiary shall be adjusted for transmission losses, and the net drawl schedule so calculated shall be compared with the actual net drawl of the beneficiary. The deviation from net drawl schedule shall be governed as per the order of the Commission approving the deviation settlement mechanism from time to time.
4. Monthly energy accounts and weekly statement of deviation charges shall be prepared by the SLDC. The weekly statement of deviation charges shall be issued to all constituents by Thursday for the seven-day period ending on the penultimate Sunday at midnight. Payment of deviation charges shall have a high priority, and the concerned constituents shall pay the indicated amounts within ten (10) days of the issue of the statement into a State deviation pool account operated by the SLDC. The agencies that have to receive the money on account of deviation charges would then be paid out from the State deviation pool account, within two (2) working days after receipt of the amount on proportionate basis.
5. The SLDC shall also issue the weekly statement for VAr charges, to all constituents who have a net drawl / injection of Reactive Energy under low/high voltage conditions. These payments shall also have a high priority, and the concerned constituents shall pay the indicated amounts into the State reactive account operated by the SLDC within 7 (seven) days of statement issue. The constituents who have to receive the money because of VAr charges would then be paid out from the State reactive account, within three (3) working days after receiving the amount on proportion basis.
6. If payments against the above deviation /VAr charges are delayed by more than two days, i.e., beyond twelve (12) days from issue of statement by SLDC, the defaulting constituent shall have to pay simple interest @ 0.04% for each day of delay. The interest so collected shall be paid to the constituents who had to receive the amount, payment of which got delayed. Persistent payment defaults, if any, shall be reported by the SLDC to the Commission, for initiating remedial action.
7. The money remaining in the State reactive account after pay-out of all VAr charges up to 31st March of every year shall be utilized for training of the SLDC operators, and other similar purposes, which would help in improving/streamlining the operation of the State grid with prior approval of the Commission.
8. In case the voltage profile of the State grid improves to an extent that the total pay-out from the State VAr charges account for a week exceeds the total amount being paid-in for that week, the pay-outs shall be proportionately reduced according to the total amount being paid-in. For Regional reactive charges payable by the State, payment shall be done from Reactive reserve amount and if the State reactive account has no balance or if it is inadequate to meet the gap, shortfall amount shall be apportioned to State entities on the basis of active energy drawl/injection of same week.
9. The SLDC shall prepare the complete statement of the State deviation account and the state Reactive Energy account, on a quarterly basis and circulate the same to all the pool members for verification.
10. All 15-minute energy figures (net scheduled, actually metered and DSM) shall be rounded off to the nearest 0.001 MWh (up to three decimals).
11. Complementary Commercial Mechanism for RE generators (wind, Solar, Hybrid) shall be according to the GERC (Forecasting, Scheduling, Deviation Settlement and Related Matters of Solar and Wind Generation Sources) Regulations, 2019, and as amended from time to time.
533-108 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C11. Safety
11.1. Control Persons and their Responsibility
1. STU/ Transmission Licensee and all the Users shall nominate suitably authorized persons to be responsible for the co-ordination of safety across their boundary. These persons shall be referred to as Control Persons.
2. STU/ Transmission Licensee shall issue a list of Control Persons with their names, designations, addresses and telephone numbers, to all the Users having direct control boundary with it. This list shall be updated promptly whenever there is any change of name, designation or telephone number of any Control Person named in the list.
3. All Users having a direct control boundary with STU/ Transmission Licensee shall issue a similar list of their Control Persons to STU/ Transmission Licensee. This list shall be updated promptly whenever there is any change of name, designation or telephone number of any Control Person named in the list.
4. Whenever any work across a cross boundary is to be carried out by the user or STU/ Transmission Licensee, the Control Person of the user or STU/ Transmission Licensee as the case may be, who has to carry out the work, shall directly contact his counterpart. Code words shall be agreed to, at the time of work, to ensure correct identification of both the parties. Contact between Control Persons shall normally be made by direct telephone.
5. If the work extends beyond one shift, the Control Person shall hand over charge to the relief Control Person and fully brief him on the nature of work and the code words in the operation.
6. The Control Persons shall cooperate to establish and maintain the precautions necessary to be taken for carrying out the required work in a safe manner. Both, the established isolation and the established earth, shall be kept in the locked positions wherever such facilities exist, and these shall be clearly identified and entered into the log sheet.
7. The Control Person in charge of the work shall satisfy himself that all the safety precautions to be taken are established before commencing the work. He should issue the safety documentation to the working party to allow the work to commence.
8. After completion of the work, the Control Person in charge of the work being carried out, should satisfy himself that the safety precautions taken are no longer required, and shall make a direct contact with his counterpart Control Person and request removal of the safety precautions.
The equipment shall be declared as suitable for return to service only after confirmation of removal of all the safety precautions, by direct communication, using the code word contact between the two Control Persons, and the return of agreed safety documentation from the working party.
9. STU / Transmission licensees shall develop an agreed written procedure for Cross Boundary Safety and continuously update the same.
10. Any dispute concerning Cross Boundary Safety shall be resolved at the level of STU, if STU is not a party.
In case where STU is a party, the dispute shall be referred to the Commission for resolution.
11.2. Special Considerations
1. All Users shall comply with the agreed safety rules drawn up in accordance with Central Electricity Authority (Measures Relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2023 as amended from time to time.
2. All the equipment on Cross Boundary Circuits, which may be used for the purpose of safety coordination and establishment of isolation and earthing, shall be permanently and clearly marked with an identification number or name being unique to the particular substation. The equipment shall be regularly inspected and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
3. Each Control Person shall maintain a legibly written safety log, in chronological order, of all operations and messages relating to the safety coordination sent and received by him. All these safety logs shall be retained for a period of not less than ten years.
4. Each of the Distribution Licensees connected to the Transmission System shall maintain an updated map of his system pertaining to the area fed by each substation and exhibit the same in the concerned area offices of the Distribution Licensee.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-10911.3. Safety and Line Clear Permits
Introduction
This section sets out the procedure for the record of the Line Clear Permit and sets guidelines for ensuring safety from electrical hazards to consumers, general public and working personnel.
Objective
The main objective of this section is to ensure safety to the working personnel of STU/ Transmission Licensee and Users and maintenance of proper records for the issue of Line Clear Permits for allowing working personnel to carry out the works.
11.3.1. Safety Standards
1. The Safety Standard issued separately formulates the precautions to be taken for ensuring safety of the general public, consumers of electricity and the workmen. This forms an integral part of the Grid Code and STU/ Transmission Licensee, and all the Users shall comply with this standard.
2. STU/Transmission Licensee shall prepare its own safety manual for the Transmission Lines, substations based on this standard. For the guidance of the shift operators, Operation and Maintenance Manuals for each substation shall be prepared by the Licensee. These manuals shall contain all the maintenance and operation schedules, based on the recommendations of the manufacturers of the various equipment installed in the substation. These manuals shall be periodically reviewed based on the experience gained and replacement of equipment. A maintenance register for the equipment including the station batteries shall be maintained at the respective substations. These shall be updated as and when the maintenance work is carried out and shall be periodically reviewed by the appropriate higher authority in whose control the substation falls. Similar registers shall be maintained for the Transmission Lines.
3. The Operation Manual shall clearly contain the details of isolation and earthing to be provided for allowing work on the equipment. The Single Line Diagram of the substation indicating the positions of various isolating devices shall be prominently displayed in the station. Charts showing the clearances from live parts (section clearance) for working on the isolated equipment where workmen are allowed to work shall be displayed prominently at each substation.
4. The danger boards as stipulated in the Central Electricity Authority (Measures Relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2023 as amended from time to time and in relevant Indian Standards shall be displayed at the places approachable by the general public.
5. Regular maintenance shall be carried out on all the Transmission Lines in accordance with IS:5613 and records of all these shall be maintained. Wherever possible, hot line checking and replacement of failed insulators shall be made before and after the monsoon.
6. All the equipment in the receiving stations and substations shall be maintained in good condition as per the manufacturers' manuals and relevant Indian and/or international standards wherever available. The relays and circuit breakers shall be checked for their proper operations whenever these are taken out for maintenance purposes. The station batteries shall be maintained in good working condition by carrying out routine checks and maintenance works. The DC system provided in all these stations shall be properly maintained with no appreciable leakage current. An online monitoring system for monitoring of leakage and detection of ground faults shall be provided.
11.3.2. Line Clear Permit (LCP)
The format under Annexure 5, 6 and 7 shall be used. The form under Annexure-5 and designated as requisition for Line Clear Permit shall be used by the requesting safety coordinator, who is an authorized person. The form under Annexure-6 and designated as check list for Line Clear Permit shall be used at the time of issue of Line Clear Permit. The form under Annexure-7 and designated as Line Clear Return shall be used for the return of the Line Clear Permit after the work for which the Line Clear Permit was taken, is completed.
533-110 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C12. Communication and Data Acquisition
12.1. Remote Terminal Unit (RTU)/Substation Automation System (SAS)/PLCs
"Remote Terminal Units" (RTU) / Substation Automation System (SAS) is the device suitable for measuring, recording and storing the consumption of electricity or any other quantity related with electrical system and status of the equipment on real time basis and exchanging such information with the data acquisition system for display and control.
The RTU/SAS System device should communicate with Control Centre front end system in either IEC-60870-5- 101 or IEC-60870-5-104 protocol.
(i) IEC - 101 works on serial communication between site and control centre and requires serial interface.
Different Physical interface that can be used for 101 communications are RS-232 / RS 422 / RS 485.
(ii) IEC 104 works on TCP/IP based communication and it can use following Physical interface, i.e., Ethernet (IEEE 802.3 / IEEE 802.3u).
The communication interface equipment at the remote (RTU/SAS) location shall support the interfaces as mentioned above and the communication provider shall ensure the proposed data sharing protocol by the stations so that the compatible interface is provided.
12.2. Phasor Measurement Unit
PMU (Phasor Measurement Unit) provides phasor information (both magnitude and phase angle) for one or more phases of AC voltage or current waveforms including positive sequence phasors and analogue quantities like MW, MVAR, frequency, Rate of Change of Frequency (ROCOF) in real time.
Control Centre shall exchange phasor information between their respective Synchro phasor systems via high-speed real-time data acquisition networks, using the protocol specified in latest IEEE C37.118 communication standard preferably.
PMU shall report on C37.118 2011 or higher protocol with configuration Frame 3 or better for data communications. Different Physical Interface for PMU includes Ethernet (IEEE 802.3 / IEEE 802.3u).
All data items, regardless of type, are generally collected and disseminated at a frequency of 25 samples per second (can be higher rate of samples per second in future) and should be sent to Control Centre with the associated data quality codes in compliance with latest IEEE C37.118 communication standards.
12.3. Communication
1. Reliable speech and data communication systems shall be provided by STU/ Transmission Licensee between all the generating stations, receiving stations, substations and SLDC / sub-SLDC to facilitate necessary communication, data exchange, supervision and control of the grid by the SLDC in accordance with the CERC (Communication System for Inter-State Transmission of Electricity) Regulations, 2017 and the CEA Technical Standards for Communication..
2. Communication shall be available by direct dialling of discrete numbers and also through hotline by just lifting the telephone handset. Hotline links shall also be established by STU between all major generating stations, important substations and SLDC.
3. The various types of Interfaces required in communication equipment at Remote Station and Control Centre shall be governed in accordance with Schedule II of CEA (Technical Standards for Communication System in Power System Operations) Regulations, 2020 as amended from time to time, as applicable.
12.4. Data Acquisition
1. The following real time data are required by SLDC for effective control of the power system:
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-111Table 10: Details of Real Time Data required by SLDC
| Sl. No. | Description | Analog Points | Digital Points | Protection Signal |
| 1 | Line | -MW -MVAR | - line Isolator Status SOE with Time Stamping | Main1/Main2 protection, Over Voltage protection, LBB |
| 2 | Bays | - Breaker -Isolator/ Disconnector (Line Selection in DMT scheme) SOE with Time Stamping | ||
| 3 | Main Buses, Transfer Bus, Bus Coupler, Bus Sectionalizer | -Voltage -Frequency -MW & MVAR flow in case of bus sectionalizer | - Breaker, Isolator, SOE with time stamp | Main1/Main2 protection |
| -MW& MVAR flow across Bus Couplers | ||||
| 4 | Transformer | -MW/MVAR for HV / LV side -Tap Position | -Breaker -Isolator Status SOE with Time Stamping | Main1/Main2 protection |
| 5 | (Hot standby) Transformer | -MW/MVAR for HV / LV side | -Breaker -Isolator Status | |
| 6 | Reactor | MVAR | -Breaker -Isolator Status --Bypass isolator status of NGR -SOE with Time Stamping | Main 1 and 2 Protection |
| (Hot standby) Spare Reactor | MVAR | -Breaker -Isolator Status | ||
| 7 | FSC/TCSC | -% compensation | -Bypass Breaker -Bypass Isolator -FSC ON/OFF Status SOE with Time Stamping | Oscillation Damping Controller (Operated or not) status |
| 8 | SVC | -Slope -Gain -Q-Ref -V-Ref -V min -Vmax -Current for each branch -total MVAR compensation | -Isolator Status for each branch with SOE -SVC Mode (Automatic/Manual) - Q Control Mode (Enable/Disable) SOE with Time Stamping | Oscillation Damping Controller (Operated or not) status |
| 9 | HVDC (Both Type: Line Commutate Converter & Voltage Source Converter) | -DC Voltage -DC Power Flow -DC Current -Individual Filter MVAR -Firing Angle-Alpha -Extinction angle- Gamma, etc. -Power order, set point Compensation settings if applicable | -Individual Filter Status -HVDC Mode (Metallic return / Ground return) -Isolator/CB Status of DC Switchyard -RPC Status -Run back Status -POD Status | DC line Fault Protection, ESOF (emergency Switch Off) and HVDC Pole Block protection, POD Status(operated or not |
| -SSDC Status - SOE with Time Stamping -DMR -1 status-DMR-2 status -MRTB status -GRTB status -SoE for HVDC auto- restart | ||||
| 10 | Converter Transformer | -MW/MVAR for HV/LV Side -Tap Position | -Breaker -Isolator Status | |
| 11 | Spare Converter transformer | -MW/MVAR for HV/LV Side | -Breaker -Isolator Status | |
| 12 | Generator | -MW (HV/LV) -MVAR (HV/LV) -LV Voltage / Frequency Unit Set point -Unit DeltaP for AGC, -Droop settings Value, -AVR Reference Voltage | ON/OFF RGMO/FGMO Status - LV Breaker Status AGC Local / Remote status - PSS ON/OFF status - AVR ON/OFF Status - SOE with Time Stamping | Class A, B, C protection status |
| 13 | Generator Transformer | -MW/MVAR for HV/LV Side -Tap Position | - -Breaker - -Isolator Status | Main1/Main2 protection |
| 14 | Synchronous Condenser | -MW (HV/LV) -MVAR (HV/LV) -LV Voltage / Frequency | -Breaker -Isolator Status | |
| 15 | STATCOM | Qstat, QMSC, QMSR, VHV, VMV, Qtra , Paux, Qaux, Tap Position of Coupling transformer Power Oscillation damping setting Inductive slope Capacitive slope Up set reference/ Down set reference Feedback signal voltage MSC/MSR switching in and out setting (voltage, time) | CB Isolator - STATCOM modes status - (Voltage/Reactive/NSC etc) POD status SOE with Time Stamping - | |
| 16 | Phase Shifter | MW / MVAR Angle of shift | CB Isolator - SoE with time stamping | |
| 17 | Wind | - Wind speed at hub height | - WTG CB Status - | |
| - Wind direction Blade Angle Ambient air temperature - - Relative Humidity (%) - - Air Density -Atmospheric Pressure - Total MW/MVAR - Individual Turbine MW, - | CB and Isolator status of pooling station Turbine Availability PPC modes status (Voltage/PF/Reactive Power) Frequency control (FGMO/RGMO) status | |||
| MVAR, wind speed, Wind direction Total number of turbines online - Total Power Capacity. - Available Power Capacity - -Available Power (Active and Reactive) at Plant level. -Active Power set point -Reactive Power set point -PPC modes signals: Reference and actual values of Voltage Control mode, Power Factor Control mode and Reactive Power Control mode) -Droop setting of Voltage Control mode -Active power ramp rate UP and down setting | LVRT/HVRT status | |||
| 18 | Solar | -Global horizontal irradiance -Global plane of array irradiance Diffusion Irradiance- Watt per - meter square Direct Irradiance- Watt per meter square - Sunrise and Sunset timings - -Tilt angle Dust fall -Ambient temperature (deg - C) -Back of PV module temperature -Battery charge -MW/MVAR -Relative Humidity Performance Ratio Cloud Cover (Okta) | - Inverter Status (ON/OFF) -Module Availability -CB/Isolator Status -Rectifier Availability -PPC modes status Voltage/PF/Reactive Power) Frequency control (FGMO/RGMO) status AGC status LVRT/HVRT status | |
| - -Temperature, - W ind Speed, Rainfall, Wind Speed, Wind Direction - Inverter MW/MVAR (AC Side & DC Side) -Available Power (Active and Reactive) at Plant level. -Active Power set point -Reactive Power set point-PPC modes signals Reference and actual values of Voltage Control mode, Power Factor Control mode and Reactive Power Control mode) -Droop setting of Voltage Control mode -Active power ramp rate UP and down setting | ||||
| 19 | Energy Storage Resource | State of Charge MW/MVAR (AC Side & DC Side) Modes (Energy storage, Frequency regulation, etc.) | CB/Isolator Status Controller status, RGMO/FGMO | |
| 20 | SPS Signal | DIGITAL STATUS: Enable/Disable, Operated/No Operated. (Condition/Logic Wise) | ||
| 21 | Weather Parameter | -Temperature - Wind Speed -Humidity -Rainfall | ||
| 22 | AGC | -Unit Load Set Point (ULSP) -Actual Generation MW -Unit Capability -RGMO/FGMO/Governor input to governor -Delta P -Reactive Power -AVR Voltage Set Point -Low Voltage (LV) side Actual Voltage -Generator Transformer (GT) Tap Position -Distribution Factor Additional Analog inputs from Hydro power plants -Minimum load at which unit can stably run after synchronization – Unit wise (P1) (in MW) - Forbidden zones or high cavitation zones - Unit- wise (From MW to MW) - P2 to P3 - Maximum loading possible on unit (continuous) (P4) - Declared Energy for the day- Schedule Energy (Cumulative) - Water gross head (m) Additional Analog inputs from Gas power plants - Reference exhaust gas temperature - Actual exhaust gas temperature | -Circuit Breaker Status on/off -Governor status on/off - AGC Local/Remote Additional Digital inputs from Hydro power plants - Pumping Status on/off | |
| 23 | Loads (Lift Irrigation etc.) | - MW/MVAR | -Breaker -Isolator Status |
Table 11: PMU Signal List
| Sl. No | Description | Analog Points | Digital Points | Protection Signal |
| 1 | Line | VOLTAGE {VRM, VYM, VBM, VPM, VRA, VYA, VBA, VPA} CURRENT {IRM, IYM, IBM, IPM, IRA, IYA, IBA, IPA} MW, MVAR, F , DF/DT | -Main Breaker status -Tie Breaker status -Isolators | Main1/Main 2 protection, |
| 2 | Bays | - Breaker -Isolators | ||
| 3 | Main Buses, Transfer Buses | - VOLTAGE {VRM, VYM, VBM, VPM, VRA, VYA, VBA, VPA} F, DF/DT | Bus Sectionalizer, Bus Coupler Breaker | |
| 4 | Transformer/Coupling Transformer/Converter Transformer | - VOLTAGE {VRM, VYM, VBM, VPM, VRA, VYA, VBA, VPA} CURRENT {IRM, IYM, IBM, IPM, IRA, IYA, IBA, IPA} MW/MVAR for HV& LV Side | -Breaker -Isolators | Main1/Main2 protection |
| 5 | Reactor | VOLTAGE {VRM, VYM, VBM, VPM, VRA, VYA, VBA, VPA} CURRENT {IRM, IYM, IBM, IPM, IRA, IYA, IBA, IPA} MVAR | -Breaker -Isolators | |
| 6 | FSC/TCSC | VOLTAGE {VRM, VYM, VBM, VPM, VRA, VYA, VBA, VPA} CURRENT {IRM, IYM, IBM, IPM, IRA, IYA, IBA, IPA} MVAR | -Bypass Breaker - FSC ON/OFF Status | |
| 7 | SVC | VOLTAGE {VRM, VYM, VBM, VPM, VRA, VYA, VBA, VPA} CURRENT {IRM, IYM, IBM, IPM, IRA, IYA, IBA, IPA} MVAR | Breaker | |
| 8 | Generator | VOLTAGE {VRM, VYM, VBM, VPM, VRA, VYA, VBA, VPA} CURRENT {IRM, IYM, IBM, IPM, IRA, IYA, IBA, IPA} MW, MVAR, F, DF/DT for HV& LV Side | -RGMO/FGMO ON/OFF Status Breaker Status -Isolators | |
| 9 | STATCOM | VOLTAGE {VRM, VYM, VBM, VPM, VRA, VYA, VBA, VPA} CURRENT {IRM, IYM, IBM, IPM, IRA, IYA, IBA, IPA} MW, MVAR, F, DF/DT | -CB OF EACH MODULE MSR, MSC | |
| 10 | Phase Shifter | VOLTAGE {VRM, VYM, VBM, VPM, VRA, VYA, VBA, VPA} CURRENT {IRM, IYM, IBM, IPM, IRA, IYA, IBA, IPA} HV & LV MW / MVAR F, DF/DT | CB |
2. The generating companies shall provide the necessary Multifunction Meter (MFM) for the transmission of the above data from their generating stations to SLDC/WRLDC.
3. STU/ Transmission Licensee shall similarly provide the necessary Multi-Function Meter (MFM) for the transmission of the above data from their receiving stations and substations to SLDC/WRLDC.
4. All Users shall establish a suitable data transfer link between Plant/Substation and SLDC/ Sub-SLDC for exchange of operational data transmission.
5. At all the 400 kV lines, 220 kV lines and 132 kV lines disturbance recorders shall be installed, and recorder data shall be made available at SLDC for post event analysis of the disturbances.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-1176. The real time data required for operation shall be applicable as per prevailing Regulation/Orders of the Commission and its amendments.
12.5. Cyber Security
(a) General
This chapter deals with measures to be taken to safeguard the State grid from spyware, malware, cyber- attacks, network hacking, procedures for security audits from time to time, upgradation of system requirements and keeping abreast of latest developments in the area of cyber-attacks and cyber security requirements.
All Users, SLDC, STU, QCAs, shall have in place, a Cyber Security framework in accordance with Information Technology Act, 2000, CEA Technical Standards for Connectivity Regulations, CEA (Cyber Security in Power Sector) Guidelines, 2021 and any such Regulations issued from time to time, by an appropriate authority to identify the critical cyber assets and protect them so as to support reliable operation of the grid.
All Users shall integrate RTU/SAS as per Annexure-8 with SLDC/Sub-SLDC.
(b) Cyber Audit
All Users, SLDC and STU, shall conduct cyber security audit as per the guidelines mentioned in the CEA (Cyber security in power sector) Guidelines, 2021 and any other guidelines issued by an appropriate Authority.
(c) Mechanism of Reporting
(i) All entities shall immediately report to the appropriate government agencies in accordance with Information Technology Act 2000, as amended from time to time and CEA (Cyber security in power sector) Guideline 2021 in case of any cyber-attack.
(ii) SLDC and the Commission shall also be informed by such entities in case of any instance of cyber- attack.
(d) Cyber Security Coordination Forum
(i) The sectoral CERT (Computer Emergency Response Team) for wings of power sector, as notified by Government of India, from time to time, shall form a Cyber Security Coordination Forum with members from all concerned utilities and other statutory agencies to coordinate and deliberate on the cyber security challenges and gaps at appropriate level the regional/State sub-Committee, as the case may be.
(ii) The sectoral CERT shall lay down rules of procedure for carrying out their activities.
13. Operational Event and Incident/Accident Reporting
13.1. Reportable Incidents
1. All events in the Transmission System having an operational effect on the user's system shall be notified by STU/ Transmission Licensee to SLDC and the Users, whose systems are affected.
2. All events on the user's system having an operational effect on the Transmission System shall be notified by the user to STU/ Transmission Licensee and SLDC who in turn shall notify the other Users on whose system the event may have an operational effect.
3. Typical examples of reportable incidents that could affect the Transmission System are as follows:
(a) Exceptionally high/low voltage or frequency,
(b) Serious equipment problem, i.e., major circuit breaker, transformer, busbar fault,
(c) Major problem in the generating unit,
(d) Tripping of ICT, Transmission Line or Capacitor Bank,
(e) Major fire incident, cyclones, storms, earthquakes etc.,533-118 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C (f) Major protection failure,
(g) Overloading of equipment or transmission line which may result in hazard to the personnel, (h) Activation of any alarm or indication of abnormal operating condition,
(i) Adverse climatic conditions being experienced or forecast,
(j) Breakdown, or faults, or temporary changes in the capabilities of plant and/or apparatus, (k) Impending risks of protection operation,
(l) Loss of load,
(m) Accidents,
(n) Excessive drawl deviations,
(o) Minor equipment alarms.
The last two reportable incidents are typical examples of events of less consequence, but still affect the Transmission System and can be reasonably classified as minor. They require corrective action, but do not require immediate reporting to management but they should be reported at later stage within reasonable time.
4. The examples indicated in the above Regulation 13.1.3 are only illustrative and in no way, limit the general requirements to be reported.
13.2. Reporting Procedure
1. All reportable incidents occurring in lines and equipment of 132 kV and above at the grid substations shall promptly be reported orally by the user whose equipment has experienced the incident to all other significantly affected Users and SLDC. The reporting user should submit a written confirmation to SLDC within one hour of such an oral report. If the incident is major in nature, the written report may be submitted within two hours, duly followed by a comprehensive report within 48 hours of the submission of the initial written report. In other cases, the reporting user shall submit a report within five working days to SLDC.
2. The SLDC shall call for a report from any user on any reportable incident affecting other Users, in case such a user whose equipment might have been a source of the reportable incident does not report the same.
However, this shall not relieve any user from the obligation to report events in accordance with the Intimation of Accidents (Form and Time of Service of Notice) Rules, 2005 notified by the Central Government. The format for such a report shall be as per the approval of the STU and typically contain the following:
(a) Location of the incident,
(b) Date and time of the incident,
(c) Plant or equipment involved,
(d) Supplies interrupted and the duration wherever applicable,
(e) Amount of generation lost, wherever applicable,
(f) System parameters before and after the incident, (voltage, frequency, flows, generation etc.) (g) Network configuration before the incident,
(h) Relay indications and performance of protection,
(i) Brief description of the incident,
(j) Estimated time of return to service,
(k) Any other relevant information,
(l) Recommendations for future improvement,
(m) Single line diagram
(n) Possibility of alternate arrangement of supply
(o) All relevant system data including copies of records of all recording instruments including Disturbance Recorder, Event Logger, Data Acquisition System (DAS), etc.,
(p) Name and designation of reporting officer.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-1193. The report shall contain sufficient detail to describe the event to enable the recipient to assess the implications and risks arising out of the same. The cause need not be included in the report, but the recipient may ask for clarifications wherever necessary, and it is obligatory that the reporting user shall put his best efforts and provide all the necessary and reasonable information.
4. In case of a request by either party, the oral report shall be written down by the sender and dictated by way of a telephone message or sent by fax/e-mail to the recipient. In case of an emergency, the report can be given orally, followed by written confirmation.
5. The maximum time limit allowed for an oral report of the event is fifteen minutes from the time of the occurrence of the event.
6. SLDC will be responsible for reporting the event in line with the procedure set in IEGC.
13.3. Significant Events
1. A significant event includes events having an operational effect; e.g.
(a) Tripping of plant and/or apparatus manually or automatically,
(b) Voltage outside statutory limits,
(c) System frequency outside statutory limits,
(d) System instability,
(e) System overloads.
2. Wherever a user reports an event, which the SLDC or STU/ Transmission Licensee considers to have had a significant effect on the Transmission System, the STU/ Transmission Licensee may require the user to report that event in writing within one day.
3. Wherever STU/ Transmission Licensee notifies SLDC and a user of any event which the user or SLDC considers to have had a significant effect on the user's system, the user may require the Transmission Licensee to report that event in writing within one day.
13.4. Warnings
1. An oral warning shall be issued by SLDC and confirmed in writing as well, to the STU/ Transmission Licensee and the Users, who may be affected, when SLDC knows that there is a risk of widespread and serious disturbance to the whole, or part of the total system.
2. Provided that sufficient time is available, the warning shall contain such information as the SLDC considers reasonable, to explain the nature, extent of the anticipated disturbance, to the user and STU/ Transmission Licensee, provided that such information is available to SLDC.
3. Each user and STU/ Transmission Licensee, on receipt of such a warning, shall take necessary steps to warn its operational staff and maintain its plant and apparatus in the condition in which it is best able to withstand the anticipated disturbance for the duration of the warning.
4. Scheduling and despatch may be affected during the period covered by such a warning.
13.5. Loss of communication with SLDC
1. In the event of loss of communication with SLDC, the provision made as above shall not apply; instead, the following provision shall apply.
2. Each generating station shall continue to operate in accordance with the last despatch instruction issued by SLDC but shall use all reasonable endeavours to maintain the system frequency at the target of 50 Hz, plus or minus 0.1 Hz by monitoring frequency, until such time the new despatch instructions are received from SLDC.
13.6. Major Failure
Whenever a major failure takes place, STU/ Transmission Licensee and other Users shall cooperate, inquire and establish the cause of the failure and produce appropriate recommendations. The STU shall submit the inquiry report with the recommendations to the Commission within two months of the incident.
533-120 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C13.7. Accident Reporting
If any accident occurs in connection with the generation, transmission, distribution supply or use of electricity or in connection with any part of electric lines or electrical plant of any person and the accident results or is likely to have resulted in loss of human or animal life or any injury to a human being or animal, the same shall be dealt with, in accordance with procedures laid down in the Power System Safety Standard.
13.8. Performance/ Operational Reporting
1. Every Discom / Licensee has to submit a quarterly performance report covering Demand Management (DM), Reactive Power Management and system operation, pocket-wise load forecasting details quarterly to GERC/ STU.
2. Similarly, every generator also has to submit performance report in terms of PLF, other Key Performance Indicators, including range of maximum and minimum VAR injection and VAR absorption within capability curve, every half-yearly, to GERC and the STUs.
3. The STU has to submit operational / performance and planning of network development every six month to GERC, DISCOMs.
4. Similarly, SLDC has to submit operation/ performance report on grid stability and security, every half-yearly to GERC, STU, DISCOMs and licensee.
14. Monitoring and Compliance Code
14.1. Assessment of Compliances
The performance of all Users, STU, QCA, SLDC, and Intra-State Generating Station with respect to compliance of these Regulations shall be assessed periodically.
14.2. Monitoring of Compliance
1. In order to ensure compliance, two methodologies shall be followed:
I. Self-Audit
II. Compliance Audit
I. Self - Audit:
a. All Users, STU, SLDC, QCAs, and Intra-State Generating Station shall conduct annual self-audits to review compliance of these Regulations and submit the reports by 31st July of every year.
b. The self-audit report shall inter-alia contain the following information with respect to non-compliance:
(i) Sufficient information to understand how and why the non-compliance occurred.
(ii) Extent of damage caused by such non-compliance.
(iii) Steps and timeline planned to rectify the same.
(iv) Steps taken to mitigate any future recurrence.
c. The self-audit reports by Users and QCAs, shall be submitted to SLDC.
d. The self-audit report of SLDC and STUs shall be submitted to the Commission.
e. The deficiencies shall be rectified in a time bound manner within a reasonable time.
f. In the State control area, the monitoring agency for Users shall be the SLDC. The monitoring agency shall track the progress of compliances of Users, and exceptional reporting for non-compliance shall be submitted to the Commission.
g. The monitoring agency for STU and SLDC shall be the Commission.
h. The STU shall also continuously monitor the instances of non-compliance of the provisions of these Regulations and endeavour to sort out all operational issues and deliberate on the ways in which such cases of non-compliance shall be prevented in future. The STU may also report any unresolved issues to the Commission.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-121i. The Commission may initiate appropriate proceedings upon receipt of report under sub-clauses (e) and (g) of this Regulation.
j. In case of non-compliance of any provisions of these Regulations by SLDC, STU, Intra-State Generating Station, Users and any other person, the matter may be reported by any person to the Commission through filing of a Petition.
II. Independent Third-Party Compliance Audit:
The Commission may order independent third-party compliance audit for any User, QCA, STU and SLDC as deemed necessary based on the facts brought to the knowledge of the Commission.
14.3. Non-Compliance
1. If a User fails to comply with the provision(s) of these Regulations, the affected party shall inform the SLDC for taking immediate remedial measures as per provisions of these Regulations.
2. In case of default of these Regulations without prejudice to other actions as may be taken by SLDC, the SLDC may file a Petition before the Commission.
3. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Regulations, the Commission, if satisfied, may also take Suo- motu action against any person, in case of non- compliance of any of the provisions of these Regulations comes to its notice.
4. Wrong declaration of capacity, non-compliance of SLDC"s instructions, non-compliance of SLDC's instructions for backing down without adequate reasons, non-furnishing data, etc. shall constitute non- compliance of the Grid Code and shall be subject to financial penalty as may be decided by the Commission.
5. In case of persistent non-compliance of the provisions of the Grid Code and/ or with the procedures developed under such provisions, such matter shall be reported to the Commission by SLDC. Consistent failure to comply with the Grid Code may lead to disconnection of the User's plant and/or facilities.
6. SLDC may give such directions and exercise such supervision and control as may be required for ensuring the integrated grid operations and for achieving the maximum economy and efficiency in the operation of power system in the State.
7. Every Transmission Licensee and User connected with the operation of the power system shall comply with the directions issued by the State Load Despatch Centre.
8. If any dispute arises with reference to the quality of electricity or safe, secure and integrated operation of the State grid or in relation to any direction given under the provisions of the Gujarat Electricity Grid Code, it shall be referred to the Commission by SLDC for the Commission' decision.
15. Miscellaneous
15.1. Review and Revisions
Users seeking any amendment to the Grid Code shall send written requests to the STU with a copy to the Commission. STU shall examine the proposed changes / modifications in line with IEGC. Whenever, it is observed that a certain Regulation of the Grid Code is not consistent with the IEGC, then STU will inform the Commission for amendments.
15.2. Power to Relax
The Commission, for reasons to be recorded in writing, may relax any of the provisions of these Regulations on its own motion or on an application made before it by an affected person to remove the hardship arising out of the operation of these Regulations, applicable to a class of persons.
15.3. Power to remove difficulty
If any difficulty arises in giving effect to the provisions of these Regulations, the Commission may, on its own motion or on an application made before it by the nodal agency, by order, make such provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Act or provisions of other Regulations specified by the Commission, as may appear to be necessary for removing the difficulty in giving effect to the objectives of these Regulations.
533-122 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C15.4. Repeal and Savings
1. Save as otherwise provided in these Regulations, the Gujarat Electricity Regulatory Commission (Gujarat Electricity Grid Code) Regulations, 2013 and all subsequent amendments there of shall stand repealed from the date of commencement of these Regulations.
2. Notwithstanding such repeal, anything done or any action taken or purported to have been done or taken including any procedure, minutes, reports, confirmation or declaration of any instrument executed under the repealed Regulations shall be deemed to have been done or taken under the relevant provisions of these Regulations.
3. Nothing in this Grid Code shall be deemed to limit or otherwise affect the inherent powers of the Commission to make such orders as may be necessary for ends of justice or to prevent abuse of the process of law.
4. Nothing in this Grid Code shall bar the Commission from adopting, in conformity with the provisions of the Act, a procedure which is at variance with any of the provisions of this Grid Code, if the Commission, in view of the special circumstances of a matter or class of matters and for reasons to be recorded in writing, deems it necessary or expedient for dealing with such a matter or class of matters.
5. Nothing in this Grid Code shall, expressly or impliedly, bar the Commission dealing with any matter or exercising any power under the Act for which no Regulations have been framed and the Commission may deal with such matters, power and functions in a manner it thinks fit.
15.5. Issue of Suo-motu orders and Directions
The Commission may from time-to-time issue Suo-motu orders and practice directions with regard to implementation of these Regulations and matters incidental or ancillary thereto, as the case may be.
15.6. Treatment of these Regulations in Contract
Unless specifically provided for, the provisions of these Regulations or any amendments thereof shall not be treated under 'Change in law' in any of the agreements entered into by any of the Users covered under these Regulations.
Sd/-
[Ranjeeth Kumar J., IAS]
Secretary
Gujarat Electricity Regulatory
Commission
Gandhinagar, Gujarat
Place: Gandhinagar
Date: 07.10.2026.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-123ABBREVIATIONS
| A | |
| A | Ampere |
| ABCB | Air Brake Circuit Breaker |
| ABT | Availability Based Tariff |
| AC | Alternating Current |
| ACE | Area Control Error |
| ALDC | Area Load Despatch Centre |
| ATC | Available Transfer Capability |
| AUFLS | Automatic Under Frequency Load Shedding |
| AVR | Automatic Voltage Regulator |
| B | |
| BESS | Battery Energy Storage System |
| BIS | Bureau of Indian Standards |
| C | |
| CB | Circuit Breaker |
| CBIP | Central Board of Irrigation and Power |
| CCGT | Combined Cycle Gas Turbine |
| CEA | Central Electricity Authority |
| CERC | Central Electricity Regulatory Commission |
| CERT | Computer Emergency Response Team |
| CGP | Central Generation Plant |
| COD | Commercial Operation Date |
| CPP | Captive Power Plant |
| CT | Current Transformer |
| CTU | Central Transmission Utility |
| CVT | Capacitive Voltage Transformer |
| D | |
| DAS | Data Acquisition System |
| D/C | Double Circuit |
| DGVCL | Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Limited |
| DISCOMs | Distribution Companies |
| DSM | Demand Side Management |
| E | |
| EFR | Earth Fault Relay |
| EHT | Extra High Tension |
| EHV | Extra High Voltage equal to and greater than 66 kV |
| EMT | Electro Magnetic Transient |
| EPS F | Electric Power Survey |
| FACTS | Flexible AC Transmission System |
| FOR | Forum of Regulators |
| FSC | Fixed Series Capacitor |
| G | |
| GEDA | Gujarat Energy Development Agency (GEDA) is the nodal agency for Development of Renewable Energy Sources in Gujarat |
| GEGC | Gujarat Electricity Grid Code |
| GERC | Gujarat Electricity Regulatory Commission |
| GETCO | Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation Limited |
| GoG | Government of Gujarat |
| GPS | Global Positioning System |
| GSECL | Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Limited |
| GUVNL | Gujarat Urja Vikas Nigam Limited |
| H | |
| HV | High Voltage |
| HVDC | High Voltage Direct Current |
| HVRT | High Voltage Ride through |
| Hz | Hertz |
| I | |
| IBR | Inverter- Based Resource |
| ICT | Inter Connecting Transformer |
| ID | Induced Draft |
| IDMT | Inverse Definite Minimum Time |
| IEC | International Electro-Technical Commission |
| IEC Standard | Standard approved by International Electro-technical Commission |
| IEEE | Institution of Electrical and Electronic Engineers Inc. USA |
| IEGC | Indian Electricity Grid Code |
| IEM | Interface Energy Meters |
| IPP | Independent Power Producer |
| IS | Indian Standards |
| ISGS | Inter State Generating Station |
| ISTS | Inter State Transmission System |
| K | |
| KHPS | Kadana Hydro Power Station |
| kV | Kilo Volt |
| kVA | Kilo Volt Ampere |
| kVAh | Kilo Volt Ampere Hour |
| kVAr | Kilo Volt Ampere Reactive |
| kVArh | Kilo Volt Ampere Reactive Hour |
| kWh L | Kilo Watt Hour |
| LBB | Local Breaker Backup |
| LCP | Line Clear Permit |
| LCR | Line Clear Requisition |
| LILO | Loop in Loop out |
| LPS | Late Payment Surcharge |
| LTOA | Long-Term Open Access |
| LVRT | Low Voltage Ride through |
| M | |
| MCR | Maximum Continuous Rating |
| MGVCL | Madhya Gujarat Vij Company Limited |
| MNRE | Ministry of New and Renewable Energy |
| MOCB | Minimum Oil Circuit Breaker |
| MPP | Mega Power Project |
| MTOA | Medium Term Open Access |
| MU | Million Unit |
| MVA | Mega Volt Ampere |
| MVAh | Mega Volt Ampere Hour |
| MVAr | Mega Volt Ampere Reactive |
| MVArh | Mega Volt Ampere Reactive Hour |
| MW | Mega Watt |
| MWH | Mega Watt Hour |
| N | |
| NLDC | National Load Despatch Centre |
| NPCL | Nuclear Power Corporation Limited |
| NPC | Nuclear Power Corporation |
| O | |
| OA | Open Access |
| OCR | Over Current Relay |
| OEM | Original Equipment Manufacturer |
| OLTC | On Load Tap Changer |
| O&M | Operation and Maintenance |
| P | |
| PCC | Protection Coordination Committee |
| PDC | Phasor Data Concentrator |
| PGCIL | Power Grid Corporation of India Limited |
| PGVCL | Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Limited |
| PLCC | Power Line Carrier Communication |
| PLF | Plant Load Factor |
| Pmax | Maximum Active Power |
| PMU | Phasor Measurement Unit |
| PMGS-NMP | Prime Minister Gati Shakti National Master Plan |
| PPA | Power Purchase Agreement |
| POD | Power Oscillation Damping |
| PRAS | Primary Reserve Ancillary Service |
| PRM | Planning Reserve Margin |
| PSSs | Power System Stabilizers |
| PTCC | Power and Telecommunication Co-ordination |
| PU | Per Unit |
| R | |
| RE | Renewable Energy |
| REA | Regional Energy Account |
| REGS | Renewable Energy Generating Station |
| RGMO | Restricted Governor Mode of Operation |
| RLDC | Regional Load Despatch Centre |
| RLNG | Regasified Liquefied Natural Gas |
| RPC | Regional Power Committee |
| RTU | Remote Terminal Unit |
| S | |
| S/C | Single Circuit |
| SCADA | Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition |
| SCED | Security Constrained Economic Despatch |
| SCUC | Security Constrained Unit Commitment |
| SEA | State Energy Account |
| SEZ | Special Economic Zone |
| SF6 | Sulphur Hexa Fluoride |
| SGS | State Generating Station |
| SLD | Single Line Diagram |
| SLDC | State Load Despatch Centre |
| SOCC | State Operation Coordination Committee |
| SPS | System Protection Schemes |
| SRAS | Secondary Reserve Ancillary Service |
| SSP | Sardar Sarovar Project |
| SSR | Sub-Synchronous Resonance |
| STOA | Short-Term Open Access |
| STU | State Transmission Utility |
| SVC | Static VAr Compensator |
| SOE | Sequence of Events |
| T | |
| TCSC | Thyristor Controlled Series Capacitor |
| TOV | Temporary Over Voltage |
| TPL - A | Torrent Power Limited - Ahmedabad |
| TPL - S | Torrent Power Limited - Surat |
| TRAS | Tertiary Reserve Ancillary Service |
| TRM | Transmission Reliability Margin |
| TSA | Transmission Service Agreement |
| TTC | Total Transfer Capability |
| U | |
| UGVCL | Uttar Gujarat Vij Company Limited |
| UHPS | Ukai Hydro Power Station |
| UI | Unscheduled Interchange |
| UMPP | Ultra Mega Power Project |
| USD | Unit Shut Down |
| V | |
| VSC | Voltage Source Convertor |
| VT | Voltage Transformer |
| W | |
| WAMS | Wide Area Measurement System |
| WRLDC | Western Regional Load Despatch Centre |
| WRPC | Western Regional Power Committee |
| WTG | Wind Turbine Generator |
ANNEXURE-1
Planning Data Requirement from the Generating and Distribution Company
Part- I - Generation
(To be furnished by the generating company to STU)
1 Standard Planning Data (Generation)
1.1 Thermal
(I). General:
| 1. Site | Furnish location map (schematic) showing roads, railway lines, transmission lines, rivers, and reservoirs, if any. |
| 2.Approximate period of Construction | |
| 3. Annual generation in million kWh |
Connection:
| (II) 1. Connection Point / Interface Point | Furnish single line diagram of the proposed connection with the Transmission System with clear indication of possibility for right- of-way for unobstructed outlet |
| 2. Step up voltage for connection kV |
Station Capacity:
| 1. Total generating station capacity (III) (MW) | |
| 2.No. of units and unit size MW | State whether development will be carried out in phases and if so, furnish details |
Generating Unit Data:
| 1. Generator (IV) | |
| (a) Make and Type | |
| (b) Rating (MVA) | |
| (c) Terminal Voltage (kV) | |
| (d)Rated Power Factor | |
| (e) Reactive Power capability (MVAr) in the range 0.95 leading and 0.85 lagging | |
| (f) Short Circuit Ratio | |
| (g)Direct axis transient reactance (% on MVA rating) | |
| (h)Direct axis sub-transient reactance (% on MVA rating) | |
| (i) Auxiliary Power Requirement | |
| 2. Generator Transformer | |
| (a) Type | |
| (b) Rated Capacity (MVA) | |
| (c)Voltage Ratio (HV/LV) | |
| (d) Tap change range (+% to - %) | |
| (e) Percentage Impedance (Positive Sequence at Full load). |
1.2 Hydro Electric
(i) General:
(as applicable to thermal generating stations mentioned above)
(ii) Connection:
(as applicable to thermal generating stations mentioned above)
(iii) Station Capacity
(as applicable to thermal generating stations mentioned above)
(iv) Generation Unit Data:
(as applicable to thermal generating stations mentioned above)
2 Detailed Planning Data (Generation)
2.1 Thermal Generating Stations
I. General:
1. Name of generating station
2. No. and capacity of generating units (MW)PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-129 3. Single line diagram of generating station and switchyard
4. Relaying and metering diagram
5. Neutral grounding of generating units
6. Excitation control
7. Earthing arrangements with earth resistance values
8. Communication- details of PLCC and other communication equipment installed
II. Protection and Metering:
1. Full description including settings for all relays and protection systems installed on the generating unit, generating unit transformer, auxiliary transformer and electrical motor of major equipment; viz. boiler feed pump, ID fans, condensate extraction pump etc.
2. Full description including settings for all relays installed on all outgoing feeders from generating station switchyard, tie circuit breakers, incoming circuit breakers.
3. Full description of inter-tripping of circuit breakers at Connection Point(s) /Interface Point(s) with the Transmission System
4. Most probable fault clearance time for electrical faults on the user's system
5. Full description of operational and commercial metering schemes
6. Breaker operating time counting from initiation of protective relay to the opening of breaker
III. Switchyard:
1. In relation to Interconnecting Transformers between EHV / HV Transmission System and the Generator Transformer Voltage System:
(a) Rated MVA
(b) Voltage Ratio
(c) Vector Group
(d) Positive sequence reactance (maximum, minimum, normal Tap (% on MVA)
(e) Positive sequence resistance (maximum, minimum, normal Tap (% on MVA)
(f) Zero sequence reactance (% on MVA)
(g) Tap changer range (+ % to - %) and steps
(h) Type of tap changer (OFF/ON)
(i) Details of reactors, and other circuits connected to tertiary winding of ICT
(j) Method of grounding
2 In relation to switchgear including circuit breakers, isolators on all circuits connected to the points of connection:
(a) Rated voltage (kV)
(b) Type of breaker (MOCB/ABCB/SF6 ---)
(c) Rated short circuit breaking current (kA) 3 Phase
(d) Rated short circuit breaking current (kA) 1 Phase
(e) Rated short circuit making current (kA) 3 Phase
(f) Rated short circuit making current (kA) 1 Phase
(g) Provisions of auto reclosing with details.
(h) Details of instrument transformers533-130 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C 3 Lightning arresters, technical data
4. Communication- Details of PLCC and other communication equipment installed at Connection Point(s)/ Interface Point(s).
5. Basic insulation level (kV)
(a) Busbar
(b) Switchgear
(c) Transformer bushings
(d) Transformer windings
IV. Generating Units:
A. Parameters of Generating Units:
1. Rated terminal voltage (kV)
2. Rated MVA
3. Rated MW
4. Inertia constant H (MW Sec./MVA) of generator
5. Short circuit ratio
6. Direct axis synchronous reactance (% on MVA) (Both unsaturated and saturated)
7. Direct axis transient reactance (% on MVA) (Both unsaturated and saturated)
8. Direct axis sub-transient reactance (% on MVA) (Both unsaturated and saturated)
9. Quadrature axis synchronous reactance (% on MVA) (Both unsaturated and saturated) 10. Quadrature axis transient reactance (% on MVA) (Both unsaturated and saturated)
11. Quadrature axis sub-transient reactance (% on MVA) (Both unsaturated and saturated) 12. Direct axis transient open circuit time constant (Sec) T" do
13. Direct axis sub-transient open circuit time constant (Sec) Tdo
14. Quadrature axis transient open circuit time constant (Sec) T"qo
15. Quadrature axis sub-transient open circuit time constant (Sec) Tqo
16. Stator resistance (Ohm)
17. Stator leakage reactance (Ohm) Ta
18. Stator time constant (Sec)
19. Rated field current (A)
20. Open circuit saturation characteristic for various terminal voltages giving the exciting current to achieve the same.
21. Generator Capability Curve
22. Rated stator current (A)
23. Phase connection
24. Number of terminals brought out
25. Rated speed (rpm)
26. Rated Frequency (Hz.)
27. Efficiency at MCR condition (percent)PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-131 28. Negative sequence current capability (I2T)
29. Capacitance of generator stator winding to ground (microF/ph)
30. DC resistance of rotor at 200 C (in ohm)
31. Zero sequence reactance X0 (Percentage)
32. Negative sequence reactance X2 (Percentage)
33. Negative sequence reactance R2 (Percentage)
34. Sub-Transient S-C time constant (in second)
a. Direct axis Td
b. Quadrature axis Tq
35. Transient S-C time constant (in second)
a. Direct axis T"d
b. Quadrature axis T"q
36. Machine saturation at 1.0 pu voltage in pu
37. Machine saturation at 1.2 pu voltage in pu
38. Percentage regulation
39. Short circuit characteristics curves
B. Parameters of Excitation Control System:
1. Type of Excitation
2. Maximum Field voltage
3. Minimum Field voltage
4. Rated Field voltage
5. Gain factor
6. Feedback strength
7. Time constant for control amplifier
8. Time constant for Exciter
9. Time constant for Feedback
10. Output voltage of control amplifier
11. Maximum output voltage of control amplifier
12. Minimum output voltage of control amplifier
13. Details of excitation loop in block diagrams showing transfer functions of individual elements using IEEE symbols along with set values.
14. Dynamic characteristics of over - excitation limiter
15. Dynamic characteristics of under -excitation limiter
16. Exciter IEEE model / type no.
17. Exciter response time
C. Parameters of Governor/ Turbine:
1. Governor average gain (MW/Hz)
2. Speeder motor setting range533-132 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C 3. Time constant of steam or fuel governor valve
4. Governor valve opening limits
5. Governor valve rate limits
6. Time constant of turbine (HP, IP, LP)
7. Governor block diagram showing transfer functions of individual elements using IEEE symbols along with set values.
8. Type of governor, whether IEEE standard governor used
9. Regulation and droop
10. Fraction of total power generated HP, IP, LP turbine
11. Maximum velocity limit HP, IP, LP turbine
12. Minimum velocity limit HP, IP, LP turbine
D. Operational Parameters:
1. Min. notice required for synchronising a generating unit from de-synchronisation
2. Min. time between synchronising different generating units in a generating station
3. The minimum block load requirements on synchronising
4. Time required for synchronising a generating unit for the following conditions:
a. Hot
b. Warm
c. Cold
5. Maximum Generating Unit loading rate for the following conditions:
a. Hot
b. Warm
c. Cold
6. Minimum load without oil support (MW)
V. Plant Performance:
| Daily Demand Profile (Last Year) | Half-hourly integrated demand throughout the day |
| Units Generated (Million kWh) | |
| Units consumed in Auxiliaries (Million kWh) | |
| Units supplied from system to Auxiliary Load | |
| Seasonal Generation |
2.2 Hydroelectric Stations:
I. General:
1. Name of generating station:
2. No. and capacity of units (MW)
3. Expected level of generation (MU)
4. Period of generation (in months) per year
5. Whether the plant is based on water released from dam/canal for irrigation purposesPART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-133 6. Rating of all major equipments.
a. Turbine
b. Generators
c. Generator Transformers
d. Auxiliary Transformers
7. Single line diagram of generating station and switchyard
8. Relaying and metering diagram
9. Neutral grounding of generator
10. Excitation control
11. Earthing arrangements with earth resistance values
12. Communication- Details of PLCC and other communication equipment installed
II. Protection:
(As applicable to thermal generating stations mentioned above)
III. Switchyard:
(As applicable to thermal generating stations mentioned above)
IV. Generating Units:
A. Parameters of generating units:
(As applicable to thermal generating station mentioned above)
B. Parameters of Excitation Control System:
(As applicable to thermal generating stations mentioned above)
C. Parameters of governor/ turbine:
(As applicable to thermal generating stations mentioned above)
D. Operational Parameters:
Minimum notice required for synchronising a generating unit from de-synchronisation
Minimum time between synchronising different generating units in a generating station (a)
Minimum block load requirements on synchronising
(b)
3 Planning Data Generation
(c)
(For submission on request by STU)
3.1 For Thermal Generating Stations, if desired by STU:
Connection:
1. Report of studies of parallel operation with Transmission System:
a. Load flow studies
b. Stability studies
c. Short Circuit studies
2. Proposed connection with Transmission system:
a. Voltage
b. No. of circuits
c. Connection Point(s) / Interface Point(s)
533-134 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C
3.2 For Hydroelectric Generating Stations, if desired by STU:
(As applicable to thermal generating stations mentioned above) Part - II - Distribution
(To be furnished by the distribution company to STU)
Standard Planning Data Distribution
I. General:
| 1. Single Line Diagram | Licensee-wise up to 66kV substations. |
| 2. Consumer Data | Furnish category wise number of consumers, their connected loads to the best judgement of the Distribution Licensee |
| 3. Reference to area offices presently in charge of the distribution |
II. Connection:
| 1. Connection Points/ Interface Points: | Furnish single line diagram showing Connection Points/ Interface Points. |
| 2. Voltage of supply at Connection Points/ Interface Points: | |
| 3. Names of Grid Substation feeding the Connection Points/ Interface Points: |
III. Lines and Substations:
| 1. Line Data: | Furnish length of line and voltages (EHV level) |
| 2. Substation Data: | Furnish transformer details of 220/ 11kV,132/11 kV, 66/22 kV, 66/ 11 kV substations, capacitor installations |
IV. Loads:
| 1.Loads drawn at Connection Points/ Interface Points: | If the Distribution Licensee receive power at a number of connection points in a compact area, which are interconnected in a ring, then such a Distribution Licensee shall forward the overall load drawn for overall Area of Supply, as well as at each connection point with the variation or tolerance as mutually discussed and agreed upon with the STU. |
| 2.Details of loads fed at EHV if any: | Give name of consumer, voltage of supply, contract demand and name of grid substation from which line is drawn, length of EHT line from grid substation to the consumer's premises. |
V. Demand Data (For All Loads 5 MW and Above):
| 1.Type of Load & Rating in HP or kW: | State whether furnace loads, rolling mills, traction loads, other industrial loads, pumping loads etc. |
| 2.Rated voltage: | |
| 3.Electrical loading of equipment: | State number and size of motors, rating of arc furnaces/ induction furnace, types of drive and control arrangements. |
| 4.Sensitivity of load to voltage and frequency of supply: | |
| 5.Maximum harmonic content of load: | |
| 6.Average and maximum phase unbalance of load: | |
| 7.Nearest substation from which load is to be fed: | |
| 8.Location map to scale: | Map shall show the location of load with reference to lines and sub-stations in the vicinity. |
VI. Load Forecast Data:
1. Peak load for Connection Point/ Interface Point as well as peak load and energy forecast for Area of Supply for each of the succeeding five years.
2. Details of methodology and assumptions on which forecasts are based.
3. Details of load 5 MW and above.
Name of prospective consumer.
Phasing of load.
a.
1 Detailed Planning Data (Distribution)
b.
I. General:
(a) Schematic single line diagram of Distribution System (showing distribution lines from Connection Points/ Interface Points with Transmission System 220kV/ 11kV, 132/11 kV, 66/22 kV & 66/ 11 kV substations, consumer bus if fed directly from Transmission System)
(b) Numbering and nomenclature of lines and substations (identified with feeding grid substations of the Transmission System and concerned 220kV/11kV, 132/ 11kV, 66/22 kV & 66/11 kV substation).
II. Connection:
(a) Connection Points/ Interface Points (furnish details of existing arrangement of connection) (b) Details of metering of Connection Points/ Interface Points.
2 Detailed Planning Data (Distribution)
(For submission on request by STU)
I. Connection:
(a) Connection Points/ Interface Points as applied for
(i) New
(ii) Upgrading existing connection
(b) Changes in metering at Connection Points/ Interface Points
II. Loads:
(a) Details of major loads of 1 MW and above to be contracted for next three years.
ANNEXURE-2
THIRD PARTY PROTECTION SYSTEM CHECKING & VALIDATION TEMPLATE FOR A SUBSTATION
1. INTRODUCTION
(1) The audit reports, along with action plan for rectification of deficiencies found, if any, shall be submitted
to SLDC within a month of submission of report by auditor.
(2) The third-party protection system checking shall be carried at site by the designated agency. The agency
shall furnish two reports:
(a) Preliminary Report: This report shall be prepared on the site and shall be signed by all the parties
present.
(b) Detailed Report: This report shall be furnished by agency within one month after carrying out
detailed analysis.
533-136 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C
2. CHECKLIST
(1) The protection system checklist shall contain information as per these Regulations.
(a) General Information (to be provided prior to the checking as well as to be included in final report):
(i) Substation name
(ii) Name of Owner Utility
(iii) Voltage Level (s) or highest voltage level?
(iv) Short circuit current rating of all equipment (for all voltage level)
(v) Date of commissioning of the substation
(vi) Checking and validation date
(vii) Record of previous tripping's (in last one year) and details of protection operation (viii) Previous Relay Test Reports
(ix) Overall single line diagram (SLD)
(x) AC aux SLD
(xi) DC aux SLD
(xii) SAS architecture diagram
(xiii) SPS scheme implemented (if any)
(b) The preliminary report shall inter-alia contain the following:
TABLE: FORMAT OF PRELIMINARY REPORT
| S. No. | Issues | Remarks |
| 1 | Recommendation of last protection checking and validation | Status of works and pending issues if any |
| 2 | Review of existing settings at substation | Recommended Action |
| 3 | Disturbance Recorder out available for last 6 tripping's (Y/N) | Recommended Action |
| 4 | Chronic reason of tripping, if any | Recommended Action |
| 5 | Major non-conformity/deficiency observed | Recommended Action |
(c) The relay configuration checklist for available power system elements at station:
(i) Transmission Line (ii) Bus Reactor/Line Reactor (iii) Inter-connecting Transformer (iv) Busbar Protection Relay (v) AC auxiliary system (vi) DC auxiliary system (vii)Communication system (vii) Circuit Breaker Details (viii) Current Transformer Details (ix) Capacitive Voltage Transformers Details (x) Any other equipment/system relevant for protection system operationPART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-137
(d) The minimum set of points on which checking and validation shall be carried out is covered in this Regulation. The detailed list shall be prepared by checking and validation team in consultation with concerned entity, SLDC and STU.
(i) Transmission Line Distance Protection/Differential Protection
a. Name and Length of Line
b. Whether series compensated or not
c. Mode of communication used (PLCC/OPGW)
d. Relay Make and Model for Main-I and Main-II
e. List of all active protections & settings
f. Carrier aided scheme if any
g. Status of Power Swing/ Out of Step/ SOTF/ Breaker Failure/ Broken Conductor/ STUB/ Fault Locator/ DR/ VT fuse fail/ Overvoltage Protection/ Trip Circuit supervision/ Auto-reclose/ Load encroachment etc.
h. Relay connected to Trip Coil-1 or 2 or both
i. CT ratio and PT ratio
j. Feed from DC supply-1 or 2
k. Connected to dedicated CT core (mention name)
l. Other requirements for protection checking and validation
(ii) Shunt Reactor & Inter-connecting Transformer Protection
a. Whether two groups of protections used (Group A and Group B)
b. Do the groups have separate DC sources
c. Relay Make and Model
d. List of all active protections along with settings
e. Status of Differential Protection/ Restricted Earth Fault Protection/ Back-up Directional Overcurrent/ Backup Earth fault/ Breaker Failure
f. Status of Oil Temperature Indicator/ Winding Temperature Indicator/ Buchholz/ Pressure Release Device etc.
g. Relay connected to Trip Coil-1 or 2 or both
h. CT ratio and PT ratio
i. Feed from DC supply-1 or 2
j. Connected to dedicated CT core (mention name)
k. Other requirements for protection checking and validation
(iii) Busbar Protection Relay
a. Busbar and redundant relay make and model
b. Type of Busbar arrangement
c. Zones
d. Dedicated CT core for each busbar protection (Yes/No)
e. Breaker Failure relay included (Yes/No), if additional then furnish make and model f. Trip issued to both Busbar protection in case of enabling
g. Isolator indication and check relays
h. Other requirements for protection checking and validation533-138 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C (iv) AC auxiliary system
a. Source of AC auxiliary system
b. Supply changeover between sources (Auto/Manual)
c. Diesel generator (DG) details
d. Maintenance plan and supply changeover periodicity in DG
e. Single Line Diagram
f. Other requirements for protection checking and validation
(v) DC auxiliary system
a. Type of Batteries (Make, vintage, model)
b. Status of battery Charger
c. Measured voltage (positive to earth and negative to earth)
d. Availability of ground fault detectors
e. Protection relays and trip circuits with independent DC sources
f. Other requirements for protection checking and validation
g. Communication system
Mode of communication for Main-1 and Main-2 protection
Mode of communication for data and speech communication
i.
Status of PLCC channels
ii.
Time synchronization equipment details
iii.
7OPGW on geographically diversified paths for Main-1 and Main-2 relay
iv.
Other requirements for protection checking and validation
v.
(vi) Circuit Breaker Details
vi.
a. Details and Status
b. Healthiness of Tripping Coil and Trip circuit supervision relay
c. Single Pole/Multi pole operation
d. Pole Discrepancy Relay available(Y/N)
e. Monitoring Devices for checking the dielectric medium
f. Other requirements for protection checking and validation
(vii) Current Transformer (CT)/Capacitive Voltage Transformer (CVT) Details
a. CT/CVT ID name and voltage level
b. CT/CVT core connection details
c. Accuracy Class
d. Whether Protection/Metering
e. CT/CVT ratio available and ratio adopted
f. Details of last checking and validation of CT/CVT healthiness
g. Other requirements for protection checking and validation
h. Other protections: Direction earth fault, negative sequence, over current, over voltage, over frequency, under voltage, under frequency, forward power, reverse power, out of step/power swing, HVDC protection etc.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-1393. SUMMARY OF CHECKING:
The summary shall specifically mention minimum following points:
(1) The settings and scheme adopted are in line with agreed protection philosophy or any accepted guidelines (e.g. Ramakrishna guidelines or CBIP manual based).
(2) The deviations from the RPC protection philosophy, if any and reasons for taking the deviations shall be recorded.
(3) All the major general deficiency shall be listed in detail along with remedial recommendations.
(4) The relay settings to be adopted shall be validated with simulation based or EMTP studies and details shall be enclosed in report.
(5) The cases of protection maloperation shall be analysed from protection indices report furnished by concerned utility, the causes of failure along with corrective actions and recommendations based on the findings shall be noted in the report.
ANNEXURE-3
GENERATION RESERVE ESTIMATION AND FREQUENCY CONTROL
1. Calculation of Actual Frequency Response Characteristics of Control Area
(a) Frequency Response Characteristics (FRC) computations:
Frequency Response Characteristics (FRC) will be computed for all events involving a sudden 1000 MW or more load or generation loss or a step change in frequency by 0.10 Hz i.e. for all reportable events as notified by NLDC. The FRC shall be worked out by NLDC, RLDCs and SLDCs for each interconnection/region/control area (including for each generating station). Each generating station shall also compute it's FRC. The following steps shall be followed for computation of FRC
(i) After every event involving a sudden 1000 MW or more load or generation loss or a step change in frequency by 0.1 Hz, NLDC would get the PMUs frequency data. NLDC would also get the exact quantum of load/generation lost from the RLDC of the affected region.
(ii) NLDC shall plot the frequency graph and determine the initial frequency, minimum/maximum frequency, settling frequency and time points (points A, C and B of the Figure-A). Accordingly, frequency difference points & corresponding time to be used for FRC calculations would be informed to all RLDCs.
(iii) SLDC shall work out FRC for all the Intra-State entities (for events indicated by the WRLDC) based on the HDR available at SLDC and submit the same to WRLDC within six (6) working days after the event. (Format as per Table-B).
(iv) All generating stations shall also assess the FRC for their respective stations and submit the same to respective SLDC within six (6) working days. (Format as per Table-B). The high-resolution data (1 second or better resolution) of active power generation and frequency shall also be shared with SLDC.
(b) Input data for FRC:
(i) The data for frequency response characteristic Calculations may be taken from the real time telemetered data recorded by the SCADA systems installed at SLDC.
(ii) Bad quality of data could be flagged / mentioned by the SLDC and reasonable assumptions made for FRC computation. Details of these may be mentioned.
(c) Instructions for computation of FRC:
A sample frequency chart given at Figure-A with points A, B, and C labelled depicts a typical frequency excursion caused by a loss of a large generator in Indian power system. Point A denotes the interconnection frequency immediately before the disturbance. Point B represents the Interconnection frequency at the point immediately after the frequency stabilizes due to governor533-140 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C action but before the contingent area takes any corrective actions, automatic or manual. Point C represents the interconnection frequency at its maximum deviation due to the loss of generation.
Hz PMU Frequency During the Event
50. 05
50. 03
50. 01
Point A
Point B
Point C
49. 49. 93 99 49. 49. 49. 91 89 97 49. 49. 49. 87 85 95
2 2
6 2
9 2
3 3
7 3
0 4
4 4
7 4
1 5
4 5
8 5
1 0
5 0
9 0
2 1
6 1 :
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3
3 3
4 3
4 3
4 3
4 3
4 3 :
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0 6 7
0 2 3
0 8 8
0 4 4
0 0 0
0 6 5
0 2 1
0 8 6
0 4 2
0 0 8
0 6 3
0 2 9
0 8 4
0 4 0
0 0 6
0 6 1 7 1
.
7 1
.
7 1
.
7 1
.
7 1
.
7 1
.
7 1
.
7 1
.
7 1
.
7 1
.
7 1
.
7 1
.
7 1
.
7 1
.
7 1
.
7 1
.
FIGURE A: SAMPLE PMU FREQUENCY PLOT SHOWING RELEVANT POINTS FOR FRC CALCULATION
(d) Steps to work out frequency response characteristics of control area are as follows: -
Step-1: Actual net interchange of the control area immediately before the disturbance (Point- A in the figure- A), say PA. Sign convention for net power imported into a Control Area is positive (+) and net power exported out of a control area is negative (-).
Step-2: Actual net interchange of the control area immediately after the disturbance (Point- B in the figure- A), say PB. Use the same sign convention as Step-1.
Step-3: The change in net interchange of the Control Area = (PB -PA). [For a disturbance that causes the frequency to decrease, this value should ideally be negative. The net interchange of a control area may be positive, if the drop in generation has occurred in that control area. Similarly, for load throw off or frequency rise cases in a control area, the net interchange shall normally be positive except for the Control Area, where the load throw off has taken place.]
Step-4: If the control area has suffered the loss, then load or generation lost by the control area = PL.
Otherwise, the loss (PL) is zero. Sign convention for Load Loss is negative (-) and Generation Loss positive (+).
Step-5: The Control Area Response Δ P = (PB-PA) - PL
Step-6: The Frequency immediately before the disturbance = fA.
Step-7: The Frequency immediately after the disturbance = fB.
Step-8: Change in Interconnection Frequency from Point A to Point B = Δf = (fB - fA)
Step-9: Frequency Response Characteristic (FRC) of the Control Area = Δ P/ Δf
Step-10: Frequency Response Obligation (FRO) of control area shall be as conveyed by the RLDC in accordance with the provisions of IEGC.
Step 11: Frequency Response Performance (FRP) = Actual Frequency Response Characteristic (AFRC)/ Frequency Response Obligation (FRO)PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-141
TABLE B:
FRC CALCULATION SHEET TO BE USED BY ALL SLDC/RLDC/NLDC/CONTROL AREA
| S. No | Particulars | Dimension | Control Area-1/ Region |
| 1 | Actual Net Interchange before the Event (Time= hh:mm:ss) | MW | |
| 2 | Actual Net Interchange after the Event (Time= hh:mm:ss) | MW | |
| 3 | Change in Net Interchange (2 - 1) | MW | |
| 4 | Generation Loss (+) / Load Throw off (-) during the Event | MW | |
| 5 | Control Area Response (3-4) | MW | |
| 6 | Frequency before the Event | Hz | |
| 7 | Frequency after the Event | Hz | |
| 8 | Change in Frequency (7-6) | Hz | |
| 9 | Frequency Response Characteristic (5 / 8) | MW/Hz | |
| 10 | Frequency Response Obligation (FRO) of control area | MW/Hz | |
| 11 | Frequency Response Performance (FRP)(9/10) | Numeric value (up to two decimal places) |
2. Calculation of Frequency Response Performance
(a) The performance of each control area in providing frequency response characteristic shall be calculated for each reportable event. Each control area shall separately assess their frequency response characteristic and share with SLDC along with high resolution data of at least one (1) second for regional entity generating stations and ten (10) second for state control area.
Frequency Response Performance (FRP) = Actual Frequency Response Characteristic (AFRC)/ Frequency Response Obligation (FRO)
Each control area shall be graded based on median Frequency Response Performance annually (at least 10 events) as per following criteria:
TABLE C: FREQUENCY RESPONSE CRITERIA
| S. N | Performance* | Grading |
| i. | FRP≥ 1 | Excellent |
| ii. | 0.85 ≤ FRP < 1 | Good |
| iii. | 0.75 ≤ FRP <0.85 | Average |
| iv. | 0.5≤ FRP < 0.75 | Below Average |
| v. | FRP <0.5 | Poor |
*Provided that for wind/solar generating stations and state control areas with internal generation less
than 100 MW or annual peak demand less than 1000 MW, the FRP grading shall be indicative only.
ANNEXURE-4
PROTECTION STANDARDS
1. Introduction
This standard provides guidelines for the following:
(a) Minimum requirement of protection to be provided to safeguard the system from faults which may occur.
533-142 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C2. Protection Requirements
General Principles
2.1 No item of electrical equipment shall be allowed to remain connected to the system, unless it is covered by the appropriate protection aimed at reliability, selectivity, speed and sensitivity. The guidelines mentioned in the manual on protection of generators, generator transformers, and 220 kV and 400 kV networks vide publication no. 274 of C.B.I.P shall be kept in view. All the generating companies and Distribution Licensees shall cooperate with the Transmission Licensee(s) to ensure correct and appropriate settings of protection to achieve effective, discriminatory isolation of faulty line/equipment within the target clearance times specified elsewhere in this standard.
2.2 Protection settings shall not be altered, or protection bypassed and/or disconnected without consultation and agreement of all affected Users. In case the protection has been bypassed and/or disconnected by agreement due to any cause, the same should be rectified and protection restored to normal conditions, as quickly as possible. If agreement has not been reached, the electrical equipment shall be isolated forthwith.
3. Protection Coordination
3.1 The settings of protective relays starting from the generating unit up to the remote end of 66 kV / 33 kV and 11 kV lines shall be such that only the faulty section is isolated under all circumstances. The Transmission Licensee shall notify the initial settings and any subsequent changes to the Users from time to time. Routine checks on the performance of the protective relays shall be conducted and any malfunction shall be noted and corrected as soon as possible. The Transmission Licensee shall conduct the required studies for deciding the relay settings, with the data collected from the Users. Representatives of the generating companies, Transmission Licensees and Distribution Licensees shall meet periodically to discuss such malfunctions, changes in the system configuration, if any, and possible revised settings of relays.
3.2 The Transmission Licensee shall be responsible for arranging periodical meetings between the generating companies and Distribution Licensees to discuss coordination of protection. The Transmission Licensee shall investigate any malfunction of protection or other unsatisfactory protection issues. The concerned licensees shall take prompt action to correct any protection malfunction or issue as discussed and agreed to in these periodical meetings.
4. Fault Clearance Time
From stability considerations, the maximum Fault Clearance Time for faults on any user's system directly connected to the Transmission System, or any faults on the Transmission System itself, shall be as follows:
| Voltage Class | Target Clearance Time |
| 400kV | 100 milliseconds |
| 220kV | 120 milliseconds |
| 132kV | 160 milliseconds |
| 66kV | 300 milliseconds |
Less Fault Clearance Time than the above is preferable.
4.2 Lower Fault Clearance Times for faults on a user's system may be agreed to, but only if, in the opinion of the Transmission Licensee, system conditions allow the same. At the generating stations, line faults should be 4.3
cleared at the generating station end, within the critical time, to keep the generators in synchronism.
5. Generator Requirements
All generating units and all associated electrical equipment of the generating company connected to the Transmission System shall be protected by adequate protection, as per CBIP manual vide publication no. 274, so that the Transmission System does not suffer due to any disturbances originating at the generating unit.
6. Transmission Line Requirements
Every EHT line taking off from a generating station or a substation or a switching station shall necessarily have distance protection along with other protection as follows:
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-143(a) 400 kV lines: - These lines shall have two main distance protections; viz. Main I and Main II with permissive inter trip for remote earth fault. Three zone static/numerical non- switched distance protection with permissive inter trip for accelerated tripping at remote end in case of zone 2 fault as Main I protection shall be provided. Main II protection shall be similar fast protection using direction comparison or phase comparison carrier relay scheme. In addition to the above, single pole tripping and single shot single pole auto reclosing after an adjustable dead time shall be provided. In addition to the above, back- up protection with OCR and EFR shall be provided.
(b) 220 kV lines: - Three zone static/numerical non-switched distance protection, with permissible inter- trip for end zone fault as main protection in case of zone 2 fault shall be provided. The back-up shall be three-phase directional over current relay and earth fault relay protection. Three pole tripping and Single Shot Three Pole Auto-reclosing with adjustable dead time shall be provided for the stability of the power system. However, for short 220 kV lines directional comparison or phase comparison carrier protection as Main II can be provided. In addition to the above back-up protection with directional OCR (Over Current Relay) and directional EFR (Earth Fault Relay) shall be provided.
(c) 132 kV lines: - Three zone static/numerical switched protection with permissible inter trip for accelerated tripping at the remote end in case of zone 2 protection shall be provided as main protection.
The back-up will be directional three-phase over current and earth fault protection.
(d) Busbar Protection: - Adequate busbar protection for the station busbar sections in all 400 kV and 220 kV class substations shall be provided.
(e) Local Breaker Backup Protection (LBB): - In the event of any circuit breaker failing to trip on receipt of trip command from protective relays, all circuit breakers connected to the bus section to which the faulty circuit breaker is connected are required to be tripped with minimum possible delay through LBB protection. This protection also provides coverage for faults between the circuit breaker and the current transformer, which are not covered by other protections. All 220 kV and 400 kV circuits shall have Local Breaker Back-up Protection.
(f) 400 kV class Power Transformers: - These shall be provided with differential protection, restricted earth fault protection, Bucholtz protection, and winding temperature protection along with back-up directional HV & LV IDMT over current protection.
(g) 220 kV, 132 kV and 66 kV class power transformers: - These shall have differential protection, restricted earth fault protection, Bucholtz protection, and winding/oil temperature protection. They shall also have directional over current as back-up protection with an instantaneous element. In addition to the above, Over Fluxing Relays, pressure relief valves/diaphragms shall be provided for all the power transformers. Appropriate fire protection for all the power transformers as per CBIP specifications and tariff advisory committee recommendations shall be provided. Over Fluxing Relays shall be provided on transformers having rating more than 100 MVA.
(h) Distribution System: - For smaller transformers of HV class on the distribution system, differential protection shall be provided for 8 MVA capacity and above, along with back- up time lag over current and earth fault protection with directional feature for parallel operation. Transformers of 1.6 MVA capacity and above, but less than 8 MVA shall be protected by time lag over current, earth fault and instantaneous restricted earth fault relays. In addition, all transformers of 1.6 MVA and above shall be provided with gas operated relays, winding and oil temperature protection.
(i) Distribution Lines: - All the 33 kV, 22 kV and 11 kV lines at Connection Points/ Interface Points shall be provided with a minimum of over current and earth fault relays as follows:
(j) Plain Radial Feeders: - Directional over current and earth fault relays with suitable settings to obtain discrimination between adjacent relay settings.
(k) Parallel/Ring Feeders: - Directional time lag over current and earth fault relay.
(l) Inadvertent Flow: - When two systems are operating in parallel with floating tie-line, it may not be possible to have tie-line absolutely floating because of dynamics of network parameters and there will be a flow of energy from one system to another system. Such inadvertent flow shall be accounted for the purpose of commercial billing.
533-144 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-CANNEXURE-5
Requisition for Line Clear Permit
Date …………………………………………
Time …………………………………………
I Mr./Ms._______________________request Line Clear Permit on the following HT/EHT line/equipment
1. HV/EHV Apparatus/Line Identification:
Details of works to be carried out:
2. Estimated time required for completion:
Name and Signature ……………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………
(Requesting Safety Coordinator) (In-charge of crew)
Designation …………………………….. …………………….
Date ……………………………. …………….…
(For use in substation from where Line Clear Permit will be issued)
Line Clear Permit issued : Yes/No
Number and date of issue (Code No.):
(a)
Time of issue:
(b)
Date & time of return:
(c)
Remarks: see check list LCP – H
(d)
3. Receipt of LCP
(e)
I have received confirmation from ……………………………..(name of issuing safety coordinator) at …………………………….(location) that the safety precautions have been established and the instructions will not be issued at his location for their removal until his LCP- H is cancelled.
Name and Signature……………………………………
(Requesting safety coordinator)
In charge of the crew at ………………………..(time) on (date)
(To be printed on the reverse of LCP-H: Checklist of Line Clear Permit)
4. Conditions:
(a) This permit is valid only for working in the feeder/equipment mentioned herein and not in any other feeder/equipment.
(b) Only authorised persons are allowed to work on feeders/equipments for which the permit has been issued.
(c) Works as per requisition only should be carried out.
(d) Before touching any part of the feeder/equipment, the same should be earthed at two points on either side through standard discharge rods connected with good earth. Temporary earthing may only be removed after completion of all works and after all the men have come down from the feeder/equipment.
(e) Work should be so planned that the Line Clear is returned before or at the time indicated. If unavoidable delay is anticipated, advance information should be given to the location from where the Line Clear is issued.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-145(f) Before return of the Line Clear, it should be ensured that all the men, materials, tools/tackles etc. on line have returned and reported that all temporary returned and reported and all temporary earths removed. There should also be a check on the material, tools and plant issued for the work to ensure that nothing is left behind on the line or equipment.
(g) Only authorised persons should return Line Clear.
(h) In case the Line Clear cannot be returned in person, the same may be returned to the Line Clear Issuing Authority over telephone by naming the code words assigned and the telephone number which is used for naming the code words assigned. In case two or more different code words are issued to the two or more persons in whose favour the permit is given, those persons must jointly return the Line Clear by naming their own code words. The Line Clear Return will not be deemed to be accepted unless returned by all these persons.
(i) The Line Clear issuing authority should go over the checklist of Line Clear Return before accepting it.
(j) If Line Clear is returned over telephone, the Line Clear return form duly filled and signed should be sent to the Line Clear issuing authority by post immediately for record.
(k) Control person should keep all the required data of LCP issued & LCR received. He should monitor and keep specific note in log sheet when more than one LCP are issued on same line/ equip/bay along with code words.
ANNEXURE-6
Check list for Line Clear Permit and Line Clear Permit
LCP-H Number …………………………….
Dated ……………………………………… Time..................
1. Check List of the Line Clear Permit:
(a) Name of location for which line clear is issued
(b) Reference and authority requisitioning Line Clear: (Indicate original LCP-G number including suffix and prefix)
(c) Identity of HV Apparatus
(d) Sources from which the line/equipment is charged
(e) Number/name of circuit breaker/isolating switch open at each of above sources
(f) Whether confirmed that the line is disconnected at both ends
(g) Whether line is earthed at both ends
(h) Whether circuit breaker truck removed in case of indoor switchgear controlling the feeder/equipment for which line clear is given
(i) Whether fuses of control supply voltage of the circuit breaker/isolating switches controlling the feeder/equipment for which line clear is given are removed and kept in safe custody
(j) Time of issue of Line Clear Permit and LCP-G No.
(k) Name of requesting safety coordinator on whom LCP-G is issued
(l) Approximate time for returning LCP-G as ascertained from the requesting coordinator
Name and Signature…………………………………………………………..
(Issuing Safety Coordinator)
Designation…………………………………………………………………….
533-146 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-CI. Line Clear Permit
LCP - G No…………………….
I, Mr/Ms.------------- (Issuing Safety Coordinator) do hereby issue permission to Mr/Ms.-----------
--- (Requesting Safety Coordinator) for carrying out works as per requisition No.………………..date………………..time ........
The EHV/ HV Line/equipment herein described is declared safe. The permission is subject to the conditions given in LCP-F.
Name and Signature……………………………………..
(Person issuing Line Clear Permit)
Designation……………………………………………….
ANNEXURE-7
Line Clear Return
LCP - I Number………………………………….
Date ………………………………………………. Time..............
LCP-H No……….. Dated…………….
I, Mr/Ms. --------------- hereby return the LCP No. -----at (time) for the following HT/EHT
Line/Apparatus. I declare that all the crew who were sent on work have been withdrawn, temporary earth(s) removed, all repair tools and materials checked and the feeders/equipment mentioned below are safe to be energised.
HV/EHV Apparatus/Line Identification:
Safety precaution no longer required:
(a)
Isolation [state locations and each point of isolation indicating means by which isolation was achieved] (b)
Earthing [state location at which earthing was established and identify each point of earthing (c)
Details of work done
(d)
2. Check list to be ticked off:
(e)
(a) Whether all men withdrawn: Yes/No
(b) Whether all temporary earth removed: Yes/No
(c) Whether materials, tools and plant used in the work have been checked: Yes/No
Code Number (If used when Line Clear is returned over phone) -----------------
Name and Signature…………………………………………. (d)
(Requesting Safety Coordinator)
Designation……………………………………………………
In-charge of Crew
(Designation)
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-147ANNEXURE-8
Cyber security Architecture for data integration of RTU/(SAS)
Sub-Station Automation System with SLDC/Sub SLDC
533-148 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-CSchedule – I
Standards and Conditions for Connectivity to the Grid
1. Standards and Codes of Practice
(1) The user shall follow the industry best practices and applicable industry standards in respect of the equipment installation and its operation and maintenance.
(2) The equipment including overhead lines and cables shall comply with the relevant Indian Standards. British Standard (BS) or International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Standard, or American National Standards Institute (ANSI) or any other equivalent international standard:
(3) The effects of wind, storms, floods, lightening, elevation, temperature extremes, icing, contamination, pollution and earthquakes must be considered in the design and operations of the connected facilities.
(4) Installation, operation and maintenance of the equipment by user shall conform to the relevant standards specified by the authority under Section 177 and Section 73 of the Electricity Act, 2003 as and when they come into force.
2. Safety
The user shall comply with the CEA (Measures Relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2010 as amended from time to time.
3. Substation Grounding
Each transmission substation must have a ground mat solidly connected to all metallic structures and other non- energized metallic equipment. The mat shall limit the ground potential gradients to such voltage and current levels that will not endanger the safety of people or damage equipment which are in, or immediately adjacent to, the station under normal and fault conditions. The ground mat size and type shall be based on local soil conditions and available electrical fault current magnitudes. Areas where ground mat voltage rises would not be within acceptable and safe limits (for example due to high soil resistively or limited sub-station space), grounding rods and ground wells may be used to reduce the ground grid resistance to acceptable levels. Substation grounding shall be done in accordance with the norms of the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).80.
4. Metering
Meters shall be provided as specified in the Central Electricity Authority (Installation and Operation of Meters) Regulations, 2006 as amended time to time.
PART IV-C ] GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 533-1495. Basic Insulation Level and Insulation Coordination
(1) Basic Insulation Level (BIL) of various items of equipment and ratings of surge arresters for generating stations, lines and substations shall be decided on the following order of priority, namely:
(a) Ensuring safety to public and operating personnel.
(b) Avoiding permanent damage to plant.
(c) preventing failure of costly equipment.
(d) minimizing circuit interruptions.
(e) minimizing interruptions of power supply to consumers.
(2) Insulation coordination of equipment and lines on both sides of a connection point belonging to the user and the grid shall be accomplished and the coordination shall be done by the GETCO (State Transmission Utility).
6. Protection system and Coordination
(1) Protection system shall be designed to reliably detect faults on various abnormal conditions and provide means and location to isolate the equipment or system automatically. The protection system must be able to detect a power system fault within the protection zone. The protection system should also detect abnormal operating conditions such as equipment failures or open phase conditions.
(2) Every element of the power system shall be protected by a standard protection system having the required reliability, selectivity, speed, discrimination and sensitivity. Where failure of protective relay in the user's system has substantial impact on the grid, it shall connect an additional protection as back-up protection, besides the main protection.
(3) Notwithstanding the protection systems provided in the grid, the user shall provide requisite protections for safeguarding his system from the faults originating in the grid.
(4) Busbar protection and breaker fail protection or Local Breaker Back-up protection shall be provided wherever stipulated in the Regulations.
(5) Special protection scheme such as under frequency relay for load shedding, Voltage instability, angular instability, generation backing down or islanding schemes may also be required to be provided to avert system disturbances.
(6) Protection coordination issues shall be finalized by the regional power committee.
(7) User shall develop protection manuals conforming to various standards for the reference and use of its personnel.
7. Disturbance Recording and Event Logging Facilities
User and substation connected to the grid at a substation shall provide disturbance recording and event logging facilities. All such equipment shall be provided with time synchronization facility for global common time reference.
8. Schematic Diagrams
User shall prepare single line schematic diagrams in respect of its system facility and make the same available to the GETCO (State Transmission Utility), through which his system is connected and the State Load Despatch Centre.
9. Inspection, Test, Calibration and Maintenance prior to connection
Before connecting, the user shall complete all inspections and tests finalized in consultation with the GETCO (State Transmission Utility) to which his equipment is connected. The user shall make available all drawings, specifications and test records of the project GETCO (State Transmission Utility) or generating station, as the case may be
Schedule – II
Grid Connectivity Standards (applicable to generating units only)
The units of a user proposed to be connected to the grid shall comply with the following requirements besides the general connectivity conditions given in the regulations and general requirements given in Schedule-I:
New Generating Units
533-150 GUJARAT GOVERNMENT GAZETTE EX., 07-10-2026 [ PART IV-C(1) The excitation system for every generating unit:
(a) shall have state of the art excitation system.
(b) shall have Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR). Generators of 100MW rating and above shall have Automatic Voltage Regulator with digital control and two separate channels having independent inputs and automatic changeover.
(c) The Automatic Voltage Regulator of generator of 100 MW and above shall include power system stabilizer (PSS).
(2) The short-circuit ratio (SCR) for generators shall be as per IEC-34.
(3) The generator transformer windings shall have delta connection on low voltage side and star connection on high voltage side. Star point of high voltage side shall be effectively (solidly) earthed, so as to achieve the earth fault factor of 1.4 or less.
(4) All generating machines irrespective of capacity shall have electronically controlled governing system with state speed/load characteristics to regulate frequency. The governors of thermal generating units shall have a droop of 3% to 6%.
(5) The project of the user shall not cause voltage and current harmonics on the grid which exceed the limits specified in Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 519.
(6) Generating units located near load Centre, shall be capable of operating at rated output for power factor varying between 0.85 lagging (over-excited) to 0.95 leading (under-excited) and generating units located far from load centres shall be capable of operating at rated output for power factor varying between 0.9 lagging (over-excited) to 0.95 leading (under-excited). The above performance shall also be achieved with voltage variation of +5% of nominal frequency variation of +3% and -5% and combined voltage and frequency variation of + 5%. However, for gas turbines, the above performance shall be achieved for voltage variation of + 5%.
(7) The coal and lignite based thermal generating units shall be capable of generating up to 105% of Maximum Continuous Rating (subject to maximum load capability under valve wide open condition) for short duration to provide the frequency response.
(8) Every generating unit shall have standard protections to protect the units not only from faults within the units and within the station, but also from faults in transmission lines. For generating units having rated capacity greater than 100 MW, two independent sets of protections acting on two independent sets of trip coils fed from independent Direct Current (DC) supplies shall be provided. The protections shall include but not be limited to the Local Breaker Back-up (LBB) protection.
(9) Bus bar protection shall be provided at the switchyard of all generating station.
(10) The station auxiliary power requirement, including voltage and reactive requirements, shall not impose operating restrictions on the grid beyond those specified in the Grid Code or state Grid Code as the case may be.
All the terms and conditions mentioned in the notification issued by Central Electricity Authority No.12/X/STD/ (CONN)/GM/CEA/dt.21st Feb-2007 and as amended, from time to time, shall be binding to and will fulfil all the criteria mentioned in the notification of CEA.
----------
Government Central Press, Gandhinagar.